Document:

exv10w1

EXHIBIT 10.1

(Multicurrency — Cross Border)

MASTER AGREEMENT

dated as of ___, 20___

[HEDGE COUNTERPARTY] and FORD CREDIT FLOORPLAN MASTER OWNER TRUST A

have entered and/or anticipate entering into one or more transactions (each a “Transaction”) that
are or will be governed by this Master Agreement, which includes the schedule (the “Schedule”), and
the documents and other confirming evidence (each a “Confirmation”) exchanged between the parties
confirming those Transactions.

Accordingly, the parties agree as follows: —

1. Interpretation

(a) Definitions. The terms defined in Section 14 and in the Schedule will have the meanings
therein specified for the purpose of this Master Agreement.

(b) Inconsistency. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Schedule and
the other provisions of this Master Agreement, the Schedule will prevail. In the event of any
inconsistency between the provisions of any Confirmation and this Master Agreement (including the
Schedule), such Confirmation will prevail for the purpose of the relevant Transaction.

(c) Single Agreement. All Transactions are entered into in reliance on the fact that this Master
Agreement and all Confirmations form a single agreement between the parties (collectively referred
to as this “Agreement”), and the parties would not otherwise enter into any Transactions.

2. Obligations

(a) General Conditions.

(i) Each party will make each payment or delivery specified in each Confirmation to be made
by it, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement.

(ii) Payments under this Agreement will be made on the due date for value on that date in
the place of the account specified in the relevant Confirmation or otherwise pursuant to
this Agreement, in freely transferable funds and in the manner customary for payments in the
required currency. Where settlement is by delivery (that is, other than by payment), such
delivery will be made for receipt on the due date in the manner customary for the relevant
obligation unless otherwise specified in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this
Agreement.

(iii) Each obligation of each party under Section 2(a)(i) is subject to (1) the condition
precedent that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to the other
party has occurred and is continuing, (2) the condition precedent that no Early Termination
Date in respect of the relevant Transaction has occurred or been effectively designated and
(3) each other applicable condition precedent specified in this Agreement.

Copyright © 1992 by International Swap Dealers Association, Inc.

 

 

(b) Change of Account. Either party may change its account for receiving a payment or
delivery by giving notice to the other party at least five Local Business Days prior to the
scheduled date for the payment or delivery to which such change applies unless such other party
gives timely notice of a reasonable objection to such change.

(c) Netting. If on any date amounts would otherwise be payable: —

(i) in the same currency; and

(ii) in respect of the same Transaction,

by each party to the other, then, on such date, each party’s obligation to make payment of any such
amount will be automatically satisfied and discharged and, if the aggregate amount that would
otherwise have been payable by one party exceeds the aggregate amount that would otherwise have
been payable by the other party, replaced by an obligation upon the party by whom the larger
aggregate amount would have been payable to pay to the other party the excess of the larger
aggregate amount over the smaller aggregate amount.

The parties may elect in respect of two or more Transactions that a net amount will be determined
in respect of all amounts payable on the same date in the same currency in respect of such
Transactions, regardless of whether such amounts are payable in respect of the same Transaction.
The election may be made in the Schedule or a Confirmation by specifying that subparagraph (ii)
above will not apply to the Transactions identified as being subject to the election, together with
the starting date (in which case subparagraph (ii) above will not, or will cease to, apply to such
Transactions from such date). This election may be made separately for different groups of
Transactions and will apply separately to each pairing of Offices through which the parties make
and receive payments or deliveries.

(d) Deduction or Withholding for Tax.

(i) Gross-Up. All payments under this Agreement will be made without any deduction or
withholding for or on account of any Tax unless such deduction or withholding is required by
any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue
authority, then in effect. If a party is so required to deduct or withhold, then that party
(“X”) will: —

(1) promptly notify the other party (“Y”) of such requirement;

(2) pay to the relevant authorities the full amount required to be deducted or
withheld (including the full amount required to be deducted or withheld from any
additional amount paid by X to Y under this Section 2(d)) promptly upon the earlier
of determining that such deduction or withholding is required or receiving notice
that such amount has been assessed against Y;

(3) promptly forward to Y an official receipt (or a certified copy), or other
documentation reasonably acceptable to Y, evidencing such payment to such
authorities; and

(4) if such Tax is an Indemnifiable Tax, pay to Y, in addition to the payment to
which Y is otherwise entitled under this Agreement, such additional amount as is
necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by Y (free and clear of
Indemnifiable Taxes, whether assessed against X or Y) will equal the full amount Y
would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required. However, X
will not be required to pay any additional amount to Y to the extent that it would
not be required to be paid but for: —

(A) the failure by Y to comply with or perform any agreement contained in
Section 4(a)(i), 4(a)(iii) or 4(d); or

(B) the failure of a representation made by Y pursuant to Section 3(f) to be
accurate and true unless such failure would not have occurred but for (I)
any action taken by a taxing authority, or brought in a court of competent
jurisdiction, on or after the date on which a Transaction is entered into
(regardless of whether such action is taken or brought with respect to a
party to this Agreement) or (II) a Change in Tax Law.

2

 

(ii) Liability. If: —

(1) X is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant
governmental revenue authority, to make any deduction or withholding in respect of
which X would not be required to pay an additional amount to Y under Section
2(d)(i)(4);

(2) X does not so deduct or withhold; and

(3) a liability resulting from such Tax is assessed directly against X,

then, except to the extent Y has satisfied or then satisfies the liability resulting from
such Tax, Y will promptly pay to X the amount of such liability (including any related
liability for interest, but including any related liability for penalties only if Y has
failed to comply with or perform any agreement contained in Section 4(a)(i), 4(a)(iii) or
4(d)).

(e) Default Interest; Other Amounts. Prior to the occurrence or effective designation of an Early
Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction, a party that defaults in the performance
of any payment obligation will, to the extent permitted by law and subject to Section 6(c), be
required to pay interest (before as well as after judgment) on the overdue amount to the other
party on demand in the same currency as such overdue amount, for the period from (and including)
the original due date for payment to (but excluding) the date of actual payment, at the Default
Rate. Such interest will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of
days elapsed. If, prior to the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date in
respect of the relevant Transaction, a party defaults in the performance of any obligation required
to be settled by delivery, it will compensate the other party on demand if and to the extent
provided for in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement.

3. Representations

Each party represents to the other party (which representations will be deemed to be repeated by
each party on each date on which a Transaction is entered into and, in the case of the
representations in Section 3(f), at all times until the termination of this Agreement) that: —

(a) Basic Representations.

(i) Status. It is duly organised and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of
its organisation or incorporation and, if relevant under such laws, in good standing;

(ii) Powers. It has the power to execute this Agreement and any other documentation
relating to this Agreement to which it is a party, to deliver this Agreement and any other
documentation relating to this Agreement that it is required by this Agreement to deliver
and to perform its obligations under this Agreement and any obligations it has under any
Credit Support Document to which it is a party and has taken all necessary action to
authorise such execution, delivery and performance;

(iii) No Violation or Conflict. Such execution, delivery and performance do not violate or
conflict with any law applicable to it, any provision of its constitutional documents, any
order or judgment of any court or other agency of government applicable to it or any of its
assets or any contractual restriction binding on or affecting it or any of its assets;

(iv) Consents. All governmental and other consents that are required to have been obtained
by it with respect to this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party
have been obtained and are in full force and effect and all conditions of any such consents
have been complied with; and

(v) Obligations Binding. Its obligations under this Agreement and any Credit Support
Document to which it is a party constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations,
enforceable in accordance with their respective terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy,
reorganisation, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally
and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general application
(regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law)).

3

 

(b) Absence of Certain Events. No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default or, to its
knowledge, Termination Event with respect to it has occurred and is continuing and no such event or
circumstance would occur as a result of its entering into or performing its obligations under this
Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party.

(c) Absence of Litigation. There is not pending or, to its knowledge, threatened against it or any
of its Affiliates any action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity or before any court, tribunal,
governmental body, agency or official or any arbitrator that is likely to affect the legality,
validity or enforceability against it of this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it
is a party or its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or such Credit Support
Document.

(d) Accuracy of Specified Information. All applicable information that is furnished in writing by
or on behalf of it to the other party and is identified for the purpose of this Section 3(d) in the
Schedule is, as of the date of the information, true, accurate and complete in every material
respect.

(e) Payer Tax Representation. Each representation specified in the Schedule as being made by it
for the purpose of this Section 3(e) is accurate and true.

(f) Payee Tax Representations. Each representation specified in the Schedule as being made by it
for the purpose of this Section 3(f) is accurate and true.

4. Agreements

Each party agrees with the other that, so long as either party has or may have any obligation under
this Agreement or under any Credit Support Document to which it is a party: —

(a) Furnish Specified Information. It will deliver to the other party or, in certain cases under
subparagraph (iii) below, to such government or taxing authority as the other party reasonably
directs: —

(i) any forms, documents or certificates relating to taxation specified in the Schedule or
any Confirmation;

(ii) any other documents specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation; and

(iii) upon reasonable demand by such other party, any form or document that may be required
or reasonably requested in writing in order to allow such other party or its Credit Support
Provider to make a payment under this Agreement or any applicable Credit Support Document
without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax or with such deduction or
withholding at a reduced rate (so long as the completion, execution or submission of such
form or document would not materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of the
party in receipt of such demand), with any such form or document to be accurate and
completed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to such other party and to be executed and to
be delivered with any reasonably required certification,

in each case by the date specified in the Schedule or such Confirmation or, if none is specified,
as soon as reasonably practicable.

(b) Maintain Authorisations. It will use all reasonable efforts to maintain in full force and
effect all consents of any governmental or other authority that are required to be obtained by it
with respect to this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party and will use
all reasonable efforts to obtain any that may become necessary in the future.

(c) Comply with Laws. It will comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and orders
to which it may be subject if failure so to comply would materially impair its ability to perform
its obligations under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party.

(d) Tax Agreement. It will give notice of any failure of a representation made by it under Section
3(f) to be accurate and true promptly upon learning of such failure.

4

 

(e) Payment of Stamp Tax. Subject to Section 11, it will pay any Stamp Tax levied or imposed upon
it or in respect of its execution or performance of this Agreement by a jurisdiction in which it is
incorporated,
organised, managed and controlled. or considered to have its seat, or in which a branch or office
through which it is acting for the purpose of this Agreement is located (“Stamp Tax Jurisdiction”)
and will indemnify the other party against any Stamp Tax levied or imposed upon the other party or
in respect of the other party’s execution or performance of this Agreement by any such Stamp Tax
Jurisdiction which is not also a Stamp Tax Jurisdiction with respect to the other party.

5. Events of Default and Termination Events

(a) Events of Default. The occurrence at any time with respect to a party or, if applicable, any
Credit Support Provider of such party or any Specified Entity of such party of any of the following
events constitutes an event of default (an “Event of Default”) with respect to such party: —

(i) Failure to Pay or Deliver. Failure by the party to make, when due, any payment under
this Agreement or delivery under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(e) required to be made by it if such
failure is not remedied on or before the third Local Business Day after notice of such
failure is given to the party;

(ii) Breach of Agreement. Failure by the party to comply with or perform any agreement or
obligation (other than an obligation to make any payment under this Agreement or delivery
under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(e) or to give notice of a Termination Event or any agreement or
obligation under Section 4(a)(i), 4(a)(iii) or 4(d)) to be complied with or performed by the
party in accordance with this Agreement if such failure is not remedied on or before the
thirtieth day after notice of such failure is given to the party;

(iii) Credit Support Default.

(1) Failure by the party or any Credit Support Provider of such party to comply with
or perform any agreement or obligation to be complied with or performed by it in
accordance with any Credit Support Document if such failure is continuing after any
applicable grace period has elapsed;

(2) the expiration or termination of such Credit Support Document or the failing or
ceasing of such Credit Support Document to be in full force and effect for the
purpose of this Agreement (in either case other than in accordance with its terms)
prior to the satisfaction of all obligations of such party under each Transaction to
which such Credit Support Document relates without the written consent of the other
party; or

(3) the party or such Credit Support Provider disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or
rejects, in whole or in part, or challenges the validity of, such Credit Support
Document;

(iv) Misrepresentation. A representation (other than a representation under Section 3(e) or
(f)) made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated by the party or any Credit
Support Provider of such party in this Agreement or any Credit Support Document proves to
have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or repeated or deemed to
have been made or repeated;

(v) Default under Specified Transaction. The party, any Credit Support Provider of such
party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party (1) defaults under a Specified
Transaction and, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period,
there occurs a liquidation of, an acceleration of obligations under, or an early termination
of, that Specified Transaction, (2) defaults, after giving effect to any applicable notice
requirement or grace period, in making any payment or delivery due on the last payment,
delivery or exchange date of, or any payment on early termination of, a Specified
Transaction (or such default continues for at least three Local Business Days if there is no
applicable notice requirement or grace period) or (3) disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, a
Specified Transaction (or such action is taken by any person or entity appointed or
empowered to operate it or act on its behalf);

5

 

(vi) Cross Default. If “Cross Default” is specified in the Schedule as applying to the
party, the occurrence or existence of (1) a default, event of default or other similar
condition or event (however described) in respect of such party, any Credit Support Provider
of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party under one or more agreements
or instruments relating to Specified Indebtedness of any of them (individually or
collectively) in an aggregate amount of not less than the applicable Threshold Amount (as
specified in the Schedule) which has resulted in such Specified Indebtedness becoming, or
becoming capable at such time of being declared, due and payable under such agreements or
instruments, before it would otherwise have been due and payable or (2) a default by such
party, such Credit Support Provider or such Specified Entity (individually or collectively)
in making one or more payments on the due date thereof in an aggregate amount of not less
than the applicable Threshold Amount under such agreements or instruments (after giving
effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period);

(vii) Bankruptcy. The party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable
Specified Entity of such party: —

(1) is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);
(2) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing
its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; (3) makes a general
assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; (4)
institutes or has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of
insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law
or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its
winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition
instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition (A) results in a
judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the
making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation or (B) is not dismissed,
discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or
presentation thereof, (5) has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official
management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or
merger); (6) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator,
provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar
official for it or for all or substantially all its assets; (7) has a secured party
take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution,
attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or
against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains
possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained,
in each case within 30 days thereafter; (8) causes or is subject to any event with
respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous
effect to any of the events specified in clauses (1) to (7) (inclusive); or (9)
takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or
acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts; or

(viii) Merger Without Assumption. The party or any Credit Support Provider of such party
consolidates or amalgamates with, or merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially
all its assets to, another entity and, at the time of such consolidation, amalgamation,
merger or transfer: —

(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee entity fails to assume all the
obligations of such party or such Credit Support Provider under this Agreement or
any Credit Support Document to which it or its predecessor was a party by operation
of law or pursuant to an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the other party to
this Agreement; or

(2) the benefits of any Credit Support Document fail to extend (without the consent
of the other party) to the performance by such resulting, surviving or transferee
entity of its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) Termination Events. The occurrence at any time with respect to a party or, if applicable, any
Credit Support Provider of such party or any Specified Entity of such party of any event specified
below constitutes an Illegality if the event is specified in (i) below, a Tax Event if the event is
specified in (ii) below or a Tax Event Upon Merger if the event is specified in (iii) below, and,
if specified to be applicable, a Credit Event Upon Merger if the event is specified pursuant to (iv) below or an Additional Termination Event if the event is
specified pursuant to (v) below: —

6

 

(i) Illegality. Due to the adoption of, or any change in, any applicable law after the date
on which a Transaction is entered into, or due to the promulgation of, or any change in, the
interpretation by any court, tribunal or regulatory authority with competent jurisdiction of
any applicable law after such date. it becomes unlawful (other than as a result of a breach
by the party of Section 4(b)) for such party (which will be the Affected Party):—

(1) to perform any absolute or contingent obligation to make a payment or delivery
or to receive a payment or delivery in respect of such Transaction or to comply with
any other material provision of this Agreement relating to such Transaction; or

(2) to perform, or for any Credit Support Provider of such party to perform, any
contingent or other obligation which the party (or such Credit Support Provider) has
under any Credit Support Document relating to such Transaction;

(ii) Tax Event. Due to (x) any action taken by a taxing authority, or brought in a court of
competent jurisdiction, on or after the date on which a Transaction is entered into
(regardless of whether such action is taken or brought with respect to a party to this
Agreement) or (y) a Change in Tax Law, the party (which will be the Affected Party) will, or
there is a substantial likelihood that it will, on the next succeeding Scheduled Payment
Date (1) be required to pay to the other party an additional amount in respect of an
Indemnifiable Tax under Section 2(d)(i)(4) (except in respect of interest under Section
2(e), 6(d)(ii) or 6(e)) or (2) receive a payment from which an amount is required to be
deducted or withheld for or on account of a Tax (except in respect of interest under Section
2(e), 6(d)(ii) or 6(e)) and no additional amount is required to be paid in respect of such
Tax under Section 2(d)(i)(4) (other than by reason of Section 2(d)(i)(4)(A) or (B));

(iii) Tax Event Upon Merger. The party (the “Burdened Party”) on the next succeeding
Scheduled Payment Date will either (1) be required to pay an additional amount in respect of
an Indemnifiable Tax under Section 2(d)(i)(4) (except in respect of interest under Section
2(e), 6(d)(ii) or 6(e)) or (2) receive a payment from which an amount has been deducted or
withheld for or on account of any Indemnifiable Tax in respect of which the other party is
not required to pay an additional amount (other than by reason of Section 2(d)(i)(4)(A) or
(B)), in either case as a result of a party consolidating or amalgamating with, or merging
with or into, or transferring all or substantially all its assets to, another entity (which
will be the Affected Party) where such action does not constitute an event described in
Section 5(a)(viii);

(iv) Credit Event Upon Merger. If “Credit Event Upon Merger” is specified in the Schedule
as applying to the party, such party (“X”), any Credit Support Provider of X or any
applicable Specified Entity of X consolidates or amalgamates with, or merges with or into,
or transfers all or substantially all its assets to, another entity and such action does not
constitute an event described in Section 5(a)(viii) but the creditworthiness of the
resulting, surviving or transferee entity is materially weaker than that of X, such Credit
Support Provider or such Specified Entity, as the case may be, immediately prior to such
action (and, in such event, X or its successor or transferee, as appropriate, will be the
Affected Party); or

(v) Additional Termination Event. If any “Additional Termination Event” is specified in the
Schedule or any Confirmation as applying, the occurrence of such event (and, in such event,
the Affected Party or Affected Parties shall be as specified for such Additional Termination
Event in the Schedule or such Confirmation).

(c) Event of Default and Illegality. If an event or circumstance which would otherwise constitute
or give rise to an Event of Default also constitutes an Illegality, it will be treated as an
Illegality and will not constitute an Event of Default.

7

 

6. Early Termination

(a) Right to Terminate Following Event of Default. If at any time an Event of Default with respect
to a party (the “Defaulting Party”) has occurred and is then continuing, the other party (the
“Non-defaulting Party”) may, by not more than 20 days notice to the Defaulting Party specifying the
relevant Event of Default, designate a day not earlier than the day such notice is effective as an
Early Termination Date in respect of all outstanding Transactions.
If, however, “Automatic Early Termination” is specified in the Schedule as applying to a party,
then an Early Termination Date in respect of all outstanding Transactions will occur immediately
upon the occurrence with respect to such party of an Event of Default specified in Section
5(a)(vii)(1), (3), (5), (6) or, to the extent analogous thereto, (8), and as of the time
immediately preceding the institution of the relevant proceeding or the presentation of the
relevant petition upon the occurrence with respect to such party of an Event of Default specified
in Section 5(a)(vii)(4) or, to the extent analogous thereto, (8).

(b) Right to Terminate Following Termination Event.

(i) Notice. If a Termination Event occurs, an Affected Party will, promptly upon becoming
aware of it, notify the other party, specifying the nature of that Termination Event and
each Affected Transaction and will also give such other information about that Termination
Event as the other party may reasonably require.

(ii) Transfer to Avoid Termination Event. If either an Illegality under Section 5(b)(i)(1)
or a Tax Event occurs and there is only one Affected Party, or if a Tax Event Upon Merger
occurs and the Burdened Party is the Affected Party, the Affected Party will, as a condition
to its right to designate an Early Termination Date under Section 6(b)(iv), use all
reasonable efforts (which will not require such party to incur a loss, excluding immaterial,
incidental expenses) to transfer within 20 days after it gives notice under Section 6(b)(i)
all its rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect of the Affected Transactions
to another of its Offices or Affiliates so that such Termination Event ceases to exist.

If the Affected Party is not able to make such a transfer it will give notice to the other
party to that effect within such 20 day period, whereupon the other party may effect such a
transfer within 30 days after the notice is given under Section 6(b)(i).

Any such transfer by a party under this Section 6(b)(ii) will be subject to and conditional
upon the prior written consent of the other party, which consent will not be withheld if
such other party’s policies in effect at such time would permit it to enter into
transactions with the transferee on the terms proposed.

(iii) Two Affected Parties. If an Illegality under Section 5(b)(i)(1) or a Tax Event occurs
and there are two Affected Parties, each party will use all reasonable efforts to reach
agreement within 30 days after notice thereof is given under Section 6(b)(i) on action to
avoid that Termination Event.

(iv) Right to Terminate. If:—

(1) a transfer under Section 6(b)(ii) or an agreement under Section 6(b)(iii), as
the case may be, has not been effected with respect to all Affected Transactions
within 30 days after an Affected Party gives notice under Section 6(b)(i); or

(2) an Illegality under Section 5(b)(i)(2), a Credit Event Upon Merger or an
Additional Termination Event occurs, or a Tax Event Upon Merger occurs and the
Burdened Party is not the Affected Party,

either party in the case of an Illegality, the Burdened Party in the case of a Tax Event
Upon Merger, any Affected Party in the case of a Tax Event or an Additional Termination
Event if there is more than one Affected Party, or the party which is not the Affected Party
in the case of a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event if there is
only one Affected Party may, by not more than 20 days notice to the other party and provided
that the relevant Termination Event is then
continuing, designate a day not earlier than the day such notice is effective as an Early
Termination Date in respect of all Affected Transactions.

8

 

(c) Effect of Designation.

(i) If notice designating an Early Termination Date is given under Section 6(a) or (b), the
Early Termination Date will occur on the date so designated, whether or not the relevant
Event of Default or Termination Event is then continuing.

(ii) Upon the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date, no further
payments or deliveries under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(e) in respect of the Terminated
Transactions will be required to be made, but without prejudice to the other provisions of
this Agreement. The amount, if any, payable in respect of an Early Termination Date shall be
determined pursuant to Section 6(e).

(d) Calculations.

(i) Statement. On or as soon as reasonably practicable following the occurrence of an Early
Termination Date, each party will make the calculations on its part, if any, contemplated by
Section 6(e) and will provide to the other party a statement (1) showing, in reasonable
detail, such calculations (including all relevant quotations and specifying any amount
payable under Section 6(e)) and (2) giving details of the relevant account to which any
amount payable to it is to be paid. In the absence of written confirmation from the source
of a quotation obtained in determining a Market Quotation, the records of the party
obtaining such quotation will be conclusive evidence of the existence and accuracy of such
quotation.

(ii) Payment Date. An amount calculated as being due in respect of any Early Termination
Date under Section 6(e) will be payable on the day that notice of the amount payable is
effective (in the case of an Early Termination Date which is designated or occurs as a
result of an Event of Default) and on the day which is two Local Business Days after the day
on which notice of the amount payable is effective (in the case of an Early Termination Date
which is designated as a result of a Termination Event). Such amount will be paid together
with (to the extent permitted under applicable law) interest thereon (before as well as
after judgment) in the Termination Currency, from (and including) the relevant Early
Termination Date to (but excluding) the date such amount is paid, at the Applicable Rate.
Such interest will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of
days elapsed.

(e) Payments on Early Termination. If an Early Termination Date occurs, the following provisions
shall apply based on the parties’ election in the Schedule of a payment measure, either “Market
Quotation” or “Loss”, and a payment method, either the “First Method” or the “Second Method”. If
the parties fail to designate a payment measure or payment method in the Schedule, it will be
deemed that “Market Quotation” or the “Second Method”, as the case may be, shall apply. The
amount, if any, payable in respect of an Early Termination Date and determined pursuant to this
Section will be subject to any Set-off.

(i) Events of Default. If the Early Termination Date results from an Event of Default:—

(1) First Method and Market Quotation. If the First Method and Market Quotation
apply, the Defaulting Party will pay to the Non-defaulting Party the excess, if a
positive number, of (A) the sum of the Settlement Amount (determined by the
Non-defaulting Party) in respect of the Terminated Transactions and the Termination
Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Non-defaulting Party over (B)
the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Defaulting
Party.

(2) First Method and Loss. If the First Method and Loss apply, the Defaulting Party
will pay to the Non-defaulting Party, if a positive number, the Non-defaulting
Party’s Loss in respect of this Agreement.

9

 

(3) Second Method and Market Quotation. If the Second Method and Market Quotation
apply, an amount will be payable equal to (A) the sum of the Settlement Amount
(determined by the Non-defaulting Party) in respect of the Terminated Transactions and the
Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Non-defaulting
Party less (B) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to
the Defaulting Party. If that amount is a positive number, the Defaulting Party will
pay it to the Non-defaulting Party; if it is a negative number, the Non-defaulting
Party will pay the absolute value of that amount to the Defaulting Party.

(4) Second Method and Loss. If the Second Method and Loss apply, an amount will be
payable equal to the Non-defaulting Party’s Loss in respect of this Agreement. If
that amount is a positive number, the Defaulting Party will pay it to the
Non-defaulting Party; if it is a negative number, the Non-defaulting Party will pay
the absolute value of that amount to the Defaulting Party.

(ii) Termination Events. If the Early Termination Date results from a Termination Event:—

(1) One Affected Party. If there is one Affected Party, the amount payable will be
determined in accordance with Section 6(e)(i)(3), if Market Quotation applies, or
Section 6(e)(i)(4), if Loss applies, except that, in either case, references to the
Defaulting Party and to the Non-defaulting Party will be deemed to be references to
the Affected Party and the party which is not the Affected Party, respectively, and,
if Loss applies and fewer than all the Transactions are being terminated, Loss shall
be calculated in respect of all Terminated Transactions.

(2) Two Affected Parties. If there are two Affected Parties:—

(A) if Market Quotation applies, each party will determine a Settlement
Amount in respect of the Terminated Transactions, and an amount will be
payable equal to (I) the sum of (a) one-half of the difference between the
Settlement Amount of the party with the higher Settlement Amount (“X”) and
the Settlement Amount of the party with the lower Settlement Amount (“Y”)
and (b) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to X
less (II) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to
Y; and

(B) if Loss applies, each party will determine its Loss in respect of this
Agreement (or, if fewer than all the Transactions are being terminated, in
respect of all Terminated Transactions) and an amount will be payable equal
to one-half of the difference between the Loss of the party with the higher
Loss (“X”) and the Loss of the party with the lower Loss (“Y”).

If the amount payable is a positive number, Y will pay it to X; if it is a negative
number, X will pay the absolute value of that amount to Y.

(iii) Adjustment for Bankruptcy. In circumstances where an Early Termination Date occurs
because “Automatic Early Termination” applies in respect of a party, the amount determined
under this Section 6(e) will be subject to such adjustments as are appropriate and permitted
by law to reflect any payments or deliveries made by one party to the other under this
Agreement (and retained by such other party) during the period from the relevant Early
Termination Date to the date for payment determined under Section 6(d)(ii).

(iv) Pre-Estimate. The parties agree that if Market Quotation applies an amount recoverable
under this Section 6(e) is a reasonable pre-estimate of loss and not a penalty. Such amount
is payable for the loss of bargain and the loss of protection against future risks and
except as otherwise provided in this Agreement neither party will be entitled to recover any
additional damages as a consequence of such losses.

10

 

7. Transfer

Subject to Section 6(b)(ii), neither this Agreement nor any interest or obligation in or under this
Agreement may be transferred (whether by way of security or otherwise) by either party without the
prior written consent of the other party, except that:—

(a) a party may make such a transfer of this Agreement pursuant to a consolidation or amalgamation
with, or merger with or into, or transfer of all or substantially all its assets to, another entity
(but without prejudice to any other right or remedy under this Agreement); and

(b) a party may make such a transfer of all or any part of its interest in any amount payable to it
from a Defaulting Party under Section 6(e).

Any purported transfer that is not in compliance with this Section will be void.

8. Contractual Currency

(a) Payment in the Contractual Currency. Each payment under this Agreement will be made in the
relevant currency specified in this Agreement for that payment (the “Contractual Currency”). To the
extent permitted by applicable law, any obligation to make payments under this Agreement in the
Contractual Currency will not be discharged or satisfied by any tender in any currency other than
the Contractual Currency, except to the extent such tender results in the actual receipt by the
party to which payment is owed, acting in a reasonable manner and in good faith in converting the
currency so tendered into the Contractual Currency, of the full amount in the Contractual Currency
of all amounts payable in respect of this Agreement. If for any reason the amount in the
Contractual Currency so received falls short of the amount in the Contractual Currency payable in
respect of this Agreement, the party required to make the payment will, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, immediately pay such additional amount in the Contractual Currency as may be
necessary to compensate for the shortfall. If for any reason the amount in the Contractual Currency
so received exceeds the amount in the Contractual Currency payable in respect of this Agreement,
the party receiving the payment will refund promptly the amount of such excess.

(b)
Judgments.To the extent permitted by applicable law, if any judgment or order expressed in a
currency other than the Contractual Currency is rendered (i) for the payment of any amount owing in
respect of this Agreement, (ii) for the payment of any amount relating to any early termination in
respect of this Agreement or (iii) in respect of a judgment or order of another court for the
payment of any amount described in (i) or (ii) above, the party seeking recovery, after recovery in
full of the aggregate amount to which such party is entitled pursuant to the judgment or order,
will be entitled to receive immediately from the other party the amount of any shortfall of the
Contractual Currency received by such party as a consequence of sums paid in such other currency
and will refund promptly to the other party any excess of the Contractual Currency received by such
party as a consequence of sums paid in such other currency if such shortfall or such excess arises
or results from any variation between the rate of exchange at which the Contractual Currency is
converted into the currency of the judgment or order for the purposes of such judgment or order and
the rate of exchange at which such party is able, acting in a reasonable manner and in good faith
in converting the currency received into the Contractual Currency, to purchase the Contractual
Currency with the amount of the currency of the judgment or order actually received by such party.
The term “rate of exchange” includes, without limitation, any premiums and costs of exchange
payable in connection with the purchase of or conversion into the Contractual Currency.

(c) Separate Indemnities. To the extent permitted by applicable law, these indemnities constitute
separate and independent obligations from the other obligations in this Agreement, will be
enforceable as separate and independent causes of action, will apply notwithstanding any indulgence
granted by the party to which any payment is owed and will not be affected by judgment being
obtained or claim or proof being made for any other sums payable in respect of this Agreement.

(d) Evidence of Loss. For the purpose of this Section 8, it will be sufficient for a party to
demonstrate that it would have suffered a loss had an actual exchange or purchase been made.

11

 

9. Miscellaneous

(a) Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the
parties with respect to its subject matter and supersedes all oral communication and prior writings
with respect thereto.

(b) Amendments. No amendment, modification or waiver in respect of this Agreement will be
effective unless in writing (including a writing evidenced by a facsimile transmission) and
executed by each of the parties or confirmed by an exchange of telexes or electronic messages on an
electronic messaging system.

(c) Survival of Obligations. Without prejudice to Sections 2(a)(iii) and 6(c)(ii), the obligations
of the parties under this Agreement will survive the termination of any Transaction.

(d) Remedies Cumulative. Except as provided in this Agreement, the rights, powers, remedies and
privileges provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers,
remedies and privileges provided by law.

(e) Counterparts and Confirmations.

(i) This Agreement (and each amendment, modification and waiver in respect of it) may be
executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile transmission), each of which
will be deemed an original.

(ii) The parties intend that they are legally bound by the terms of each Transaction from
the moment they agree to those terms (whether orally or otherwise). A Confirmation shall be
entered into as soon as practicable and may be executed and delivered in counterparts
(including by facsimile transmission) or be created by an exchange of telexes or by an
exchange of electronic messages on an electronic messaging system, which in each case will
be sufficient for all purposes to evidence a binding supplement to this Agreement. The
parties will specify therein or through another effective means that any such counterpart,
telex or electronic message constitutes a Confirmation.

(f) No Waiver of Rights. A failure or delay in exercising any right, power or privilege in respect
of this Agreement will not be presumed to operate as a waiver, and a single or partial exercise of
any right, power or privilege will not be presumed to preclude any subsequent or further exercise,
of that right, power or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

(g) Headings. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are
not to affect the construction of or to be taken into consideration in interpreting this Agreement.

10. Offices; Multibranch Parties

(a) If Section 10(a) is specified in the Schedule as applying, each party that enters into a
Transaction through an Office other than its head or home office represents to the other party
that, notwithstanding the place of booking office or jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation
of such party, the obligations of such party are the same as if it had entered into the Transaction
through its head or home office. This representation will be deemed to be repeated by such party
on each date on which a Transaction is entered into.

(b) Neither party may change the Office through which it makes and receives payments or deliveries
for the purpose of a Transaction without the prior written consent of the other party.

(c) If a party is specified as a Multibranch Party in the Schedule, such Multibranch Party may make
and receive payments or deliveries under any Transaction through any Office listed in the Schedule,
and the Office through which it makes and receives payments or deliveries with respect to a
Transaction will be specified in the relevant Confirmation.

11. Expenses

A Defaulting Party will, on demand, indemnify and hold harmless the other party for and against all
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including legal fees and Stamp Tax, incurred by such other party
by reason of the enforcement and protection of its rights under this Agreement or any Credit
Support Document
to which the Defaulting Party is a party or by reason of the early termination of any Transaction,
including, but not limited to, costs of collection.

12

 

12. Notices

(a) Effectiveness. Any notice or other communication in respect of this Agreement may be given in
any manner set forth below (except that a notice or other communication under Section 5 or 6 may
not be given by facsimile transmission or electronic messaging system) to the address or number or
in accordance with the electronic messaging system details provided (see the Schedule) and will be
deemed effective as indicated:—

(i) if in writing and delivered in person or by courier, on the date it is delivered;

(ii) if sent by telex, on the date the recipient’s answerback is received;

(iii) if sent by facsimile transmission, on the date that transmission is received by a
responsible employee of the recipient in legible form (it being agreed that the burden of
proving receipt will be on the sender and will not be met by a transmission report generated
by the sender’s facsimile machine);

(iv) if sent by certified or registered mail (airmail, if overseas) or the equivalent
(return receipt requested), on the date that mail is delivered or its delivery is attempted;
or

(v) if sent by electronic messaging system, on the date that electronic message is received,

unless the date of that delivery (or attempted delivery) or that receipt as applicable, is not a
Local Business Day or that communication is delivered (or attempted) or received, as applicable,
after the close of business on a Local Business Day, in which case that communication shall be
deemed given and effective on the first following day that is a Local Business Day.

(b) Change of Addresses. Either party may by notice to the other change the address, telex or
facsimile number or electronic messaging system details at which notices or other communications
are to be given to it.

13. Governing Law and Jurisdiction

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the law
specified in the Schedule.

(b) Jurisdiction. With respect to any suit, action or proceedings relating to this Agreement
(“Proceedings”), each party irrevocably:—

(i) submits to the jurisdiction of the English courts, if this Agreement is expressed to be
governed by English law, or to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of
New York and the United States District Court located in the Borough of Manhattan in New
York City, if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by the laws of the State of New
York; and

(ii) waives any objection which it may have at any time to the laying of venue of any
Proceedings brought in any such court, waives any claim that such Proceedings have been
brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to
such Proceedings, that such court does not have any jurisdiction over such party.

Nothing in this Agreement precludes either party from bringing Proceedings in any other
jurisdiction (outside, if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by English law, the
Contracting States, as defined in Section 1(3) of the Civil Jurisdiction and Judgments Act 1982 or
any modification, extension or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force) nor will the
bringing of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the bringing of Proceedings in
any other jurisdiction.

13

 

(c) Service of Process. Each party irrevocably appoints the Process Agent (if any) specified
opposite its name in the Schedule to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process in any
Proceedings. If for any
reason any party’s Process Agent is unable to act as such, such party will promptly notify the
other party and within 30 days appoint a substitute process agent acceptable to the other party.
The parties irrevocably consent to service of process given in the manner provided for notices in
Section 12. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of either party to serve process in any
other manner permitted by law.

(d) Waiver of Immunities. Each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, with respect to itself and its revenues and assets (irrespective of their use or
intended use), all immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or other similar grounds from (i) suit,
(ii) jurisdiction of any court, (iii) relief by way of injunction, order for specific performance
or for recovery of property, (iv) attachment of its assets (whether before or after judgment) and
(v) execution or enforcement of any judgment to which it or its revenues or assets might otherwise
be entitled in any Proceedings in the courts of any jurisdiction and irrevocably agrees, to the
extent permitted by applicable law, that it will not claim any such immunity in any Proceedings.

14. Definitions

As used in this Agreement: —

“Additional Termination Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Affected Party” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Affected Transactions” means (a) with respect to any Termination Event consisting of an
Illegality, Tax Event or Tax Event Upon Merger, all Transactions affected by the occurrence of such
Termination Event and (b) with respect to any other Termination Event, all Transactions.

“Affiliate” means, subject to the Schedule, in relation to any person, any entity controlled,
directly or indirectly, by the person, any entity that controls, directly or indirectly, the person
or any entity directly or indirectly under common control with the person. For this purpose,
“control” of any entity or person means ownership of a majority of the voting power of the entity
or person.

“Applicable Rate” means: —

(a) in respect of obligations payable or deliverable (or which would have been but for Section
2(a)(iii)) by a Defaulting Party, the Default Rate;

(b) in respect of an obligation to pay an amount under Section 6(e) of either party from and after
the date (determined in accordance with Section 6(d)(ii)) on which that amount is payable, the
Default Rate;

(c) in respect of all other obligations payable or deliverable (or which would have been but for
Section 2(a)(iii)) by a Non-defaulting Party, the Non-default Rate; and

(d) in all other cases, the Termination Rate.

“Burdened Party” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Change in Tax Law” means the enactment, promulgation, execution or ratification of, or any change
in or amendment to, any law (or in the application or official interpretation of any law) that
occurs on or after the date on which the relevant Transaction is entered into.

“consent” includes a consent, approval, action, authorisation, exemption, notice, filing,
registration or exchange control consent.

“Credit Event Upon Merger” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Credit Support Document” means any agreement or instrument that is specified as such in this
Agreement.

“Credit Support Provider” has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

“Default Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual
cost) to the relevant payee (as certified by it) if it were to fund or of funding the relevant
amount plus 1% per annum.

14

 

“Defaulting Party” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a).

“Early Termination Date” means the date determined in accordance with Section 6(a) or 6(b)(iv).

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 5(a) and, if applicable, in the Schedule.

“Illegality” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Indemnifiable Tax” means any Tax other than a Tax that would not be imposed in respect of a
payment under this Agreement but for a present or former connection between the jurisdiction of the
government or taxation authority imposing such Tax and the recipient of such payment or a person
related to such recipient (including, without limitation, a connection arising from such recipient
or related person being or having been a citizen or resident of such jurisdiction, or being or
having been organised, present or engaged in a trade or business in such jurisdiction, or having or
having had a permanent establishment or fixed place of business in such jurisdiction, but excluding
a connection arising solely from such recipient or related person having executed, delivered,
performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or a Credit
Support Document).

“law” includes any treaty, law, rule or regulation (as modified, in the case of tax matters, by the
practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority) and “lawful” and “unlawful” will be
construed accordingly.

“Local Business Day” means, subject to the Schedule, a day on which commercial banks are open for
business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) (a) in relation to
any obligation under Section 2(a)(i), in the place(s) specified in the relevant Confirmation or, if
not so specified, as otherwise agreed by the parties in writing or determined pursuant to
provisions contained, or incorporated by reference, in this Agreement, (b) in relation to any other
payment, in the place where the relevant account is located and, if different. in the principal
financial centre, if any, of the currency of such payment, (c) in relation to any notice or other
communication, including notice contemplated under Section 5(a)(i), in the city specified in the
address for notice provided by the recipient and, in the case of a notice contemplated by Section
2(b), in the place where the relevant new account is to be located and (d) in relation to Section
5(a)(v)(2), in the relevant locations for performance with respect to such Specified Transaction.

“Loss” means, with respect to this Agreement or one or more Terminated Transactions, as the case
may be, and a party, the Termination Currency Equivalent of an amount that party reasonably
determines in good faith to be its total losses and costs (or gain, in which case expressed as a
negative number) in connection with this Agreement or that Terminated Transaction or group of
Terminated Transactions, as the case may be, including any loss of bargain, cost of funding or, at
the election of such party but without duplication, loss or cost incurred as a result of its
terminating, liquidating, obtaining or reestablishing any hedge or related trading position (or any
gain resulting from any of them). Loss includes losses and costs (or gains) in respect of any
payment or delivery required to have been made (assuming satisfaction of each applicable condition
precedent) on or before the relevant Early Termination Date and not made, except, so as to avoid
duplication, if Section 6(e)(i)(1) or (3) or 6(e)(ii)(2)(A) applies. Loss does not include a
party’s legal fees and out-of-pocket expenses referred to under Section 11. A party will determine
its Loss as of the relevant Early Termination Date, or, if that is not reasonably practicable, as
of the earliest date thereafter as is reasonably practicable. A party may (but need not) determine
its Loss by reference to quotations of relevant rates or prices from one or more leading dealers in
the relevant markets.

“Market Quotation” means, with respect to one or more Terminated Transactions and a party making
the determination, an amount determined on the basis of quotations from Reference Market-makers.
Each quotation will be for an amount, if any, that would be paid to such party (expressed as a
negative number) or by such party (expressed as a positive number) in consideration of an agreement
between such party (taking into account any existing Credit Support Document with respect to the
obligations of such party) and the quoting Reference Market-maker to enter into a transaction (the
“Replacement Transaction”) that would have the effect of preserving for such party the economic
equivalent of any payment or delivery (whether the underlying obligation was absolute or contingent
and assuming the satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) by the parties under Section
2(a)(i) in respect of such Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions that would,
but for the occurrence of the relevant Early Termination Date, have

15

 

been required after that date. For this purpose, Unpaid Amounts in respect of the Terminated
Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions are to be excluded but, without limitation, any
payment or delivery that would, but for the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required
(assuming satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) after that Early Termination Date is
to be included. The Replacement Transaction would be subject to such documentation as such party
and the Reference Market-maker may, in good faith, agree. The party making the determination (or
its agent) will request each Reference Market-maker to provide its quotation to the extent
reasonably practicable as of the same day and time (without regard to different time zones) on or
as soon as reasonably practicable after the relevant Early Termination Date. The day and time as of
which those quotations are to be obtained will be selected in good faith by the party obliged to
make a determination under Section 6(e), and, if each party is so obliged, after consultation with
the other. If more than three quotations are provided, the Market Quotation will be the arithmetic
mean of the quotations, without regard to the quotations having the highest and lowest values, If
exactly three such quotations are provided, the Market Quotation will be the quotation remaining
after disregarding the highest and lowest quotations. For this purpose, if more than one quotation
has the same highest value or lowest value, then one of such quotations shall be disregarded. If
fewer than three quotations are provided, it will be deemed that the Market Quotation in respect of
such Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions cannot be determined.

“Non-default Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the cost (without proof or evidence of any
actual cost) to the Non-defaulting Party (as certified by it) if it were to fund the relevant
amount.

“Non-defaulting Party” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a).

“Office” means a branch or office of a party, which may be such party’s head or home office.

“Potential Event of Default” means any event which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time
or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

“Reference Market-makers” means four leading dealers in the relevant market selected by the party
determining a Market Quotation in good faith (a) from among dealers of the highest credit standing
which satisfy all the criteria that such party applies generally at the time in deciding whether to
offer or to make an extension of credit and (b) to the extent practicable, from among such dealers
having an office in the same city.

“Relevant Jurisdiction” means, with respect to a party, the jurisdictions (a) in which the party is
incorporated, organised, managed and controlled or considered to have its seat, (b) where an Office
through which the party is acting for purposes of this Agreement is located, (c) in which the party
executes this Agreement and (d) in relation to any payment, from or through which such payment is
made.

“Scheduled Payment Date” means a date on which a payment or delivery is to be made under Section
2(a)(i) with respect to a Transaction.

“Set-off” means set-off, offset, combination of accounts, right of retention or withholding or
similar right or requirement to which the payer of an amount under Section 6 is entitled or subject
(whether arising under this Agreement, another contract, applicable law or otherwise) that is
exercised by, or imposed on, such payer.

“Settlement Amount” means, with respect to a party and any Early Termination Date, the sum of.-

(a) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Market Quotations (whether positive or negative) for
each Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions for which a Market Quotation is
determined; and

(b) such party’s Loss (whether positive or negative and without reference to any Unpaid Amounts)
for each Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions for which a Market Quotation
cannot be determined or would not (in the reasonable belief of the party making the determination)
produce a commercially reasonable result.

“Specified Entity” has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

16

 

“Specified Indebtedness” means, subject to the Schedule, any obligation (whether present or future,
contingent or otherwise, as principal or surety or otherwise) in respect of borrowed money.

“Specified Transaction” means, subject to the Schedule, (a) any transaction (including an agreement
with respect thereto) now existing or hereafter entered into between one party to this Agreement
(or any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party) and
the other party to this Agreement (or any Credit Support Provider of such other party or any
applicable Specified Entity of such other party) which is a rate swap transaction, basis swap,
forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or
equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap
transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate
swap transaction, currency option or any other similar transaction (including any option with
respect to any of these transactions), (b) any combination of these transactions and (c) any other
transaction identified as a Specified Transaction in this Agreement or the relevant confirmation.

“Stamp Tax” means any stamp, registration, documentation or similar tax.

“Tax” means any present or future tax, levy, impost, duty, charge, assessment or fee of any nature
(including interest, penalties and additions thereto) that is imposed by any government or other
taxing authority in respect of any payment under this Agreement other than a stamp, registration,
documentation or similar tax.

“Tax Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Tax Event Upon Merger” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Terminated Transactions” means with respect to any Early Termination Date (a) if resulting from a
Termination Event, all Affected Transactions and (b) if resulting from an Event of Default, all
Transactions (in either case) in effect immediately before the effectiveness of the notice
designating that Early Termination Date (or, if “Automatic Early Termination” applies, immediately
before that Early Termination Date).

“Termination Currency” has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

“Termination Currency Equivalent” means, in respect of any amount denominated in the Termination
Currency, such Termination Currency amount and, in respect of any amount denominated in a currency
other than the Termination Currency (the “Other Currency”), the amount in the Termination Currency
determined by the party making the relevant determination as being required to purchase such amount
of such Other Currency as at the relevant Early Termination Date, or, if the relevant Market
Quotation or Loss (as the case may be), is determined as of a later date, that later date, with the
Termination Currency at the rate equal to the spot exchange rate of the foreign exchange agent
(selected as provided below) for the purchase of such Other Currency with the Termination Currency
at or about 11:00 a.m. (in the city in which such foreign exchange agent is located) on such date
as would be customary for the determination of such a rate for the purchase of such Other Currency
for value on the relevant Early Termination Date or that later date. The foreign exchange agent
will, if only one party is obliged to make a determination under Section 6(e), be selected in good
faith by that party and otherwise will be agreed by the parties

“Termination Event” means an Illegality, a Tax Event or a Tax Event Upon Merger or, if specified to
be applicable, a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event.

“Termination Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the arithmetic mean of the cost (without proof
or evidence of any actual cost) to each party (as certified by such party) if it were to fund or of
funding such amounts.

“Unpaid Amounts” owing to any party means, with respect to an Early Termination Date, the aggregate
of (a) in respect of all Terminated Transactions, the amounts that became payable (or that would
have become payable but for Section 2(a)(iii)) to such party under Section 2(a)(i) on or prior to
such Early Termination Date and which remain unpaid as at such Early Termination Date and (b) in
respect of each Terminated Transaction. for each obligation under Section 2(a)(i) which was (or
would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) required to be settled by delivery to such party on or
prior to such Early Termination Date and which has not been so settled as at such Early Termination
Date, an amount equal to the fair market

17

 

value of that which was (or would have been) required to be delivered as of the originally
scheduled date for delivery, in each case together with (to the extent permitted under applicable
law) interest, in the currency of such amounts, from (and including) the date such amounts or
obligations were or would have been required to have been paid or performed to (but excluding) such
Early Termination Date, at the Applicable Rate. Such amounts of interest will be calculated on the
basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed. The fair market value of any
obligation referred to in clause (b) above shall be reasonably determined by the party obliged to
make the determination under Section 6(e) or, if each party is so obliged, it shall be the average
of the Termination Currency Equivalents of the fair market values reasonably determined by both
parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this document on the respective dates specified below
with effect from the date specified on the first page of this document.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	FORD CREDIT FLOORPLAN MASTER OWNER TRUST A	 	 	 	[HEDGE COUNTERPARTY]
	By:

	 	U.S. BANK TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 not in its individual capacity, but solely as Owner

Trustee	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	By:

	 	 	 	By:	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	 	 	Name:
	 

	 	Title:
	 	 	 	Title:

18

 

SCHEDULE

to the

ISDA MASTER AGREEMENT

(1992 Multicurrency — Cross Border)

dated as of [date]

between

[HEDGE COUNTERPARTY],

a [_______________]

(“Party A”)

and

FORD CREDIT FLOORPLAN MASTER OWNER TRUST A,

a Delaware statutory trust

(“Party B”)

Part 1. TERMINATION PROVISIONS.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	(a)	 	“Specified
Entity” means in relation to Party A for the purpose of:
	 
	 

	 	 	 	Section 5(a)(v),
	 	Not applicable.
	 

	 	 	 	Section 5(a)(vi),
	 	Not applicable.
	 

	 	 	 	Section 5(a)(vii),
	 	Not applicable.
	 

	 	 	 	Section 5(b)(iv),
	 	Not applicable.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	in relation to Party B for the purpose of:
	 
	 

	 	 	 	Section 5(a)(v),
	 	Not applicable.
	 

	 	 	 	Section 5(a)(vi),
	 	Not applicable.
	 

	 	 	 	Section 5(a)(vii),
	 	Not applicable.
	 

	 	 	 	Section 5(b)(iv),
	 	Not applicable.

	 	(b)	 	“Specified Transaction” will have the meaning specified in Section 14 of this Agreement
unless another meaning is specified here: No change from Section 14.

	 	(c)	 	The “Breach of Agreement” provisions
of Section 5(a)(ii), the “Misrepresentation”
provisions of Section 5(a)(iv) and the “Default under
Specified Transaction” provisions of
Section 5(a)(v) will not apply to Party B[; provided, however, that
notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5(a)(ii), any failure by Party A to
comply with or perform any obligation to be complied with or performed by Party A under the
Credit Support Annex will only be an Event of Default if (A) (1) at least 30 Local Business
Days have elapsed since the last time the Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Requirements did
not apply and (2) such failure is not remedied on or before the third Local Business Day
after notice of such failure is given to Party A, (B) an S&P [First] [Second] Rating
Trigger has occurred and been continuing for 10 or more Local Business Days or (C) a Fitch
First Rating Trigger has occurred and been continuing for 30 or more calendar days (it
being understood that such failure may still constitute an Additional Termination Event if
so specified in this Agreement)].

19

 

	 	(d)	 	The “Credit Support Default” provisions of Section 5(a)(iii) will apply to Party A and will
not apply to Party B except that Section 5(a)(iii)(1) will apply in respect of Party B’s
obligations under Paragraph 3(b) of the Credit Support Annex[; provided,
however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5(a)(iii)(1), any
failure by Party A to comply with or perform any obligation to be complied with or
performed by Party A under the Credit Support Annex will only be an Event of Default if (A)
(1) at least 30 Local Business Days have elapsed since the last time the Moody’s Second
Rating Trigger Requirements did not apply and (2) such failure is not remedied on or before
the third Local Business Day after notice of such failure is given to Party A, (B) an S&P
[First] [Second] Rating Trigger has occurred and been continuing for 10 or more Local
Business Days or (C) a Fitch First Rating Trigger has occurred and been continuing for 30
or more calendar days (it being understood that such failure may still constitute an
Additional Termination Event if so specified in this Agreement)].
	 
	 	 	 	(e)The “Cross Default” provisions of Section 5(a)(vi) will [not] apply to Party A and will not
apply to Party B.
	 
	 	 	 	[For the purposes of Section 5(a)(vi), the following provisions apply:
	 
	 	 	 	“Specified Indebtedness” will have the meaning specified in Section 14 of this
Agreement unless another meaning is specified here: No change from Section 14,
except that such term shall not include obligations in respect of deposits received
in the ordinary course of Party A’s banking business.
	 
	 	 	 	“Threshold Amount” means, with respect to Party A, an amount equal to 3 percent of
the shareholders’ equity of Party A or, if applicable, its Eligible Guarantor.]
	 
	 	(f)	 	Bankruptcy
	 
	 	 	 	Section 5(a)(vii)(2), (7) and (9) will not apply to Party B.
	 
	 	 	 	Section 5(a)(vii)(3) will not apply to Party B to the extent that such provision
refers to any assignment, arrangement or composition that is effected by or pursuant
to the Transaction Documents.
	 
	 	 	 	Section 5(a)(vii)(4) will not apply to Party B to the extent any such proceeding or
petition was instituted or presented by Party A or any of its Affiliates.
	 
	 	 	 	Section 5(a)(vii)(6) will not apply to Party B to the extent that such provision
refers to (i) any appointment that is effected by or pursuant to the Transaction
Documents or (ii) any appointment to which Party B has not become subject.
	 
	 	 	 	Section 5(a)(vii)(8) will apply to Party B only to the extent that it relates to
Section 5(a)(vii)(1), (3) (as amended), (4) (as amended), (5) and (6) (as amended).
	 
	 	(g)	 	Tax Event and Tax Event Upon Merger
	 
	 	 	 	Section 5(b)(ii) will apply; provided that the words “(x) any action taken
by a taxing authority, or brought in a court of competent jurisdiction, on or after
the date on which a Transaction is entered into (regardless of whether such action
is taken or brought with respect to a party to this Agreement) or (y)” are hereby
deleted.

20

 

Section 5(b)(iii) will apply; provided that Party A will not be entitled to
designate an Early Termination Date by reason of a Tax Event Upon Merger in respect
of which it is the Affected Party.

	 	(h)	 	The “Credit Event Upon Merger”provisions of Section 5(b)(iv) will not apply to Party A or
to Party B.
	 
	 	(i)	 	The “Automatic Early Termination”provisions of Section 6(a) will not apply to Party A or
to Party B.
	 
	 	(j)	 	Payments on Early Termination; General.Subject to Part 1(k) below, for the purpose of
Section 6(e):

	 	 	 	(i)Market Quotation will apply unless Party A is the Affected Party and Party B has contracted
to enter into a replacement Transaction on or prior to the Early Termination Date, in which
event Loss will apply.
	 
	 	 	 	(ii)The Second Method will apply.
	 
	 	 	 	(iii)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, if (1) Party B
designates an Early Termination Date pursuant to Part 1(m)[(iii), (iv), (v), (vi) or (vii)]
in respect of which any Transaction is a Terminated Transaction and (2) Party B enters into
a replacement transaction with a third party on or before such Early Termination Date, then
(x) the amount, if any, payable by Party B to Party A in respect of such Early Termination
Date and such Transaction will not exceed the amount received by Party B from such third
party in consideration of entering into such replacement transaction and (y) the amount, if
any, payable by Party A to Party B in respect of such Early Termination Date and such
Transaction will not be less than the amount payable by Party B to such third party in
consideration of entering into such replacement transaction.

	 	(k)	 	Payments on Early Termination Due to Certain Events.Notwithstanding Section 6, so long as
(A) an Additional Termination Event occurs pursuant to Part 1(m)[(v) or (vi)], or (B) Party
A is the Affected Party in respect of a Tax Event Upon Merger or the Defaulting Party in
respect of any Event of Default, paragraphs (i) to (vi) below will apply:

	 	(i)	 	The definition of “Market Quotation” will be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the
following:

“Market Quotation” means, with respect to one or more Terminated
Transactions, a Firm Offer which is (1) made by a Reference Market-maker
that is an Eligible Replacement, (2) for an amount that would be paid to
Party B (expressed as a negative number) or by Party B (expressed as a
positive number) in consideration of an agreement between Party B and such
Reference Market-maker to enter into a transaction (the “Replacement
Transaction”) that would have the effect of preserving for such party the
economic equivalent of any payment or delivery (whether the underlying
obligation was absolute or contingent and assuming the satisfaction of each
applicable condition precedent) by the parties under Section 2(a)(i) in
respect of such Terminated Transactions or group of Terminated

21

 

Transactions
that would, but for the occurrence of the relevant Early Termination Date,
have been required after that date, (3) made on the basis that Unpaid
Amounts in respect of the Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated
Transactions are to be excluded but, without limitation, any payment or
delivery that would, but for the relevant Early Termination Date, have been
required (assuming satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent)
after that Early Termination Date is to be included and (4) made in respect
of a Replacement Transaction with terms that are, in all material respects,
no less beneficial for Party B than those
of this Agreement (save for the exclusion of provisions relating to
Transactions that are not Terminated Transactions), as determined by Party
B.”

	 	(ii)	 	In determining whether or not a Firm Offer satisfies the condition in clause (4) of “Market
Quotation”, Party B will act in a commercially reasonable manner.
	 
	 	(iii)	 	The definition of “Settlement Amount” will be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the
following:

“Settlement Amount” means, with respect to any Early Termination Date, an
amount (as determined by Party B) equal to:

	 	(A)	 	if, on or prior to such Early Termination Date, a Market Quotation for the relevant
Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions is accepted by Party B so as to
become legally binding, the Termination Currency Equivalent of the amount (whether positive
or negative) of such Market Quotation;
	 
	 	(B)	 	if, on such Early Termination Date, no Market Quotation for the relevant Terminated
Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions has been accepted by Party B so as to
become legally binding and one or more Market Quotations have been communicated to Party B
and remain capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance by Party B, the Termination
Currency Equivalent of the amount (whether positive or negative) of the lowest of such
Market Quotations (for the avoidance of doubt, (i) a Market Quotation expressed as a
negative number is lower than a Market Quotation expressed as a positive number and (ii)
the lower of two Market Quotations expressed as negative numbers is the one with the
largest absolute value); or
	 
	 	(C)	 	if, on such Early Termination Date, no Market Quotation for the relevant Terminated
Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions has been accepted by Party B so as to
become legally binding and no Market Quotations have been communicated to Party B and
remain capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance by Party B, Party B’s Loss
(whether positive or negative and without reference to any Unpaid Amounts) for the relevant
Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions.”

	 	(iv)	 	If Party B requests Party A in writing to obtain Market Quotations, Party A will use its
reasonable efforts to do so before the Early Termination Date.
	 
	 	(v)	 	If the Settlement Amount is a negative number, Section 6(e)(i)(3) of this Agreement will be
deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

22

 

	 	 	 	“Second Method and Market Quotation. If Second Method and Market
Quotation apply, (1) Party B will pay to Party A an amount equal to the
absolute value of the Settlement Amount in respect of the Terminated
Transactions, (2) Party B will pay to Party A the Termination Currency
Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to Party A and (3) Party A will pay to
Party B the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to
Party B; provided that (i) the amounts payable under clauses (2) and
(3) will be subject to netting in accordance with Section 2(c) of this
Agreement and (ii) notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any
amount payable by Party A under clause (3) will not be netted-off against any
amount payable by Party B under clause (1).”

	 	(vi)	 	At any time on or before the Early Termination Date at which two
or more Market Quotations from Eligible Replacements have been communicated to
Party B and remain capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance by Party
B, Party B will be entitled to accept only the lowest of such Market Quotations
(for the avoidance of doubt, (i) a Market Quotation expressed as a negative
number is lower than a Market Quotation expressed as a positive number and (ii)
the lower of two Market Quotations expressed as negative numbers is the one with
the largest absolute value).

	 	(l)	 	“Termination Currency” means United States Dollars.
	 
	 	(m)	 	Additional Termination Events. Each of the following will constitute an
Additional Termination Event pursuant to Section 5(b)(v):

	 	(i)	 	Acceleration of Series 20__-__ Notes. Any acceleration of the
Series 20__-__ Notes pursuant to Section 5.2(a) of the Indenture (provided such
acceleration has not been rescinded pursuant to Section 5.2(b) of the Indenture)
and commencement of liquidation of the Series 20__-__ Collateral, with Party B as
the sole Affected Party;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	Amendments. Any amendment or supplement to the Indenture, the
Series 20__-__ Indenture Supplement or to the Sale and Servicing Agreements that
would materially adversely affect any of Party A’s rights or obligations under
this Agreement or any Transaction that is made without the consent of Party A,
which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned;
provided that Party A’s consent will be deemed to have been given if
Party A does not object in writing within 10 Business Days of receipt of a
written request for such consent, with Party B as the sole Affected Party;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	Regulation AB. Failure of Party A to comply with the
requirements of Part 5(s), with Party A as the sole Affected Party;
	 
	 	(iv)	 	[Fitch Rating Triggers. Failure of Party A to comply with the
requirements of Part 5(m), with Party A as the sole Affected Party;]
	 
	 	(v)	 	[Moody’s First Rating Trigger. Failure of Party A to comply with
the requirements of Part 5(n)(ii), with Party A as the sole Affected Party;]
	 
	 	(vi)	 	[Moody’s Second Rating Trigger.

	 	(A)	 	Failure of Party A to comply with the
requirements of Part 5(n)(iv), with Party A as the sole Affected Party;
or

23

 

	 	(B)	 	(1) The Moody’s Second Rating Trigger
Requirements apply and 30 or more Local Business Days have elapsed since
the last time the Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Requirements did not
apply and (2)(a) at least one Eligible Replacement has made a Firm Offer
(which remains capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance) to
be the transferee of a transfer to be made in accordance with Section 7
(as amended below) or (b) at least one entity meeting at least the
Moody’s Second Trigger Required Ratings has made a Firm Offer (which
remains capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance by the
offeree) to provide an Eligible Guarantee in respect of all of Party A’s
present and future obligations under this Agreement, with Party A as the
sole Affected Party; and]

	 	(vii)	 	[S&P Rating Trigger[s]. Failure of Party A to comply with the
requirements of Part 5(o), with Party A as the sole Affected Party.]

Part 2. Tax Representations.

	 	(a)	 	Payer Tax Representations. For the purpose of Section 3(e), each of Party A
and Party B makes the following representation:
	 
	 	 	 	It is not required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant
governmental revenue authority, of any Relevant Jurisdiction to make any deduction or
withholding for or on account of any Tax from any payment (other than interest under
Section 2(e), 6(d)(ii) or 6(e)) to be made by it to the other party under this
Agreement. In making this representation, it may rely on (i) the accuracy of any
representation made by the other party pursuant to Section 3(f), (ii) the
satisfaction of the agreement contained in Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(iii) and the
accuracy and effectiveness of any document provided by the other party pursuant to
Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(iii), and (iii) the satisfaction of the agreement of the
other party contained in Section 4(d); provided that it will not be a breach
of this representation where reliance is placed on clause (ii) above and the other
party does not deliver a form or document under Section 4(a)(iii) by reason of
material prejudice to its legal or commercial position.

	 	(b)	 	Payee Tax Representations. For the purpose of Section 3(f):

	 	(i)	 	Party A makes the following representations: [To be provided by
Party A.]
	 
	 	(ii)	 	Party B makes the following representations: It is a “U.S.
person” (as that term is used in U.S. Treasury Regulations section
1.1441-4(a)(3)(ii)), and the payments received or to be received by it under
this Agreement are owned by a corporation that is a “U.S. person” (as that term
is used in U.S. Treasury Regulations section 1.1441-4(a)(3)(ii)) for U.S.
federal income tax purposes.

24

 

Part 3. Agreement to Deliver Documents.

	 	(a)	 	For purposes of Sections 4(a)(i) and (ii), each party agrees to deliver the
following documents, as applicable:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Party required to	 	 	 	 
	deliver document	 	Form/Document/Certificate	 	Date by which to be delivered
	Party A and Party B

	 	Any form or document
that may be required or
reasonably requested in
order to allow the other
party to make a payment
under this Agreement
without any deduction or
withholding for or on
account of any Tax or
with such deduction or
withholding at a reduced
rate, including IRS Form
W-9, Form 8ECI or Form
W-8BEN, as applicable.
	 	On the date of this
Agreement, and promptly upon
the earlier of (i)
reasonable demand by the
other party and (ii)
learning that the form or
document is required.

	 	(b)	 	Other documents to be delivered are:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Party required to	 	 	 	Date by which to be	 	Covered by Section
	deliver document	 	Form/Document/Certificate	 	delivered	 	3(d) Representation
	Party A

	 	Annual audited financial
statements prepared in
accordance with
generally accepted
accounting principles in
the country in which the
party is organized.
	 	Promptly upon Party
B’s request.
	 	Yes
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Party A and Party B

	 	Certificate or other
documents evidencing the
authority of the party
entering into this
Agreement or a
Confirmation, as the
case may be, including
copies of any board
resolutions and
appropriate certificates
of incumbency as to the
officers executing such
documents.
	 	Upon execution of
this Agreement and,
if a Confirmation
so requires it, on
or before the date
set forth in such
Confirmation.
	 	Yes
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Party A and Party B

	 	Opinions of counsel in
form and substance
acceptable to the other
party.
	 	Upon execution of
this Agreement.
	 	No
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Party A

	 	Financial data relating
to Party A, as required
pursuant to Part 5(s) of
this Schedule.
	 	As required
pursuant to Part
5(s) of this
Schedule.
	 	Yes
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Party A

	 	Executed Indemnification
and Contribution
Agreement, among Party
A, Ford Motor Credit
Company LLC, Ford Credit
Floorplan Corporation
and Ford Credit
Floorplan LLC, relating
to Party A’s furnished
information for use in
the Prospectus.
	 	At or promptly
following execution
of this Agreement.
	 	Yes
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Party B

	 	Copy of executed Series
20__-__ Indenture
Supplement.
	 	Upon execution of
 such agreement.
	 	No

25

 

Part 4. Miscellaneous

	 	(a)	 	Addresses for Notices:

	 	(i)	 	To Party A:

	 	For the purpose of Section 12(a), any notice to Party A relating to a particular
Transaction will be delivered to the address or facsimile number specified in the
Confirmation of such Transaction. Any notice delivered for purposes of Sections 5
and 6 of this Agreement will be delivered to the following address:

[Hedge Counterparty]

[Address]

Attn:

Tel:

Fax:

with a copy to:

[Hedge Counterparty]

[Address]

Attn:

Tel:

Fax:

	 	(ii)	 	To Party B:

	 	For the purpose of Section 12(a), notices to Party B will be delivered to the address
or facsimile number specified in the Confirmation of such Transaction. Any notice
delivered for purposes of Sections 5, 6 and 7 will be delivered to the following
address:

U.S. Bank Trust National Association,

     as Owner Trustee for

     Ford Credit Floorplan Master Owner Trust A

300 Delaware Avenue

Wilmington, Delaware 19801

Attn: Corporate Trust Services

Tel: (302) 576-3704

Fax: (302) 576-3717

26

 

with copies to:

U.S. Bank National Association

209 S. LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60604

Telephone: (312) 325-8904

Fax: (312) 325-8905

and

The Bank of New York Mellon,

     as Indenture Trustee for

     Ford Credit Floorplan Master Owner Trust A

101 Barclay Street, Floor 4W

New York, New York 10286

Attn: Corporate Trust Administration

Tel: (212) 815-5331

Fax: (212) 815-8091

and

Ford Motor Credit Company LLC

One American Road, Suite 2411

Dearborn, Michigan 48126

Attn: Corporate Secretary

Tel: (313) 323-1200

Fax: (313) 337-1160

and

Ford Motor Credit Company LLC

c/o Ford Motor Company

World Headquarters, Suite 801-C1

One American Road

Dearborn, Michigan 48126

Attn: Securitization Operations Supervisor

Tel: (313) 594-3495

Fax: (313) 390-4133

	 	(b)	 	Process Agent. For the purpose of Section 13(c):
	 
	 	 	 	Party A appoints as its Process Agent: Not applicable.
	 
	 	 	 	Party B appoints as its Process Agent: Not applicable.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Offices. The provisions of Section 10(a) will apply.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Multibranch Party. For the purpose of Section 10:

	 	(i)	 	Party A is [not] a Multibranch Party.
	 
	 	(ii)	 	Party B is not a Multibranch Party.

27

 

	 	(e)	 	Calculation Agent. The Calculation Agent is Party B.
	 
	 	(f)	 	Credit Support Document. Details of any Credit Support Document:
	 
	 	 	 	In relation to Party A: The 1994 ISDA Credit Support Annex to this Agreement, dated
as of the date hereof and attached hereto (the “Credit Support Annex”), and any
Eligible Guarantee provided to Party B in support of Party A’s obligations under this
Agreement.
	 
	 	 	 	In relation to Party B: The Credit Support Annex, solely in respect of Party B’s
obligations under Paragraph 3(b) of the Credit Support Annex.
	 
	 	(g)	 	Credit Support Provider.
	 
	 	 	 	In relation to Party A: The guarantor under any Eligible Guarantee provided to Party
B in support of Party A’s obligations under this Agreement.
	 
	 	 	 	In relation to Party B: Not applicable.
	 
	 	(h)	 	Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of New York.
	 
	 	(i)	 	Single Agreement. Section 1(c) will be amended by the addition of the words “,
the Credit Support Annex” after the words “Master Agreement”.
	 
	 	(j)	 	Netting of Payments. Subparagraph (ii) of Section 2(c) will apply to all
Transactions under this Agreement.
	 
	 	(k)	 	“Affiliate”will have the meaning specified in Section 14.
	 
	 	(l)	 	Waiver of Jury Trial. Each party waives, to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, its right to have a jury trial in respect to any proceedings related to
this Agreement. Each party certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of the
other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not,
in the event of such a suit, action or proceeding, seek to enforce the foregoing
waiver.
	 
	 	(m)	 	The definition of “Local Business Day” in Section 14 will be amended by the
addition of the words “or any Credit Support Document” after “Section 2(a)(i)” and the
addition of the words “or Credit Support Document” after “Confirmation”.

Part 5. Other Provisions.

	 	(a)	 	Non-Reliance. In connection with the negotiation of, the entering into, and
the execution of this Agreement, any Credit Support Document to which it is a party,
each Transaction and any other documentation relating to this Agreement to which it is
a party or that is required by this Agreement to deliver, each of Party A and Party B
represents and agrees that:

	 	(i)	 	it is not relying (for the purposes of making any investment
decision or otherwise) upon any advice, counsel or representations (whether
written or oral) of the other party to this Agreement, such Credit Support
Document, each Transaction or such other documentation other than the
representations expressly set forth in this Agreement, such Credit Support
Document and in any Confirmation;

28

 

	 	(ii)	 	it has consulted with its own legal, regulatory, tax, business,
investment, financial and accounting advisors to the extent it has deemed
necessary, and it has made its own investment, hedging and trading decisions
(including decisions regarding the suitability of any Transaction pursuant to
this Agreement) based upon its own judgment and upon any advice from such
advisors as it has deemed necessary and not upon any view expressed by the other
party to this Agreement, such Credit Support Document, each Transaction or such
other documentation;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	it has a full understanding of all the terms, conditions and
risks (economic and otherwise) of this Agreement, such Credit Support Document,
each Transaction and such other documentation and is capable of assuming and
willing to, and will, assume (financially and otherwise) those risks;
	 
	 	(iv)	 	it is an “eligible contract participant” as defined in Section
1a(12) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. Section 1a), as amended by the
Commodity Futures Modernization Act of 2000;
	 
	 	(v)	 	it is entering into this Agreement, such Credit Support Document,
each Transaction and such other documentation for the purposes of managing its
borrowings or investments, hedging its underlying assets or liabilities or in
connection with a line of business;
	 
	 	(vi)	 	it is entering into this Agreement, such Credit Support Document,
each Transaction and such other documentation as principal, and not as agent or
in any other capacity, fiduciary or otherwise; and
	 
	 	(vii)	 	the other party to this Agreement, such Credit Support Document,
each Transaction and such other documentation (a) is not acting as a fiduciary
or financial, investment or commodity trading advisor for it, (b) has not given
to it (directly or indirectly through any other person) any assurance, guaranty
or representation whatsoever as to the merits (either legal, regulatory, tax,
financial, accounting or otherwise) of this Agreement, such Credit Support
Document, each Transaction or such other documentation, and (c) has not
committed to unwind the Transactions.

	 	(b)	 	Tax Provisions.

	 	(i)	 	Notwithstanding the definition of “Indemnifiable Tax” in Section
14 of this Agreement, in relation to payments by Party A, any Tax will be an
Indemnifiable Tax and, in relation to payments by Party B, no Tax will be an
Indemnifiable Tax.
	 
	 	(ii)	 	Section 2(d)(i)(4) of this Agreement will be deleted in its
entirety and replaced with the words “if such Tax is an Indemnifiable Tax, pay
to Y, in addition to the payment which Y is otherwise entitled under this
Agreement, such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount
actually received by Y (free and clear of Indemnifiable Taxes, whether against X
or Y) will equal the full amount Y would have received had no such deduction or
withholding been required.”

	 	(c)	 	No Petition. Party A covenants and agrees that prior to the date that is one
year and one day after the payment in full of (i) all of the Series 20__-__ Notes and
any other securities issued by Party B and (ii) any other securities issued by a trust
as to which Ford Credit Floorplan Corporation or Ford Credit Floorplan LLC is a
depositor (or, if later, the expiration of all applicable preference periods under the
United States Bankruptcy Code or other applicable

29

 

	 	 	 	law), it will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting
against, Party B, Ford Credit Floorplan Corporation or Ford Credit Floorplan LLC any
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or
other proceedings under United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in
connection with any obligations under this Agreement. The provisions of this
paragraph will survive the termination of this Agreement.

	 	(d)	 	Limited Recourse; Subordination.

	 	(i)	 	Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Agreement, the obligations of Party B under this Agreement and any Transaction
hereunder are solely the obligations of Party B and will be payable solely to
the extent of funds received by and available to Party B in accordance with the
priority of payment provisions under the Series 20__-__ Indenture Supplement and
on the Payment Dates specified therein. Upon exhaustion of the assets of Party
B and the proceeds thereof in accordance with the Series 20__-__ Indenture
Supplement, the Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreements, Party A will
not be entitled to take any further steps against Party B to recover any sums
due but unpaid under this Agreement, all claims in respect of which will be
extinguished. No recourse may be taken for the payment of any amount owing in
respect of any obligation of, or claim against, Party B arising out of or based
upon this Agreement or any Transaction against any holder of a beneficial
interest, employee, officer or Affiliate of Party B and, except as specifically
provided in this Agreement, no recourse may be taken for the payment of any
amount owing in respect of any obligation of, or claim against, Party B based on
or arising out of this Agreement against the Administrator (as defined in the
Administration Agreement), Ford Credit Floorplan Corporation, Ford Credit
Floorplan LLC or any stockholder, holder of a beneficial interest, employee,
officer, director, incorporator or Affiliate of such person; provided,
however, that the foregoing will not relieve any such person or entity
from any liability they might otherwise have as a result of their gross
negligence or willful misconduct.
	 
	 	(ii)	 	The parties intend that Part 5(d)(i) of this Schedule constitute
an enforceable subordination agreement under Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy
Code and will survive the termination of this Agreement.

	 	(e)	 	Party B Pledge. Notwithstanding anything in Section 7 to the contrary, Party A
acknowledges that Party B will pledge the Series 20__-__ Collateral, including all
right, title and interest of Party B in, to and under this Agreement, to the Indenture
Trustee for the benefit of the Series 20__-__ Noteholders and the Hedge Counterparty
pursuant to the Series 20__-__ Indenture Supplement. Party A irrevocably appoints the
Indenture Trustee as its agent and attorney-in-fact for the purpose of evidencing the
existence and maintaining the perfection of the security granted Party A. Party A (as
a Secured Party under the Transaction Documents) agrees that it has no voting rights in
connection with any action to be taken on behalf of the Secured Parties. The Indenture
Trustee will not be deemed to be a party to this Agreement; provided,
however, the Indenture Trustee, acting on behalf of the Series 20__-__
Noteholders, will have the right to enforce this Agreement against Party A. Party A
will be entitled to rely on any notice or communication from the Indenture Trustee to
that effect.
	 
	 	(f)	 	Severability. If any term, provision, covenant, or condition of this
Agreement, or the application thereof to any party or circumstance, is held to be
invalid or unenforceable (in whole or in part) for any reason, the remaining terms,
provisions, covenants, and conditions

30

 

	 	 	 	hereof will continue in full force and effect as if this Agreement had been executed
with the invalid or unenforceable portion eliminated, so long as this Agreement as so
modified continues to express, without material change, the original intentions of
the parties as to the subject matter of this Agreement and the deletion of such
portion of this Agreement will not substantially impair the respective benefits or
expectations of the parties to this Agreement.
	 
	 	(g)	 	Recording of Conversations. Each party (i) consents to the recording of the
telephone conversations of the trading and marketing personnel of the parties in
connection with this Agreement and any potential or actual Transaction and (ii) agrees
to obtain any necessary consent of, and to give notice of such recording to, its
personnel.
	 
	 	(h)	 	Consent by Party A to Amendments to Certain Documents. Before any amendment,
modification or supplement is made to the Series 20__-__ Indenture Supplement, the
Indenture or the Sale and Servicing Agreements that (i) would materially adversely
affect any of Party A’s rights or obligations under this Agreement or any Transaction
or (ii) modify the obligations or impair the ability of Party B to fully perform any of
Party B’s obligations under this Agreement or any Transaction in such a way that would
materially adversely affect any of Party A’s rights or obligations under this Agreement
or any Transaction, Party B will provide Party A with a copy of the proposed amendment,
modification or supplement and will, obtain the consent of Party A prior to its
adoption, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned;
provided that Party A’s consent will be deemed to have been given if Party A
does not object in writing within 10 Business Days of receipt of a written request for
such consent.
	 
	 	(i)	 	Set-off.

	 	(i)	 	All payments under this Agreement will be made without set-off or
counterclaim, except as expressly provided for in Section 2(c), Section 6 or
Part 1(k)(v).
	 
	 	(ii)	 	Section 6(e) will be amended by the deletion of the following
sentence; “The amount, if any, payable in respect of an Early Termination Date
and determined pursuant to this Section will be subject to any Set-off.”

	 	(j)	 	Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee. Notwithstanding anything contained
in this Agreement to the contrary, this instrument (and any Confirmation pursuant to
this instrument) has been or will be signed on behalf of Party B by U.S. Bank Trust
National Association not in its individual capacity but solely in its capacity as Owner
Trustee of Party B and in no event will U.S. Bank Trust National Association in its
individual capacity or any beneficial owner of Party B have any liability for the
representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations of Party B
under this Agreement or under any such Confirmation, as to all of which recourse will
be had solely to the assets of Party B. For all purposes of this Agreement and any
Confirmation, in the performance of any duties or obligations of Party B under this
Agreement, the Owner Trustee will be subject to, and entitled to the benefits of, the
terms and provisions of the Trust Agreement; provided, however, that
the foregoing will not relieve the Owner Trustee from any liability it might otherwise
have under the Trust Agreement as a result of its gross negligence or willful
misconduct.
	 
	 	(k)	 	Definitions. Unless otherwise specified in a Confirmation, this Agreement and
the relevant Transaction between the parties are subject to the 2006 ISDA Definitions
(as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.) (the
“Definitions”), and will be governed in all relevant respects by the provisions set
forth in the Definitions, without regard

31

 

to any amendment to the Definitions subsequent to the date hereof. The
provisions of the Definitions are incorporated by reference in and will be deemed a
part of this Agreement, except that references in the Definitions to a “Swap
Transaction” will be deemed references to a “Transaction” for purposes of this
Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this
Agreement and the Definitions, this Agreement will prevail. In the event of any
inconsistency between the provision of any Confirmation and this Agreement or the
Definitions, such Confirmation will prevail for the purpose of the relevant
Transaction.

For the purpose of this Agreement:

     “Eligible Guarantee” means an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee that is
provided by a guarantor that is as principal debtor rather than surety and is
directly enforceable by Party B, where (A) a law firm has given a legal opinion
confirming that none of the guarantor’s payments to Party B under such guarantee will
be subject to deduction or withholding for Tax and such opinion has been delivered to
Moody’s, (B) such guarantee provides that, in the event that any of such guarantor’s
payments to Party B are subject to deduction or withholding for Tax, such guarantor
is required to pay such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the net
amount actually received by Party B (free and clear of any tax) will equal the full
amount Party B would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required
or (C) in the event that any payment under such guarantee is made net of deduction or
withholding for Tax, Party A is required under Section 2(a)(i) to make such
additional payment as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by
Party B will equal the full amount Party B would have received had no such deduction
or withholding been required.

     “Eligible Replacement” means an entity [(i)(A) having the Moody’s First Trigger
Required Ratings and/or the Moody’s Second Trigger Required Ratings or (B) whose
present and future obligations owing to Party B are guaranteed pursuant to an
Eligible Guarantee provided by a guarantor having the Moody’s First Trigger Required
Ratings and/or the Moody’s Second Trigger Required Ratings, and (ii)(A) having the
S&P First Trigger Required Ratings [and/or the S&P Second Trigger Required Ratings]
or (B) whose present and future obligations owing to Party B are guaranteed pursuant
to an Eligible Guarantee provided by a guarantor having the S&P First Trigger
Required Ratings [and/or the S&P Second Trigger Required Ratings], and (iii)(A)
having the Fitch First Trigger Required Ratings and/or the Fitch Second Trigger
Required Ratings or (B) whose present and future obligations owing to Party B are
guaranteed pursuant to an Eligible Guarantee provided by a guarantor having the Fitch
First Trigger Required Ratings and/or the Fitch Second Trigger Required Ratings,] and
(iv) acceptable to Party B.

     “Firm Offer” means an offer which, when made, was capable of becoming legally
binding upon acceptance.

     [“Moody’s Short-term Rating” means a rating assigned by Moody’s under its
short-term rating scale in respect of an entity’s short-term, unsecured and
unsubordinated debt obligations.]

     “Relevant Entities” means Party A and any guarantor under an Eligible Guarantee
in respect of all of Party A’s present and future obligations under this Agreement.

32

 

	 	(l)	 	Additional Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this
Agreement (including this Schedule) or any Confirmation are defined in Appendix A to
(a) the Fifth Amended and Restated Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2001, as
amended and restated as of December 1, 2010, among Ford Credit Floorplan Corporation,
Party B and Ford Motor Credit Company LLC, and (b) the Fifth Amended and Restated
Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2001, as amended and restated as
of December 1, 2010, among Ford Credit Floorplan LLC, Party B and Ford Motor Credit
Company LLC (together, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Sale and
Servicing Agreements”).

	 	(m)	 	[Downgrade or Withdrawal of Party A’s Rating by Fitch.

	 	(i)	 	Fitch First Rating Trigger. If no Relevant Entity has a short
term unsecured debt rating of “F1” or better or a long term unsecured debt
rating of “A” or better by Fitch (such rating thresholds, the “Fitch First
Trigger Required Ratings” and such failure, the “Fitch First Rating Trigger”)
and the Fitch Second Rating Trigger has not occurred, then within 30 calendar
days of such failure (or on the date of this Agreement, if no Relevant Entity
has the Fitch First Trigger Required Ratings as of the date of this Agreement),
Party A will, at its own cost, (A) post collateral in the amount and manner as
set forth in the Credit Support Annex, (B) procure an Eligible Guarantee in
respect of all of Party A’s present and future obligations under this Agreement
to be provided by a guarantor having the Fitch First Trigger Required Ratings
and which procurement will not be effective without the prior written
confirmation of Fitch that such procurement will not cause Fitch to reduce or
withdraw its then current rating on the Series 20__-__ Notes, (C) effect a
transfer in accordance with Section 7 (as amended below) or (D) establish any
other arrangement satisfactory to Party B and to Fitch as to not cause Fitch to
reduce or withdraw its then current rating on the Series 20__-__ Notes.
	 
	 	(ii)	 	Fitch Second Rating Trigger. If no Relevant Entity has a short
term unsecured debt rating of “F2” or better or a long term unsecured debt
rating of “BBB+” or better by Fitch (such rating thresholds, the “Fitch Second
Trigger Required Ratings” and such failure, the “Fitch Second Rating Trigger”),
then within 30 calendar days of such failure, Party A will, at its own cost,
procure either (A) an Eligible Guarantee in respect of all of Party A’s present
and future obligations under this Agreement to be provided by a guarantor having
the Fitch Second Trigger Required Ratings and which procurement will not be
effective without the prior written confirmation of Fitch that such procurement
will not cause Fitch to reduce or withdraw its then current rating on the Series
20__-__ Notes or (B) a transfer in accordance with Section 7 (as amended below);
provided that Party A will promptly post collateral in the amount and
manner as set forth in the Credit Support Annex while a replacement or guarantor
is being sought.]

	 	(n)	 	[Downgrade or Withdrawal of Party A’s Rating by Moody’s.

	 	(i)	 	An entity will have the “Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings”
(A) where such entity is the subject of a Moody’s Short-term Rating, if such
rating is “Prime-1” and its long-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt
obligations are rated “A2” or above by Moody’s and (B) where such entity is not
the subject of a Moody’s Short-term Rating, if its long-term, unsecured and
unsubordinated debt obligations are rated “A1” or above by Moody’s.

33

 

	 	(ii)	 	The “Moody’s First Rating Trigger Requirements” will apply so
long as no Relevant Entity has the Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings.
Within 30 Local Business Days after the Moody’s First Rating Trigger Requirements apply,
Party A will, at its own cost, (A) procure an Eligible Guarantee in respect
of all of Party A’s present and future obligations under this Agreement to be
provided by a guarantor meeting the Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings,
(B) effect a transfer in accordance with Section 7 (as amended below) or (C)
post collateral in the amount and manner as set forth in the Credit Support
Annex.

	 	(iii)	 	An entity will have the “Moody’s Second Trigger Required
Ratings” (A) where such entity is the subject of a Moody’s Short-term Rating, if
such rating is “Prime-2” or above and its long-term, unsecured and
unsubordinated debt obligations are rated “A3” or above by Moody’s and (B) where
such entity is not the subject of a Moody’s Short-term Rating, if its long-term,
unsecured and unsubordinated debt obligations are rated “A3” or above by
Moody’s.
	 
	 	(iv)	 	The “Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Requirements” will apply so
long as no Relevant Entity has the Moody’s Second Trigger Required Ratings.
Within 30 Local Business Days after the Moody’s Second Rating Trigger
Requirements apply, Party A will post collateral in the amount and manner as set
forth in the Credit Support Annex. Party A will also, at its own cost, use
commercially reasonable efforts to, as soon as reasonably practicable, procure
either (A) an Eligible Guarantee in respect of all of Party A’s present and
future obligations under this Agreement to be provided by a guarantor meeting at
least the Moody’s Second Trigger Required Ratings or (B) a transfer in
accordance with Section 7 (as amended below).]

	 	(o)	 	[Downgrade or Withdrawal of Party A’s Rating by S&P.
	 
	 	 	 	[S&P First Rating Trigger. If no Relevant Entity has a short term unsecured debt
rating of “A-1” or better by S&P or, if no Relevant Entity has a short term unsecured
debt rating by S&P, a long term unsecured debt rating of “A+” or better by S&P (such
rating thresholds, the “S&P First Trigger Required Ratings” and such failure, the
“S&P First Rating Trigger”), then within 10 Local Business Days of such failure,
Party A will, at its own cost, post additional collateral in the amount and manner as
set forth in the Credit Support Annex. Party A will also, at its own cost, within 60
calendar days of such failure, use commercially reasonable efforts to procure either
(A) an Eligible Guarantee in respect of all of Party A’s present and future
obligations under this Agreement to be provided by a guarantor having the S&P First
Trigger Required Ratings and which procurement will not be effective without the
prior written confirmation of S&P that such procurement will not cause S&P to reduce
or withdraw its then current rating on the Series 20__-__ Notes or (B) a transfer to
an Eligible Replacement in accordance with Section 7 (as amended below).]
	 
	 	 	 	OR

	 	(i)	 	[S&P First Rating Trigger. If no Relevant Entity has a
short-term unsecured debt rating of “A-1” or better by S&P or, if no Relevant
Entity has a short-term unsecured debt rating by S&P, a long-term unsecured debt
rating of “A+” or better by S&P (such rating thresholds, the “S&P First Trigger
Required Ratings” and such failure, the “S&P First Rating Trigger”) and the S&P
Second Rating Trigger has not occurred, then within 10 Local Business Days of
such failure (or on the date of this Agreement, if no Relevant Entity has the
S&P First Trigger Required Ratings as of the date of this Agreement), Party A
will, at its own cost, post collateral in the amount and manner as set forth in
the Credit Support Annex. Party A may also, at its own cost, within 60 calendar
days of such failure, procure either (A) an Eligible

34

 

	 	 	 	Guarantee in respect of all of Party A’s present and future obligations under
this Agreement to be provided by a guarantor having the S&P First Trigger
Required Ratings and which procurement will not be effective without the
prior written confirmation of S&P that such procurement will not cause S&P to
reduce or withdraw its then current rating on the Series 20__-__ Notes or (B)
a transfer to an Eligible Replacement in accordance with Section 7 (as
amended below), and upon either such procurement, Party A will no longer be
required to post any collateral.

	 	(ii)	 	S&P Second Rating Trigger. If no Relevant Entity has a
short-term unsecured debt rating of “A-2” or better by S&P or, if no Relevant
Entity has a short-term unsecured debt rating by S&P, a long-term unsecured debt
rating of “BBB+” or better by S&P (such rating thresholds, the “S&P Second
Trigger Required Ratings” and such failure, the “S&P Second Rating Trigger”),
then within 10 Local Business Days of such failure, Party A will, at its own
cost, post additional collateral in the amount and manner as set forth in the
Credit Support Annex. Party A will also, at its own cost, within 60 calendar
days of such failure, use commercially reasonable efforts to procure either (A)
an Eligible Guarantee in respect of all of Party A’s present and future
obligations under this Agreement to be provided by a guarantor having the S&P
Second Trigger Required Ratings and which procurement will not be effective
without the prior written confirmation of S&P that such procurement will not
cause S&P to reduce or withdraw its then current rating on the Series 20__-__
Notes or (B) a transfer to an Eligible Replacement in accordance with Section 7
(as amended below).]]

	 	(p)	 	Transfers.
	 
	 	 	 	Section 7 of this Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the
following:
	 
	 	 	 	“Subject to Section 6(b)(ii), neither Party A nor Party B may assign, novate or
transfer (whether by way of security or otherwise) any interest or obligation in or
under this Agreement without (x) the prior written consent of the other party and (y)
complying with the requirements in Part 5(q) of the Schedule, except that:

	 	(i)	 	[subject to Part 5(q) of the Schedule, if the Moody’s First
Rating Trigger Requirements apply, Party A may (at its own cost) transfer all or
substantially all of its rights and obligations with respect to this Agreement
to any other entity (a “Transferee”) that is an Eligible Replacement such that
the Transferee contracts with Party B on terms that (x) have the effect of
preserving for Party B the economic equivalent of all payment and delivery
obligations (whether absolute or contingent and assuming the satisfaction of
each applicable condition precedent) under this Agreement immediately before
such transfer and (y) are in all material respects no less beneficial for Party
B than the terms of this Agreement immediately before such transfer, as
determined by Party B acting in a commercially reasonable manner;]
	 
	 	(ii)	 	if an entity has made a Firm Offer (which remains capable of
becoming legally binding upon acceptance) to be the transferee of a transfer to
be made in accordance with (ii) above, Party B will, at Party A’s written
request and cost, take any reasonable steps required to be taken by it to effect
such transfer;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	a party may make such a transfer of this Agreement pursuant to a
consolidation or amalgamation with, or merger with or into, or transfer of all
or substantially all of its
assets to, another entity (but without prejudice to any other right or remedy
under this Agreement); and

35

 

	 	(iv)	 	a party may make such transfer of all or any part of its interest
in any amount payable to it from a Defaulting Party under Section 6(e).”

	 	(q)	 	Approval of Amendments, Transfers or Assignments. Notwithstanding any other
provisions of this Agreement, no amendments to this Agreement will be effected, nor may
the rights and obligations of Party A be transferred or assigned (other than transfers
and assignments pursuant to Section 7(iii) or (iv)), unless [(a) S&P confirms in
writing that such amendment, transfer or assignment will not cause S&P to reduce or
withdraw its then-current rating on any of the Series 20_-__ Notes and (b) Party A has
provided notice of such action to Moody’s and Fitch at least 10 Business Days prior to
its effectiveness.]
	 
	 	(r)	 	Party B Agent. Party A acknowledges that Party B has appointed Ford Motor
Credit Company LLC as its agent under the Administration Agreement to carry out certain
functions on behalf of Party B, and that Ford Motor Credit Company LLC will be entitled
to give notices and to perform and satisfy the obligations of Party B hereunder on
behalf of Party B.
	 
	 	(s)	 	Regulation AB Financial Disclosure.
	 
	 	 	 	Party A acknowledges that for so long as there are reporting obligations with respect
to any Transaction under this Agreement under Regulation AB, the Depositors are
required under Regulation AB to disclose certain information set forth in Regulation
AB regarding Party A or its group of affiliated entities, if applicable, depending on
the aggregate “significance percentage” of this Agreement and any other derivative
contracts between Party A or its group of affiliated entities, if applicable, and
Party B, as calculated from time to time in accordance with Item 1115 of Regulation
AB.
	 
	 	 	 	If the Depositors determine, reasonably and in good faith, that the “significance
percentage” of this Agreement has increased to 9%, then on any Business Day after the
date of such determination the Depositors may request from Party A the same
information set forth in Item 1115(b) of Regulation AB that would have been required
if the significance percentage had in fact increased to 10% (such request, a “Swap
Financial Disclosure Request” and such requested information, subject to the last
sentence of this paragraph, the “Swap Financial Disclosure”). Party A and Party B
further agree that the Swap Financial Disclosure provided to meet the Swap Financial
Disclosure Request will be the information set forth in Item 1115(b)(1) or Item
1115(b)(2) of Regulation AB, as applicable, and as specified by Party B.
	 
	 	 	 	Upon the occurrence of a Swap Financial Disclosure Request, Party A, at its own
expense, will within 30 days after receipt of such Swap Financial Disclosure Request
(or within 10 days after Party A being informed of the significance percentage
reaching 10% after such Swap Financial Disclosure Request): (i) provide the
Depositors with the Swap Financial Disclosure, (ii) subject to Rating Agency
Confirmation and approval by Party B (which approval will not be unreasonably
withheld), secure another entity to replace Party A as party to this Agreement on
terms substantially similar to this Agreement which entity is able and will provide
the Swap Financial Disclosure for such entity within the time period specified above
or (iii) subject to Rating Agency Confirmation and approval by Party B (which
approval will not be unreasonably withheld), obtain a guaranty of Party A’s
obligations under this Agreement from an affiliate of Party A that is able to provide
the

36

 

	 	 	 	Swap Financial Disclosure for such affiliate, such that disclosure provided in
respect of the affiliate will satisfy any disclosure requirements applicable to Party
A, and cause such affiliate to provide Swap Financial Disclosure within the time
period specified above. If permitted by Regulation AB, any required Swap Financial
Disclosure may be provided by incorporation by reference from reports filed pursuant
to the Exchange Act.

	 	(t)	 	Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and
the same instrument.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

37

 

EXECUTED BY:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	[HEDGE COUNTERPARTY]	 	 	 	FORD CREDIT FLOORPLAN MASTER OWNER TRUST A
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	By:
	 	 	 	 	 	By:	 	U.S. BANK TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 not in its individual capacity, but solely as Owner Trustee
	 
	 	Name:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	Title:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	By:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Name:	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature Page to Swap Schedule]

 

 

			
	(Bilateral Form)
	 	(ISDA Agreements Subject to New York Law Only)

CREDIT SUPPORT ANNEX

dated as of [Date]

to the

ISDA MASTER AGREEMENT

(1992 — Multicurrency—Cross Border)

dated as of [______], 20__,

between

[HEDGE COUNTERPARTY],

a [_______]

(“Party A”)

and

FORD CREDIT FLOORPLAN MASTER OWNER TRUST A,

a Delaware statutory trust

(“Party B”)

This Annex supplements, forms part of, and is subject to, the above-referenced Agreement, is
part of its Schedule and is a Credit Support Document under this Agreement with respect to each
party.

Accordingly, the parties agree as follows: —

Paragraph 1. Interpretation

(a) Definitions and Inconsistency. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein or elsewhere in
this Agreement have the meanings specified pursuant to Paragraph 12, and all references in this
Annex to Paragraphs are to Paragraphs of this Annex. In the event of any inconsistency between
this Annex and the other provisions of this Schedule, this Annex will prevail, and in the event of
any inconsistency between Paragraph 13 and the other provisions of this Annex, Paragraph 13 will
prevail.

(b) Secured Party and Pledgor. All references in this Annex to the “Secured Party” will be to
either party when acting in that capacity and all corresponding references to the “Pledgor” will be
to the other party when acting in that capacity; provided, however, that if Other
Posted Support is held by a party to this Annex, all references herein to that party as the Secured
Party with respect to that Other Posted Support will be to that party as the beneficiary thereof
and will not subject that support or that party as the beneficiary thereof to provisions of law
generally relating to security interests and secured parties.

Copyright
©1994 by International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.

 

 

Paragraph 2. Security Interest

Each party, as the Pledgor, hereby pledges to the other party, as the Secured Party, as security
for its Obligations, and grants to the Secured Party a first priority continuing security interest
in, lien on and right of Set-off against all Posted Collateral Transferred to or received by the
Secured Party hereunder. Upon the Transfer by the Secured Party to the Pledgor of Posted
Collateral, the security interest and lien granted hereunder on that Posted Collateral will be
released immediately and, to the extent possible, without any further action by either party.

Paragraph 3. Credit Support Obligations

(a) Delivery Amount. Subject to Paragraphs 4 and 5, upon a demand made by the Secured Party on or
promptly following a Valuation Date, if the Delivery Amount for that Valuation Date equals or
exceeds the Pledgor’s Minimum Transfer Amount, then the Pledgor will Transfer to the Secured Party
Eligible Credit Support having a Value as of the date of Transfer at least equal to the applicable
Delivery Amount (rounded pursuant to Paragraph 13). Unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13,
the “Delivery Amount” applicable to the Pledgor for any Valuation Date will equal the amount by
which:

     (i) the Credit Support Amount

     exceeds

     (ii) the Value as of that Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party.

 

			
	(b)	 	Return Amount. Subject to Paragraphs 4 and 5, upon a demand made by the Pledgor on or promptly
following a Valuation Date, if the Return Amount for that Valuation Date equals or exceeds the
Secured Party’s Minimum Transfer Amount, then the Secured Party will Transfer to the Pledgor Posted
Credit Support specified by the Pledgor in that demand having a Value as of the date of Transfer as
close as practicable to the applicable Return Amount (rounded pursuant to Paragraph 13). Unless
otherwise specified in Paragraph 13, the “Return Amount” applicable to the Secured Party for any
Valuation Date will equal the amount by which:

     (i) the Value as of that Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured
Party

     exceeds

     (ii) the Credit Support Amount.

“Credit Support Amount” means, unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13, for any Valuation Date
(i) the Secured Party’s Exposure for that Valuation Date plus (ii) the aggregate of all Independent
Amounts applicable to the Pledgor, if any, minus (iii) all Independent Amounts applicable to the
Secured Party, if any, minus (iv) the Pledgor’s Threshold; provided, however, that
the Credit Support Amount will be deemed to be zero whenever the calculation of Credit Support
Amount yields a number less than zero.

Paragraph 4. Conditions Precedent, Transfer Timing, Calculations and Substitutions

(a) Conditions Precedent. Each Transfer obligation of the Pledgor under Paragraphs 3 and 5 and of
the Secured Party under Paragraphs 3, 4(d)(ii), 5 and 6(d) is subject to the conditions precedent
that:

(i) no Event of Default, Potential Event of Default or Specified Condition has occurred and
is continuing with respect to the other party; and

(ii) no Early Termination Date for which any unsatisfied payment obligations exist has
occurred or been designated as the result of an Event of Default or Specified Condition with
respect to the other party.

2

 

(b) Transfer Timing. Subject to Paragraphs 4(a) and 5 and unless otherwise specified, if a demand
for the Transfer of Eligible Credit Support or Posted Credit Support is made by the Notification
Time, then the relevant Transfer will be made not later than the close of business on the next
Local Business Day; if a demand is made after the Notification Time, then the relevant Transfer
will be made not later than the close of business on the second Local Business Day thereafter.

(c) Calculations. All calculations of Value and Exposure for purposes of Paragraphs 3 and 6(d)
will be made by the Valuation Agent as of the Valuation Time. The Valuation Agent will notify each
party (or the other party, if the Valuation Agent is a party) of its calculations not later than
the Notification Time on the Local Business Day following the applicable Valuation Date (or in the
case of Paragraph 6(d), following the date of calculation).

(d) Substitutions.

(i) Unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13, upon notice to the Secured Party specifying
the items of Posted Credit Support to be exchanged, the Pledgor may, on any Local Business
Day, Transfer to the Secured Party substitute Eligible Credit Support (the “Substitute
Credit Support”); and

(ii) subject to Paragraph 4(a), the Secured Party will Transfer to the Pledgor the items of
Posted Credit Support specified by the Pledgor in its notice not later than the Local
Business Day following the date on which the Secured Party receives the Substitute Credit
Support, unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13 (the “Substitution Date”);
provided that the Secured Party will only be obligated to Transfer Posted Credit
Support with a Value as of the date of Transfer of that Posted Credit Support equal to the
Value as of that date of the Substitute Credit Support.

Paragraph 5. Dispute Resolution

If a party (a “Disputing Party”) disputes (I) the Valuation Agent’s calculation of a Delivery
Amount or a Return Amount or (II) the Value of any Transfer of Eligible Credit Support or Posted
Credit Support, then (1) the Disputing Party will notify the other party and the Valuation Agent
(if the Valuation Agent is not the other party) not later than the close of business on the Local
Business Day following (X) the date that the demand is made under Paragraph 3 in the case of (I)
above or (Y) the date of Transfer in the case of (II) above, (2) subject to Paragraph 4(a), the
appropriate party will Transfer the undisputed amount to the other party not later than the close
of business on the Local Business Day following (X) the date that the demand is made under
Paragraph 3 in the case of (I) above or (Y) the date of Transfer in the case of (II) above, (3) the
parties will consult with each other in an attempt to resolve the dispute and (4) if they fail to
resolve the dispute by the Resolution Time, then:

(i) In the case of a dispute involving a Delivery Amount or Return Amount, unless otherwise
specified in Paragraph 13, the Valuation Agent will recalculate the Exposure and the Value
as of the Recalculation Date by:

(A) utilizing any calculations of Exposure for the Transactions (or Swap Transactions)
that the parties have agreed are not in dispute;

(B) calculating the Exposure for the Transactions (or Swap Transactions) in dispute by
seeking four actual quotations at mid-market from Reference Market-makers for purposes of
calculating Market Quotation, and taking the arithmetic average of those obtained;
provided that if four quotations are not available for a particular Transaction
(or Swap Transaction), then fewer than four quotations may be used for that Transaction
(or Swap Transaction); and if no quotations are available for a particular Transaction (or
Swap Transaction), then the Valuation Agent’s original calculations will be used for that
Transaction (or Swap Transaction); and

(C) utilizing the procedures specified in Paragraph 13 for calculating the Value, if
disputed, of Posted Credit Support.

(ii) In the case of a dispute involving the Value of any Transfer of Eligible Credit Support
or Posted Credit Support, the Valuation Agent will recalculate the Value as of the date of
Transfer pursuant to Paragraph 13.

3

 

Following a recalculation pursuant to this Paragraph, the Valuation Agent will notify each party
(or the other party, if the Valuation Agent is a party) not later than the Notification Time on the
Local Business Day following the Resolution Time. The appropriate party will, upon demand
following that notice by the Valuation Agent or a resolution pursuant to (3) above and subject to
Paragraphs 4(a) and 4(b), make the appropriate Transfer.

Paragraph 6. Holding and Using Posted Collateral

(a) Care of Posted Collateral. Without limiting the Secured Party’s rights under Paragraph 6(c),
the Secured Party will exercise reasonable care to assure the safe custody of all Posted Collateral
to the extent required by applicable law, and in any event the Secured Party will be deemed to have
exercised reasonable care if it exercises at least the same degree of care as it would exercise
with respect to its own property. Except as specified in the preceding sentence, the Secured Party
will have no duty with respect to Posted Collateral, including, without limitation, any duty to
collect any Distributions, or enforce or preserve any rights pertaining thereto.

(b) Eligibility to Hold Posted Collateral; Custodians.

(i) General. Subject to the satisfaction of any conditions specified in Paragraph 13 for
holding Posted Collateral, the Secured Party will be entitled to hold Posted Collateral or
to appoint an agent (a “Custodian”) to hold Posted Collateral for the Secured Party. Upon
notice by the Secured Party to the Pledgor of the appointment of a Custodian, the Pledgor’s
obligations to make any Transfer will be discharged by making the Transfer to that
Custodian. The holding of Posted Collateral by a Custodian will be deemed to be the holding
of that Posted Collateral by the Secured Party for which the Custodian is acting.

(ii) Failure to Satisfy Conditions. If the Secured Party or its Custodian fails to satisfy
any conditions for holding Posted Collateral, then upon a demand made by the Pledgor, the
Secured Party will, not later than five Local Business Days after the demand, Transfer or
cause its Custodian to Transfer all Posted Collateral held by it to a Custodian that
satisfies those conditions or to the Secured Party if it satisfies those conditions.

(iii) Liability. The Secured Party will be liable for the acts or omissions of its
Custodian to the same extent that the Secured Party would be liable hereunder for its own
acts or omissions.

(c) Use of Posted Collateral. Unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13 and without limiting the
rights and obligations of the parties under Paragraphs 3, 4(d)(ii), 5, 6(d) and 8, if the Secured
Party is not a Defaulting Party or an Affected Party with respect to a Specified Condition and no
Early Termination Date has occurred or been designated as the result of an Event of Default or
Specified Condition with respect to the Secured Party, then the Secured Party will, notwithstanding
Section 9-207 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, have the right to:

(i) sell, pledge, rehypothecate, assign, invest, use, commingle or otherwise dispose of, or
otherwise use in its business any Posted Collateral it holds, free from any claim or right
of any nature whatsoever of the Pledgor, including any equity or right of redemption by the
Pledgor; and

(ii) register any Posted Collateral in the name of the Secured Party, its Custodian or a
nominee for either.

For purposes of the obligation to Transfer Eligible Credit Support or Posted Credit Support
pursuant to Paragraphs 3 and 5 and any rights or remedies authorized under this Agreement, the
Secured Party will be deemed to continue to hold all Posted Collateral and to receive Distributions
made thereon, regardless of whether the Secured Party has exercised any rights with respect to any
Posted Collateral pursuant to (i) or (ii) above.

(d) Distributions and Interest Amount

(i) Distributions. Subject to Paragraph 4(a), if the Secured Party receives or is deemed to
receive Distributions on a Local Business Day, it will Transfer to the Pledgor not later
than the following Local Business Day any Distributions it receives or is deemed to receive
to the extent that a Delivery Amount would not be created or increased by that Transfer, as
calculated by the Valuation Agent (and the date of calculation will be deemed to be a
Valuation Date for this purpose).

4

 

(ii) Interest Amount. Unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13 and subject to Paragraph
4(a), in lieu of any interest, dividends or other amounts paid or deemed to have been paid
with respect to Posted Collateral in the form of Cash (all of which may be retained by the
Secured Party), the Secured Party will Transfer to the Pledgor at the times specified in
Paragraph 13 the Interest Amount to the extent that a Delivery Amount would not be created
or increased by that Transfer, as calculated by the Valuation Agent (and the date of
calculation will be deemed to be a Valuation Date for this purpose). The Interest Amount or
portion thereof not Transferred pursuant to this Paragraph will constitute Posted Collateral
in the form of Cash and will be subject to the security interest granted under Paragraph 2.

Paragraph 7. Events of Default

For purposes of Section 5(a)(iii)(1) of this Agreement, an Event of Default will exist with respect
to a party if:

(i) that party fails (or fails to cause its Custodian) to make, when due, any Transfer of
Eligible Collateral, Posted Collateral or the Interest Amount, as applicable, required to be
made by it and that failure continues for two Local Business Days after notice of that
failure is given to that party;

(ii) that party fails to comply with any restriction or prohibition specified in this Annex
with respect to any of the rights specified in Paragraph 6(c) and that failure continues for
five Local Business Days after notice of that failure is given to that party; or

(iii) that party fails to comply with or perform any agreement or obligation other than
those specified in Paragraphs 7(i) and 7(ii) and that failure continues for 30 days after
notice of that failure is given to that party.

Paragraph 8. Certain Rights and Remedies

(a) Secured Party’s Rights and Remedies. If at any time (1) an Event of Default or Specified
Condition with respect to the Pledgor has occurred and is continuing or (2) an Early Termination
Date has occurred or been designated as the result of an Event of Default or Specified Condition
with respect to the Pledgor, then, unless the Pledgor has paid in full all of its Obligations that
are then due, the Secured Party may exercise one or more of the following rights and remedies:

(i) all rights and remedies available to a secured party under applicable law with respect
to Posted Collateral held by the Secured Party;

(ii) any other rights and remedies available to the Secured Party under the terms of Other
Posted Support, if any;

(iii) the right to Set-off any amounts payable by the Pledgor with respect to any
Obligations against any Posted Collateral or the Cash equivalent of any Posted Collateral
held by the Secured Party (or any obligation of the Secured Party to Transfer that Posted
Collateral); and

(iv) the right to liquidate any Posted Collateral held by the Secured Party through one or
more public or private sales or other dispositions with such notice, if any, as may be
required under applicable law, free from any claim or right of any nature whatsoever of the
Pledgor, including any equity or right of redemption by the Pledgor (with the Secured Party
having the right to purchase any or all of the Posted Collateral to be sold) and to apply
the proceeds (or the Cash equivalent thereof) from the liquidation of the Posted Collateral
to any amounts payable by the Pledgor with respect to any Obligations in that order as the
Secured Party may elect.

5

 

Each party acknowledges and agrees that Posted Collateral in the form of securities may decline
speedily in value and is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, and, accordingly, the
Pledgor is not entitled to prior notice of any sale of that Posted Collateral by the Secured Party,
except any notice that is required under applicable law and cannot be waived.

(b) Pledgor’s Rights and Remedies. If at any time an Early Termination Date has occurred or been
designated as the result of an Event of Default or Specified Condition with respect to the Secured
Party, then (except in the case of an
Early Termination Date relating to less than all Transactions (or Swap Transactions) where the
Secured Party has paid in full all of its obligations that are then due under Section 6(e) of this
Agreement):

(i) the Pledgor may exercise all rights and remedies available to a pledgor under applicable
law with respect to Posted Collateral held by the Secured Party;

(ii) the Pledgor may exercise any other rights and remedies available to the Pledgor under
the terms of Other Posted Support, if any;

(iii) the Secured Party will be obligated immediately to Transfer all Posted Collateral and
the Interest Amount to the Pledgor; and

(iv) to the extent that Posted Collateral or the Interest Amount is not so Transferred
pursuant to (iii) above, the Pledgor may:

(A) Set-off any amounts payable by the Pledgor with respect to any Obligations against any
Posted Collateral or the Cash equivalent of any Posted Collateral held by the Secured
Party (or any obligation of the Secured Party to Transfer that Posted Collateral); and

(B) to the extent that the Pledgor does not Set-off under (iv)(A) above, withhold payment
of any remaining amounts payable by the Pledgor with respect to any Obligations, up to the
Value of any remaining Posted Collateral held by the Secured Party, until that Posted
Collateral is Transferred to the Pledgor.

(c) Deficiencies and Excess Proceeds. The Secured Party will Transfer to the Pledgor any proceeds
and Posted Credit Support remaining after liquidation, Set-off and/or application under Paragraphs
8(a) and 8(b) after satisfaction in full of all amounts payable by the Pledgor with respect to any
Obligations; the Pledgor in all events will remain liable for any amounts remaining unpaid after
any liquidation, Set-off and/or application under Paragraphs 8(a) and 8(b).

(d) Final Returns. When no amounts are or thereafter may become payable by the Pledgor with
respect to any Obligations (except for any potential liability under Section 2(d) of this
Agreement), the Secured Party will Transfer to the Pledgor all Posted Credit Support and the
Interest Amount, if any.

Paragraph 9. Representations

Each party represents to the other party (which representations will be deemed to be repeated as of
each date on which it, as the Pledgor, Transfers Eligible Collateral) that:

(i) it has the power to grant a security interest in and lien on any Eligible Collateral it
Transfers as the Pledgor and has taken all necessary actions to authorize the granting of
that security interest and lien;

(ii) it is the sole owner of or otherwise has the right to Transfer all Eligible Collateral
it Transfers to the Secured Party hereunder, free and clear of any security interest, lien,
encumbrance or other restrictions other than the security interest and lien granted under
Paragraph 2;

6

 

(iii) upon the Transfer of any Eligible Collateral to the Secured Party under the terms of
this Annex, the Secured Party will have a valid and perfected first priority security
interest therein (assuming that any
central clearing corporation or any third-party
financial intermediary or other entity not within the control of the Pledgor involved in the
Transfer of that Eligible Collateral gives the notices and takes the action required of it
under applicable law for perfection of that interest); and

(iv) the performance by it of its obligations under this Annex will not result in the
creation of any security interest, lien or other encumbrance on any Posted Collateral other
than the security interest and lien granted under Paragraph 2.

Paragraph 10. Expenses

(a) General. Except as otherwise provided in Paragraphs 10(b) and 10(c), each party will pay its
own costs and expenses in connection with performing its obligations under this Annex and neither
party will be liable for any costs and expenses incurred by the other party in connection herewith.

(b) Posted Credit Support. The Pledgor will promptly pay when due all taxes, assessments or
charges of any nature that are imposed with respect to Posted Credit Support held by the Secured
Party upon becoming aware of the same, regardless of whether any portion of that Posted Credit
Support is subsequently disposed of under Paragraph 6(c), except for those taxes, assessments and
charges that result from the exercise of the Secured Party’s rights under Paragraph 6(c).

(c) Liquidation/Application of Posted Credit Support. All reasonable costs and expenses incurred
by or on behalf of the Secured Party or the Pledgor in connection with the liquidation and/or
application of any Posted Credit Support under Paragraph 8 will be payable, on demand and pursuant
to the Expenses Section of this Agreement, by the Defaulting Party or, if there is no Defaulting
Party, equally by the parties.

Paragraph 11. Miscellaneous

(a) Default Interest. A Secured Party that fails to make, when due, any Transfer of Posted
Collateral or the Interest Amount will be obligated to pay the Pledgor (to the extent permitted
under applicable law) an amount equal to interest at the Default Rate multiplied by the Value of
the items of property that were required to be Transferred, from (and including) the date that
Posted Collateral or Interest Amount was required to be Transferred to (but excluding) the date of
Transfer of that Posted Collateral or Interest Amount. This interest will be calculated on the
basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed.

(b) Further Assurances. Promptly following a demand made by a party, the other party will execute,
deliver, file and record any financing statement, specific assignment or other document and take
any other action that may be necessary or desirable and reasonably requested by that party to
create, preserve, perfect or validate any security interest or lien granted under Paragraph 2, to
enable that party to exercise or enforce its rights under this Annex with respect to Posted Credit
Support or an Interest Amount or to effect or document a release of a security interest on Posted
Collateral or an Interest Amount.

(c) Further Protection. The Pledgor will promptly give notice to the Secured Party of, and defend
against, any suit, action, proceeding or lien that involves Posted Credit Support Transferred by
the Pledgor or that could adversely affect the security interest and lien granted by it under
Paragraph 2, unless that suit, action, proceeding or lien results from the exercise of the Secured
Party’s rights under Paragraph 6(c).

(d) Good Faith and Commercially Reasonable Manner. Performance of all obligations under this
Annex, including, but not limited to, all calculations, valuations and determinations made by
either party, will be made in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner.

(e) Demands and Notices. All demands and notices made by a party under this Annex will be made as
specified in the Notices Section of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 13.

7

 

(f) Specifications of Certain Matters. Anything referred to in this Annex as being specified in
Paragraph 13 also may be specified in one or more Confirmations or other documents and this Annex
will be construed accordingly.

Paragraph 12. Definitions

As used in this Annex:—

“Cash” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

“Credit Support Amount” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 3.

“Custodian” has the meaning specified in Paragraphs 6(b)(i) and 13.

“Delivery Amount” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 3(a).

“Disputing Party” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 5.

“Distributions” means with respect to Posted Collateral other than Cash, all principal, interest
and other payments and distributions of cash or other property with respect thereto, regardless of
whether the Secured Party has disposed of that Posted Collateral under Paragraph 6(c).
Distributions will not include any item of property acquired by the Secured Party upon any
disposition or liquidation of Posted Collateral or, with respect to any Posted Collateral in the
form of Cash, any distributions on that collateral, unless otherwise specified herein.

“Eligible Collateral” means, with respect to a party, the items, if any, specified as such for that
party in Paragraph 13.

“Eligible Credit Support” means Eligible Collateral and Other Eligible Support.

“Exposure” means for any Valuation Date or other date for which Exposure is calculated and subject
to Paragraph 5 in the case of a dispute, the amount, if any, that would be payable to a party that
is the Secured Party by the other party (expressed as a positive number) or by a party that is the
Secured Party to the other party (expressed as a negative number) pursuant to Section
6(e)(ii)(2)(A) of this Agreement as if all Transactions (or Swap Transactions) were being
terminated as of the relevant Valuation Time; provided that Market Quotation will be
determined by the Valuation Agent using its estimates at mid-market of the amounts that would be
paid for Replacement Transactions (as that term is defined in the definition of “Market
Quotation”).

“Independent Amount” means, with respect to a party, the amount specified as such for that party in
Paragraph 13; if no amount is specified, zero.

“Interest Amount” means, with respect to an Interest Period, the aggregate sum of the amounts of
interest calculated for each day in that Interest Period on the principal amount of Posted
Collateral in the form of Cash held by the Secured Party on that day, determined by the Secured
Party for each such day as follows:

(x) the amount of that Cash on that day; multiplied by

(y) the Interest Rate in effect for that day; divided by

(z) 360.

“Interest Period” means the period from (and including) the last Local Business Day on which an
Interest Amount was Transferred (or, if no Interest Amount has yet been Transferred, the Local
Business Day on which Posted Collateral in the form of Cash was Transferred to or received by the
Secured Party) to (but excluding) the Local Business Day on which the current Interest Amount is to
be Transferred.

8

 

“Interest Rate” means the rate specified in Paragraph 13.

“Local Business Day,” unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13, has the meaning specified in the
Definitions Section of this Agreement, except that references to a payment in clause (b) thereof
will be deemed to include a Transfer under this Annex.

“Minimum Transfer Amount” means, with respect to a party, the amount specified as such for that
party in Paragraph 13; if no amount is specified, zero.

“Notification Time” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 13.

“Obligations” means, with respect to a party, all present and future obligations of that party
under this Agreement and any additional obligations specified for that party in Paragraph 13.

“Other Eligible Support” means, with respect to a party, the items, if any, specified as such for
that party in Paragraph 13.

“Other Posted Support” means all Other Eligible Support Transferred to the Secured Party that
remains in effect for the benefit of that Secured Party.

“Pledgor” means either party, when that party (i) receives a demand for or is required to Transfer
Eligible Credit Support under Paragraph 3(a) or (ii) has Transferred Eligible Credit Support under
Paragraph 3(a).

“Posted Collateral” means all Eligible Collateral, other property, Distributions, and all proceeds
thereof that have been Transferred to or received by the Secured Party under this Annex and not
Transferred to the Pledgor pursuant to Paragraph 3(b), 4(d)(ii) or 6(d)(i) or released by the
Secured Party under Paragraph 8. Any Interest Amount or portion thereof not Transferred pursuant
to Paragraph 6(d)(ii) will constitute Posted Collateral in the form of Cash.

“Posted Credit Support” means Posted Collateral and Other Posted Support.

“Recalculation Date” means the Valuation Date that gives rise to the dispute under Paragraph 5;
provided, however, that if a subsequent Valuation Date occurs under Paragraph 3 prior to
the resolution of the dispute, then the “Recalculation Date” means the most recent Valuation Date
under Paragraph 3.

“Resolution Time” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 13.

“Return Amount” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 3(b).

“Secured Party” means either party, when that party (i) makes a demand for or is entitled to
receive Eligible Credit Support under Paragraph 3(a) or (ii) holds or is deemed to hold Posted
Credit Support.

“Specified Condition” means, with respect to a party, any event specified as such for that party in
Paragraph 13.

“Substitute Credit Support” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 4(d)(i).

“Substitution Date” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 4(d)(ii).

“Threshold” means, with respect to a party, the amount specified as such for that party in
Paragraph 13; if no amount is specified, zero.

“Transfer” means, with respect to any Eligible Credit Support, Posted Credit Support or Interest
Amount, and in accordance with the instructions of the Secured Party, Pledgor or Custodian, as
applicable:

(i) in the case of Cash, payment or delivery by wire transfer into one or more bank accounts
specified by the recipient;

9

 

(ii) in the case of certificated securities that cannot be paid or delivered by book-entry,
payment or delivery in appropriate physical form to the recipient or its account accompanied
by any duly executed instruments of transfer, assignments in blank, transfer tax stamps and
any other documents necessary to constitute a legally valid transfer to the recipient;

(iii) in the case of securities that can be paid or delivered by book-entry, the giving of
written instructions to the relevant depository institution or other entity specified by the
recipient, together with a written copy thereof to the recipient, sufficient if complied
with to result in a legally effective transfer of the relevant interest to the recipient;
and

(iv) in the case of Other Eligible Support or Other Posted Support, as specified in
Paragraph 13.

“Valuation Agent” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 13.

“Valuation Date” means each date specified in or otherwise determined pursuant to Paragraph 13.

“Valuation Percentage” means, for any item of Eligible Collateral, the percentage specified in
Paragraph 13.

“Valuation Time” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 13.

“Value” means for any Valuation Date or other date for which Value is calculated and subject to
Paragraph 5 in the case of a dispute, with respect to:

(i) Eligible Collateral or Posted Collateral that is:

(A) Cash, the amount thereof; and

(B) a security, the bid price obtained by the Valuation Agent multiplied by the applicable
Valuation Percentage, if any;

(ii) Posted Collateral that consists of items that are not specified as Eligible
Collateral, zero; and

Other Eligible Support and Other Posted Support, as specified in Paragraph 13.

10

 

Paragraph 13.
Elections and Variables

(a) Security Interest for “Obligations.” The term “Obligations” as used in this Annex includes the
following additional obligations:

With respect to Party A: None.

With respect to Party B: None.

(b) Credit Support Obligations.

(i) Delivery Amount, Return Amount and Credit Support Amount.

(A) “Delivery Amount” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 3(a), except that:

(1) the words “upon a demand made by the Secured Party on or promptly following a
Valuation Date” shall be deleted and replaced by the words “not later than the close
of business on each Valuation Date”;

(2) the sentence beginning “Unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13” and ending
“(ii) the Value as of that Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the
Secured Party.” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“The “Delivery Amount” applicable to the Pledgor for any Valuation Date will equal
the greatest of:

	 	(1)	 	[the amount by which (a) the Moody’s Credit Support
Amount for such Valuation Date exceeds (b) the Moody’s Value, as of such
Valuation Date, of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party;]
	 
	 	(2)	 	[the amount by which (a) the S&P Credit Support Amount
for such Valuation Date exceeds (b) the S&P Value, as of such Valuation
Date, of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party; and]
	 
	 	(3)	 	[the amount by which (a) the Fitch Credit Support Amount
for such Valuation Date exceeds (b) the Fitch Value, as of such Valuation
Date, of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party.”; and]

(3) if, on any Valuation Date, the Delivery Amount equals or exceeds the Pledgor’s
Minimum Transfer Amount, the Pledgor will Transfer to the Secured Party sufficient
Eligible Credit Support to ensure that, immediately following such Transfer, the
Delivery Amount shall be zero.

(B) “Return Amount” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 3(b), except that:

(1) the sentence beginning “Unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13” and ending
“(ii) the Credit Support Amount.” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with
the following:

“The “Return Amount” applicable to the Secured Party for any Valuation Date will
equal the least of:

	 	(1)	 	[the amount by which (a) the Moody’s Value, as of such
Valuation Date, of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party
exceeds (b) the Moody’s Credit Support Amount for such Valuation Date;] 

11

 

	 	(2)	 	[the amount by which (a) the S&P Value, as of such
Valuation Date, of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party
exceeds (b) the S&P Credit Support Amount for such Valuation Date; and]
	 
	 	(3)	 	[the amount by which (a) the Fitch Value, as of such
Valuation Date, of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party
exceeds (b) the Fitch Credit Support Amount for such Valuation Date.”; and]

(2) in no event shall the Secured Party be required to Transfer any Posted Credit
Support under Paragraph 3(b) if, immediately following such Transfer, the Delivery
Amount would be greater than zero.

(C) The term “Credit Support Amount” shall mean [the Moody’s Credit Support Amount, the
S&P Credit Support Amount and the Fitch Credit Support Amount, as applicable.]

(D) For purposes of this Annex, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

[“Moody’s Credit Support Amount” means, for any Valuation Date:

	 	(i)	 	if the Moody’s Threshold for such Valuation Date is zero
and either (a) the Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Requirements do not apply
or (b) less than 30 Local Business Days have elapsed since the last time the
Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Requirements did not apply, an amount in USD
equal to the greater of (1) the sum of (a) the Secured Party’s Exposure and
(b) the aggregate of the Moody’s First Trigger Collateral Amounts (as
defined below) in respect of such Valuation Date for all Transactions
hereunder and (2) zero;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	if the Moody’s Threshold for such Valuation Date is zero
and the Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Requirements apply and 30 or more
Local Business Days have elapsed since the last time the Moody’s Second
Rating Trigger Requirements did not apply, an amount in USD equal to the
greatest of (1) the sum of (a) the Secured Party’s Exposure and (b) the
aggregate of the Moody’s Second Trigger Collateral Amounts (as defined
below) in respect of such Valuation Date for all Transactions hereunder, (2)
an aggregate amount equal to the sum of the Next Payments payable by Party A
pursuant to each Transaction hereunder in respect of the Next Payment Dates
scheduled to occur on or after such Valuation Date and (3) zero; or
	 
	 	(iii)	 	if the Moody’s Threshold for such Valuation Date is
infinity, zero.]

[“Moody’s First Trigger Collateral Amount” means, in respect of each Transaction
hereunder on any date, an amount in USD equal to the Notional Amount of such
Transaction on such date multiplied by the Applicable Percentage set forth in the
table in Exhibit A hereto.]

[“Moody’s Second Trigger Collateral Amount” means, in respect of each Transaction
hereunder on any date, an amount in USD equal to the Notional Amount of such
Transaction on such date multiplied by the Applicable Percentage set forth in the
applicable table in Exhibit B hereto.]

[“Moody’s Value” means, on any date and with respect to any Eligible Collateral other
than Cash, the bid price obtained by the Valuation Agent, or in the case of Cash the
amount thereof, multiplied by the applicable Moody’s Valuation Percentage for such
Eligible Collateral set forth in Paragraph 13(b)(ii)(A).]

[“Next Payment” means, for each Transaction and each Valuation Date, the greater of
(i) the aggregate amount of any payments due to be made by Party A under Section 2(a)
in respect of such Transaction on the related Next Payment Date less the aggregate
amount of any payments due to be made by Party B under Section 2(a) on such Next
Payment Date (any such payments determined based on rates prevailing on such
Valuation Date) and (ii) zero.]

12

 

[“Next Payment Date” means, for each Transaction and each Valuation Date, the next
date on which a scheduled payment under such Transaction is due to be paid.]

[“S&P Credit Support Amount” means, for any Valuation Date:

	 	(i)	 	if the S&P Threshold for such Valuation Date is zero and
an S&P First Rating Trigger has [occurred (or on the date of this Annex, if
no Relevant Entity has the S&P First Trigger Required Ratings) and an S&P
Second Rating Trigger has not] been continuing for 10 or more Local Business
Days, an amount equal to [125% of the Secured Party’s Exposure] [the sum of
(1) 100% of the Secured Party’s Exposure plus (2) the product of 10% (the
“S&P Volatility Buffer”) multiplied by the Notional Amount on such Valuation
Date of each Transaction hereunder;]
	 
	 	(ii)	 	[if the S&P Threshold for such Valuation Date is zero and
an S&P Second Rating Trigger has been continuing for 10 or more Local
Business Days, an amount equal to the sum of (1) 100% of the Secured Party’s
Exposure plus (2) the product of the S&P Volatility Buffer multiplied by the
Notional Amount on such Valuation Date of each Transaction hereunder; or]
	 
	 	(iii)	 	if the S&P Threshold is infinity, zero.]

[“S&P Value” means, on any date and with respect to any Eligible Collateral other
than Cash, the bid price obtained by the Valuation Agent, or in the case of Cash the
amount thereof, multiplied by the applicable S&P Valuation Percentage for such
Eligible Collateral set forth in Paragraph 13(b)(ii)(B).]

[“Fitch Credit Support Amount” means, for any Valuation Date:

	 	(i)	 	if the Fitch Threshold for such Valuation Date is zero
and a Fitch First Rating Trigger or a Fitch Second Rating Trigger is
continuing, an amount in USD equal to the greater of (1) the sum of (a) the
Secured Party’s Exposure plus (b) the product of the Fitch Volatility Buffer
for each Transaction hereunder multiplied by the Notional Amount on such
Valuation Date of each Transactions hereunder and (2) zero; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	if the Fitch Threshold for such Valuation Date is infinity, zero.]

[“Fitch Value” means, on any date and with respect to any Eligible Collateral other
than Cash, the bid price obtained by the Valuation Agent, or in the case of Cash the
amount thereof, multiplied by the applicable Fitch Valuation Percentage for such
Eligible Collateral set forth in Paragraph 13(b)(ii)(C).]

[“Fitch Volatility Buffer” means the percentage set forth in the following table with
respect to any Transaction:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Weighted Average Life of Hedge in Years	 
	Notes’ Rating	 	1	 	 	2	 	 	3	 	 	4	 	 	5	 	 	6	 	 	7	 	 	8	 	 	9	 	 	10	 
	 
	USD Interest Rate Swaps	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	AA- or Better
	 	 	0.6	 	 	 	1.6	 	 	 	2.6	 	 	 	3.4	 	 	 	4.2	 	 	 	4.8	 	 	 	5.5	 	 	 	5.9	 	 	 	6.4	 	 	 	7.0	 
	A+/A
	 	 	0.3	 	 	 	0.8	 	 	 	1.3	 	 	 	1.7	 	 	 	2.1	 	 	 	2.4	 	 	 	2.8	 	 	 	3.0	 	 	 	3.3	 	 	 	3.6	 
	A-/BBB+
	 	 	0.2	 	 	 	0.6	 	 	 	1.0	 	 	 	1.3	 	 	 	1.6	 	 	 	1.9	 	 	 	2.1	 	 	 	2.3	 	 	 	2.5	 	 	 	2.7]	 

13

 

(ii) Eligible Collateral. The following items will qualify as “Eligible Collateral”
for the party specified:

With respect to Party A: On any date, the items set forth below (all
Eligible Collateral to be denominated in USD).

With respect to Party B: None.

(A) [Moody’s Valuation Percentage.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Moody’s First Rating	 	Moody’s Second Rating
	Instrument	 	Trigger Requirements	 	Trigger Requirements
	U.S. Dollar Cash
	 	 	100	%	 	 	100	%
	Fixed-Rate Negotiable Treasury Debt Issued by the U.S. Treasury Department
with Remaining Maturity:

	<1 Year
	 	 	100	%	 	 	100	%
	1 to 2 years
	 	 	100	%	 	 	99	%
	2 to 3 years
	 	 	100	%	 	 	98	%
	3 to 5 years
	 	 	100	%	 	 	97	%
	5 to 7 years
	 	 	100	%	 	 	96	%
	7 to 10 years
	 	 	100	%	 	 	94	%
	10 to 20 years
	 	 	100	%	 	 	90	%
	More than 20 years
	 	 	100	%	 	 	88	%
	Floating-Rate Negotiable Treasury Debt Issued by the U.S. Treasury Department

	All Maturities
	 	 	100	%	 	 	99	%
	Fixed-Rate U.S. Agency Debentures with Remaining Maturity:

	<1 Year
	 	 	100	%	 	 	99	%
	1 to 2 years
	 	 	100	%	 	 	99	%
	2 to 3 years
	 	 	100	%	 	 	98	%
	3 to 5 years
	 	 	100	%	 	 	96	%
	5 to 7 years
	 	 	100	%	 	 	93	%
	7 to 10 years
	 	 	100	%	 	 	93	%
	10 to 20 years
	 	 	100	%	 	 	89	%
	More than 20 years
	 	 	100	%	 	 	87	%
	Floating-Rate U.S. Agency Debentures

	All Maturities
	 	 	100	%	 	 	98	%]

[“Moody’s Valuation Percentage” means, with respect to a Valuation Date and each
instrument in the above table, (i) so long as the Moody’s Threshold for such
Valuation Date is zero and either (A) the Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Requirements
do not apply or (B) less than 30 Local Business Days have elapsed since the last time
the Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Requirements did not apply, the corresponding
percentage for such instrument in the column headed “Moody’s First Rating Trigger
Requirements” or (ii) so long as the Moody’s Threshold for such Valuation Date is
zero and (A) the Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Requirements apply and (B) at least 30
Local Business Days have elapsed since the last time the Moody’s Second Rating
Trigger Requirements did not apply, the corresponding percentage in the column headed
“Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Requirements.”]

14

 

  (B) [S&P Valuation Percentage.

  [Insert for 2008 Criteria]

	 	 	 	 	 
	Instrument	 	S&P First Rating Trigger
	U.S. Dollar Cash
	 	 	80	%
	Fixed-Rate Negotiable Treasury Debt Issued by the U.S. Treasury Department
with Remaining Maturity:

	< 1 year
	 	 	79.1	%
	1 to 5 years
	 	 	78.4	%
	5 to 7 years
	 	 	75.0	%
	7 to 10 years
	 	 	74.1	%
	10 to 20 years
	 	 	72.9	%
	More than 20 years
	 	 	70.9	%
	Fixed-Rate U.S. Agency Debentures with Remaining Maturity:

	< 5 years
	 	 	78.4	%
	5 to 10 years
	 	 	74.1	%
	10 to 20 years
	 	 	66.1	%
	More than 20 years
	 	 	62.3	%

	 	 	[Insert for 2009 Criteria]

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Instrument	 	S&P First Rating Trigger	 	S&P Second Rating Trigger
	U.S. Dollar Cash
	 	 	100	%	 	 	100%]	 

[“S&P Valuation Percentage” means, with respect to a Valuation Date and each
instrument in the above table, [(i)] so long as the S&P Threshold for such Valuation
Date is zero and an S&P First Rating Trigger has [occurred and an S&P Second Rating
Trigger has not] been continuing for 10 or more Local Business Days, the
corresponding percentage for such instrument in the column headed “S&P First Rating
Trigger” [and (ii) so long as the S&P Threshold for such Valuation Date is zero and
an S&P Second Rating Trigger has been continuing for 30 or more calendar days, the
corresponding percentage for such instrument in the column headed “S&P Second Rating
Trigger”].]

15

 

          (C) [Fitch Valuation Percentage.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Fitch First Rating	 	 	Fitch Second Rating	 
	Instrument	 	Trigger	 	 	Trigger	 
	U.S. Dollar Cash
	 	 	100	%	 	 	100	%
	
Fixed-Rate Negotiable Treasury Debt Issued by the U.S. Treasury Department
with Remaining Maturity:
	Less than 1 year
	 	 	97.5	%	 	 	97.5	%
	1 to 2 years
	 	 	91.5	%	 	 	91.5	%
	2 to 3 years
	 	 	91.5	%	 	 	91.5	%
	3 to 5 years
	 	 	91.5	%	 	 	91.5	%
	5 to 7 years
	 	 	86.3	%	 	 	86.3	%
	7 to 10 years
	 	 	86.3	%	 	 	86.3	%
	10 to 20 years
	 	 	79	%	 	 	79	%
	
Floating-Rate Negotiable Treasury Debt Issued by the U.S. Treasury Department with
Remaining Maturity:
	All Maturities
	 	 	(1	)	 	 	(1	)
	
Fixed-Rate and Floating-Rate U.S. Agency Debentures with Remaining Maturity:
	All Maturities
	 	 	(1	)	 	 	(1	)

 
 

(1)    Subject to review by Fitch.]

[“Fitch Valuation Percentage” means, with respect to a Valuation Date and each
instrument in the above table, (i) so long as the Fitch Threshold for such Valuation
Date is zero and a Fitch Second Rating Trigger has not been continuing for 30 or
more calendar days, the corresponding percentage for such instrument in the column
headed “Fitch First Rating Trigger” and (ii) so long as the Fitch Threshold for such
Valuation Date is zero and a Fitch Second Rating Trigger has been continuing for 30
or more calendar days, the corresponding percentage for such instrument in the
column headed “Fitch Second Rating Trigger”.]

(iii) Other Eligible Support. The following items will qualify as “Other Eligible Support”
for the party specified:

With respect to Party A: As of the date of this Annex, None; provided, that
upon the first Transfer of Eligible Collateral under this Annex, the Pledgor may, at
the Pledgor’s expense, agree with the relevant Rating Agency (to the extent such
Rating Agency is providing a rating for the Series 20_-__ Notes) as to such Other
Eligible Support that the Pledgor may designate, and upon such agreement (as
evidenced in writing), Pledgor may designate such Other Eligible Support hereunder.

With respect to Party B: None.

(iv) Thresholds.

	 	(A)	 	“Independent Amount” means with respect to Party A: zero.
	 
	 	 	 	“Independent Amount” means with respect to Party B: zero.
	 
	 	(B)	 	“Threshold” means with respect to Party A: [the Moody’s Threshold, the S&P
Threshold and the Fitch Threshold, as applicable.]
	 
	 	 	 	“Threshold” means with respect to Party B: infinity.

16

 

	 	 	 	[“Moody’s Threshold” means, with respect to Party A and any Valuation Date, (a) so long as
the Moody’s First Rating Trigger Requirements apply and either (i) the Moody’s First
Rating Trigger Requirements have applied since this Annex was executed or (ii) at least 30 Local Business
Days have elapsed since the last time the Moody’s First Rating Trigger Requirements did
not apply, zero, and (b) at any other time, infinity.]
	 
	 	 	 	[“S&P Threshold” means, with respect to Party A and any Valuation Date, (a) so long
as the S&P First Rating Trigger [has occurred and an S&P Second Rating Trigger has
not been continuing for at least 10 Local Business Days or since this Annex was
executed or an S&P Second Rating Trigger] has been continuing for at least 10 Local
Business Days, zero and (b) at any other time, infinity.]
	 
	 	 	 	[“Fitch Threshold” means, with respect to Party A and any Valuation Date, (a) either
(i) so long as the Fitch First Rating Trigger has been continuing for at least 30
calendar days or since this Annex was executed, or (ii) so long as the Fitch Second
Rating Trigger has been continuing for at least 30 calendar days, zero and (b) at
any other time, infinity.]

(C) “Minimum Transfer Amount” means with respect to Party A: U.S.$100,000;
[provided, however, that if the aggregate outstanding principal balance of
the Series 20_-__ Notes rated by S&P is at the time of any transfer less than
U.S.$50,000,000, the “Minimum Transfer Amount” shall mean U.S.$50,000;] provided,
further, however, that at any time Party A is a Defaulting Party, the
“Minimum Transfer Amount” shall mean zero.

“Minimum Transfer Amount” means with respect to Party B: U.S.$100,000;
provided, however, that at any time Party B is a Defaulting Party, the
“Minimum Transfer Amount” shall mean zero.

(D) Rounding. The Delivery Amount will be rounded up to the nearest integral multiple of
U.S.$1,000. The Return Amount will be rounded down to the nearest integral multiple of
U.S.$1,000.

(c) Valuation and Timing.

(i) “Valuation Agent” means Party A in all circumstances.

(ii) “Valuation Date” means [each Local Business Day] [the first Local Business Day of each
week] on which any of [the Moody’s Threshold, the S&P Threshold or the Fitch Threshold] is
zero.

(iii) “Valuation Time” means the close of business in the city of the Valuation Agent on the
Local Business Day immediately preceding the Valuation Date or date of calculation, as
applicable; provided that the calculations of Value and Credit Support Amount will,
as far as practicable, be made as of approximately the same time on the same date.

(iv) “Notification Time” means 11:00 a.m., New York time, on a Local Business Day.

(d) Conditions Precedent and Secured Party’s Rights and Remedies. The following Termination
Event(s) will be a “Specified Condition” for the party specified (that party being the Affected
Party if the Termination Event occurs with respect to that party): None.

(e) Substitution.

(i) “Substitution Date” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 4(d)(ii).

(ii) Consent. Not applicable.

(f) Dispute Resolution.

     (i) “Resolution Time” means 1:00 p.m., New York time, on the Local Business Day following
the date on which the notice is given that gives rise to a dispute under Paragraph 5.

17

 

(ii) Value. For the purpose of Paragraphs 5(i)(C) and 5(ii), on any date, the Value of the
outstanding Posted Credit Support or of any transfer of Eligible Credit Support or Posted
Credit Support, as the case may be, will be calculated as follows:

(A) with respect to any Eligible Credit Support or Posted Credit Support comprising
securities (“Securities”) the sum of (a)(x) the last bid price on such date for such
Securities on the principal national securities exchange on which such Securities are
listed, multiplied by the applicable Valuation Percentage; or (y) where any Securities are
not listed on a national securities exchange, the bid price for such Securities quoted as
at the close of business on such date by any principal market maker (which shall not be
and shall be independent from the Valuation Agent) for such Securities chosen by the
Valuation Agent, multiplied by the applicable Valuation Percentage; or (z) if no such bid
price is listed or quoted for such date, the last bid price listed or quoted (as the case
may be), as of the day next preceding such date on which such prices were available,
multiplied by the applicable Valuation Percentage; plus (b) the accrued interest where
applicable on such Securities (except to the extent that such interest shall have been
paid to the Pledgor pursuant to Paragraph 6(d)(ii) or included in the applicable price
referred to in subparagraph (a) above) as of such date; and

(B) with respect to any Cash, the amount thereof in U.S. dollars.

(iii) Alternative. The provisions of Paragraph 5 will apply.

(g) Holding and Using Posted Collateral.

(i) Eligibility to Hold Posted Collateral; Custodians. A Custodian of Party B will be
entitled to hold Posted Collateral on behalf of Party B pursuant to Paragraph 6[;
provided that such Custodian has a short term rating of at least “A-1” by S&P.]
Party B’s Custodian is the Indenture Trustee for Party B. Initially, the Custodian for
Party B is The Bank of New York Mellon. [If at any time the Custodian’s short term rating
by S&P falls below “A-1”, Party B will within 60 days replace such Custodian with a new
Custodian having a short term rating of “A-1” or better by S&P; provided that,
notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Custodian will continue to hold Posted
Collateral until such time as the replacement Custodian has been appointed hereunder.]

(ii) Rate Hedging Counterparty Collateral Account. The Posted Collateral will be held in
the Hedge Counterparty Collateral Account, which initially will be account number [_____],
in the name “The Bank of New York Mellon, as Indenture Trustee, as secured party for Ford
Credit Floorplan Master Owner Trust A,” at the corporate trust department of The Bank of New
York Mellon. The security interest of the Collateral Agent in such account or any other
account in which Posted Collateral will be maintained will be perfected by the Collateral
Agent by control pursuant to §8-106 of the Uniform Commercial Code. Party A consents to The
Bank of New York Mellon as securities intermediary entering into an agreement establishing
such control under §8-106(d)(2) of the UCC.

(iii) Use of Posted Collateral. The provisions of Paragraph 6(c) will not apply to Party B;
provided, however, that if Party A delivers Posted Collateral in book-entry
form, then Paragraph 6(c)(ii) will apply to Party B and its Custodian, and Party B and its
Custodian shall have the rights specified in Paragraph 6(c)(ii).

(h) Distributions and Interest Amount.

(i) Interest Rate. The “Interest Rate” will be the actual rate of interest earned by the
Secured Party in respect of the portion of the Posted Credit Support comprised of Cash.

(ii) Transfer of Interest Amount. The transfer of the Interest Amount will be made on the
date on which a scheduled payment is due under a Transaction (i.e., on each Payment Date
under a Confirmation) and on any other Local Business Day on which Posted Credit Support in
the form of Cash is transferred to the Pledgor pursuant to Paragraph 3(b), in each case to
the extent that a Delivery Amount would not be

18

 

created or increased by that transfer; provided that Party B shall not be obliged to
so transfer any Interest Amount unless and until it has earned and received such interest.
Unless otherwise specified in a Confirmation, “Payment Date” means the 15th day
of each calendar month, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Following Business Day
Convention.

(iii) Alternative to Interest Amount. The provisions of Paragraph 6(d)(ii) will apply.

(iv) “Distributions” means, with respect to any Eligible Credit Support comprised in the
Posted Credit Support consisting of securities, all principal, interest and other payments
and distributions of cash or other property to which a holder of securities of the same
type, nominal value, description and amount as such Eligible Credit Support would have
received from time to time.

(v) “Distribution Date” means, with respect to any Eligible Credit Support comprised in the
Posted Credit Support other than Cash, each date on which a holder of such Eligible Credit
Support would have received Distributions or, if that date is not a Local Business Day, the
next following Local Business Day.

(i) Additional Representation(s).

Party A represents to Party B (which representation will be deemed to be repeated as of each
date on which it, as the Pledgor, Transfers Eligible Collateral) that no consent, approval
or other authorization of any governmental authority is required in connection with the
Transfer of Eligible Collateral hereunder.

There are no additional representations by Party B.

(j) Other Eligible Support and Other Posted Support.

(i) “Value” with respect to Other Eligible Support and Other Posted Support shall have such
meaning as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time.

(ii) “Transfer” with respect to Other Eligible Support and Other Posted Support shall have
such meaning as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time.

(k) Demands and Notices. All demands, specifications and notices under this Annex will be made
pursuant to the Notices Section of this Agreement, and:

(i) shall be given to or made at the following addresses:

If to Party A:

[Hedge Counterparty]

[Address]

Attn: [_______]

Tel: [_______]

Fax: [_______]

If to Party B: The addresses set forth in the Schedule,

or at such other address as the relevant party may from time to time designate by giving
notice (in accordance with the terms of this subparagraph) to the other party; and

(ii) shall be deemed to be effective at the time such notice is actually received unless
such notice is received on a day which is not a Local Business Day or after the Notification
Time on any Local Business Day in which event such notice shall be deemed to be effective on
the next succeeding Local Business Day.

19

 

(l) Addresses for Transfers.

Party A: To be notified to Party B by Party A at the time of the request for the transfer.

Party B: To be notified to Party A by Party B upon request by Party A.

(m) Other Provisions.

(i) Actions Hereunder. Either party may take any actions hereunder, including liquidation
rights, through the Custodian, or any successor, as agent for Party B.

(ii) Transfer Timing. Paragraph 4(b) is hereby amended by the insertion of the words “(i)
in respect of a Transfer pursuant to Paragraph 3(b),” immediately prior to the words “if a
demand for” and the insertion of the words “; and (ii) in respect of a Transfer pursuant to
Paragraph 3(a), the relevant Transfer will be made not later than the close of business on
the Valuation Date” immediately prior to the period.

(iii) Event of Default. Paragraph 7 shall be deleted and replaced in its entirety by the
following:

“For the purposes of Section 5(a)(iii)(1) of this Agreement, an Event of Default in relation
to all Transactions will exist with respect to a party if that party fails (or fails to
cause its Custodian) to make, when due, any Transfer of Eligible Collateral, Posted
Collateral, any Distributions or the Interest Amount, as applicable, required to be made by
it and that failure continues for two Local Business Day after the notice of that failure is
given to that party[; provided, that any failure by Party A to comply with or
perform any obligation to be complied with or performed by Party A under this Annex will
only be an Event of Default if (A) at least 30 Local Business Days have elapsed since the
last time the Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Requirements did not apply, (B) an S&P [First]
[Second] Rating Trigger has occurred and been continuing for 10 or more Local Business Days
or (C) a Fitch Second Rating Trigger has occurred and been continuing for 30 or more
calendar days (it being understood that such failure may still constitute an Additional
Termination Event if so specified in this Agreement);] and provided,
further, notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Paragraph 7 will apply to
cause any Event of Default to exist with respect to Party B except in respect of Party B’s
obligations under Paragraph 3(b) of this Annex.”.

(iv) Costs of Transfer or Exchange and Maintenance. Notwithstanding Paragraph 10, the
Pledgor will be responsible for, and will reimburse the Secured Party for, (A) all transfer
and other taxes and other costs involved in the transfer of Eligible Credit Support either
from the Pledgor to the Secured Party or from the Secured Party to the Pledgor and (B) all
other costs associated with the posting and maintenance of Eligible Credit Support.

(v) Cumulative Rights. The rights, powers and remedies of the Secured Party under this
Annex shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given to the Secured Party by
the Agreement or by virtue of any statute or rule of law, all of which rights, powers and
remedies shall be cumulative and may be exercised successively or concurrently without
impairing the rights of the Secured Party in the Posted Credit Support created pursuant to
this Annex.

(vi) Single Pledgor and Single Secured Party. For the avoidance of doubt Party A shall
always be the Pledgor and Party B shall always be the Secured Party.

(vii) [Additional Provisions Regarding Exposure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein, the following additional provisions will apply with respect to the
valuation of each Transaction.]

[(A)] “Exposure” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 12, except that after the word
“Agreement” the words “(assuming, for this purpose only, that Part 1(k) of the Schedule is
deleted)” shall be inserted.

[(B)] The Valuation Agent will mark-to-market each Transaction at least weekly, and at
least once in each period of three calendar months will obtain an external mark-to-market
quote from an independent third party.

20

 

(C) The Valuation Agent will provide the Indenture Trustee and the Administrator with (1)
all internally derived and externally quoted mark-to-market quotes obtained each calendar
month no later than the 5th day of the following calendar month for inclusion
in Party B’s monthly investor reports and (2) an annual independent auditor’s verification
of all internally derived and externally quoted mark-to-market quotes for the prior
calendar year, no later than March 31st of the following calendar year. In the
event that such auditor’s verification identifies any deficiencies in the calculation of
the Secured Party’s Exposure, Party A will immediately cure any such deficiencies with
respect to the current calculation of the Secured Party’s Exposure, if applicable.]

(viii) Additional Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Annex have
the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement and the Schedule thereto. In the event of
any inconsistency between the provisions of this Annex and the provisions in the Agreement
or the Schedule thereto, this Annex will prevail.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

21

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Annex by their duly authorized
representatives as of the date of the Agreement.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 
	[HEDGE COUNTERPARTY]	 	FORD CREDIT FLOORPLAN MASTER OWNER
TRUST A
	 
	By: 	 	 	By: 	 U.S. BANK TRUST NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION,
 not in its
individual capacity, but solely as Owner Trustee
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Name: 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Title:	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	By: 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	Name: 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	Title:	 

Copyright©1994 by International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.

 

 

[EXHIBIT A]

[MOODY’S FIRST TRIGGER COLLATERAL AMOUNT

APPLICABLE PERCENTAGES]

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Interest Rate Hedges	 	 	Currency Hedges	 
	Weighted Average Life of	 	 	 	 	 	Valuation Dates:	 	 	 	 
	Hedge in Years	 	Daily	 	 	Weekly	 	 	Daily	 	 	Weekly	 
	1 year or less
	 	 	0.15	%	 	 	0.25	%	 	 	1.10	%	 	 	2.20	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	2 years or less but greater than 1 year
	 	 	0.30	%	 	 	0.50	%	 	 	1.20	%	 	 	2.40	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	3 years or less but greater than 2 years
	 	 	0.40	%	 	 	0.70	%	 	 	1.30	%	 	 	2.60	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	4 years or less but greater than 3 years
	 	 	0.60	%	 	 	1.00	%	 	 	1.40	%	 	 	2.80	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	5 years or less but greater than 4 years
	 	 	0.70	%	 	 	1.20	%	 	 	1.50	%	 	 	2.90	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	6 years or less but greater than 5 years
	 	 	0.80	%	 	 	1.40	%	 	 	1.60	%	 	 	3.10	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	7 years or less but greater than 6 years
	 	 	1.00	%	 	 	1.60	%	 	 	1.60	%	 	 	3.30	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	8 years or less but greater than 7 years
	 	 	1.10	%	 	 	1.80	%	 	 	1.70	%	 	 	3.40	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	9 years or less but greater than 8 years
	 	 	1.20	%	 	 	2.00	%	 	 	1.80	%	 	 	3.60	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	10 years or less but greater than 9 years
	 	 	1.30	%	 	 	2.20	%	 	 	1.90	%	 	 	3.80	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	11 years or less but greater than 10
years
	 	 	1.40	%	 	 	2.30	%	 	 	1.90	%	 	 	3.90	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	12 years or less but greater than 11
years
	 	 	1.50	%	 	 	2.50	%	 	 	2.00	%	 	 	4.00	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	13 years or less but greater than 12
years
	 	 	1.60	%	 	 	2.70	%	 	 	2.10	%	 	 	4.10	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	14 years or less but greater than 13
years
	 	 	1.70	%	 	 	2.80	%	 	 	2.10	%	 	 	4.30	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	15 years or less but greater than 14
years
	 	 	1.80	%	 	 	3.00	%	 	 	2.20	%	 	 	4.40	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	16 years or less but greater than 15
years
	 	 	1.90	%	 	 	3.20	%	 	 	2.30	%	 	 	4.50	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	17 years or less but greater than 16
years
	 	 	2.00	%	 	 	3.30	%	 	 	2.30	%	 	 	4.60	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	18 years or less but greater than 17
years
	 	 	2.00	%	 	 	3.50	%	 	 	2.40	%	 	 	4.80	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	19 years or less but greater than 18
years
	 	 	2.00	%	 	 	3.60	%	 	 	2.40	%	 	 	4.90	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	20 years or less but greater than 19
years
	 	 	2.00	%	 	 	3.70	%	 	 	2.50	%	 	 	5.00	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	21 years or less but greater than 20
years
	 	 	2.00	%	 	 	3.90	%	 	 	2.50	%	 	 	5.00	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	22 years or less but greater than 21
years
	 	 	2.00	%	 	 	4.00	%	 	 	2.50	%	 	 	5.00	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	23 years or less but greater than 22
years
	 	 	2.00	%	 	 	4.00	%	 	 	2.50	%	 	 	5.00	%

23

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Interest Rate Hedges	 	 	Currency Hedges	 
	Weighted Average Life of	 	 	 	 	 	Valuation Dates:	 	 	 	 
	Hedge in Years	 	Daily	 	 	Weekly	 	 	Daily	 	 	Weekly	 
	24 years or less but greater than 23
years
	 	 	2.00	%	 	 	4.00	%	 	 	2.50	%	 	 	5.00	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	25 years or less but greater than 24
years
	 	 	2.00	%	 	 	4.00	%	 	 	2.50	%	 	 	5.00	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	26 years or less but greater than 25
years
	 	 	2.00	%	 	 	4.00	%	 	 	2.50	%	 	 	5.00	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	27 years or less but greater than 26
years
	 	 	2.00	%	 	 	4.00	%	 	 	2.50	%	 	 	5.00	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	28 years or less but greater than 27
years
	 	 	2.00	%	 	 	4.00	%	 	 	2.50	%	 	 	5.00	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	29 years or less but greater than 28
years
	 	 	2.00	%	 	 	4.00	%	 	 	2.50	%	 	 	5.00	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Greater than 29 years
	 	 	2.00	%	 	 	4.00	%	 	 	2.50	%	 	 	5.00	%

24

 

[EXHIBIT B]

[MOODY’S SECOND TRIGGER COLLATERAL AMOUNT

APPLICABLE PERCENTAGES]

For Transactions that are not Transaction-Specific Hedges.

“Transaction-Specific Hedge” means any Transaction that is a cap, floor or swaption, or a
Transaction in respect of which (x) the notional amount of the swap is “balance guaranteed” or (y)
the notional amount of the swap for any Calculation Period otherwise is not a specific dollar
amount that is fixed at the inception of the Transaction.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Interest Rate Hedges	 	Currency Hedges
	Weighted Average Life of 	 	 	 	 	 	Valuation Dates:	 	 
	Hedge in Years	 	Daily	 	Weekly	 	Daily	 	Weekly
	1 year or less
	 	 	0.50	%	 	 	0.60	%	 	 	6.10	%	 	 	7.25	%
	2 years or less but
greater than 1 year
	 	 	1.00	%	 	 	1.20	%	 	 	6.30	%	 	 	7.50	%
	3 years or less but
greater than 2
years
	 	 	1.50	%	 	 	1.70	%	 	 	6.40	%	 	 	7.70	%
	4 years or less but
greater than 3
years
	 	 	1.90	%	 	 	2.30	%	 	 	6.60	%	 	 	8.00	%
	5 years or less but
greater than 4
years
	 	 	2.40	%	 	 	2.80	%	 	 	6.70	%	 	 	8.20	%
	6 years or less but
greater than 5
years
	 	 	2.80	%	 	 	3.30	%	 	 	6.80	%	 	 	8.40	%
	7 years or less but
greater than 6
years
	 	 	3.20	%	 	 	3.80	%	 	 	7.00	%	 	 	8.60	%
	8 years or less but
greater than 7
years
	 	 	3.60	%	 	 	4.30	%	 	 	7.10	%	 	 	8.80	%
	9 years or less but
greater than 8
years
	 	 	4.00	%	 	 	4.80	%	 	 	7.20	%	 	 	9.00	%
	10 years or less
but greater than 9
years
	 	 	4.40	%	 	 	5.30	%	 	 	7.30	%	 	 	9.20	%
	11 years or less
but greater than 10
years
	 	 	4.70	%	 	 	5.60	%	 	 	7.40	%	 	 	9.30	%
	12 years or less
but greater than 11
years
	 	 	5.00	%	 	 	6.00	%	 	 	7.50	%	 	 	9.50	%
	13 years or less
but greater than 12
years
	 	 	5.40	%	 	 	6.40	%	 	 	7.60	%	 	 	9.70	%
	14 years or less
but greater than 13
years
	 	 	5.70	%	 	 	6.80	%	 	 	7.70	%	 	 	9.80	%
	15 years or less
but greater than 14
years
	 	 	6.00	%	 	 	7.20	%	 	 	7.80	%	 	 	10.00	%
	16 years or less
but greater than 15
years
	 	 	6.30	%	 	 	7.60	%	 	 	7.90	%	 	 	10.00	%
	17 years or less
but greater than 16
years
	 	 	6.60	%	 	 	7.90	%	 	 	8.00	%	 	 	10.00	%
	18 years or less
but greater than 17
years
	 	 	6.90	%	 	 	8.30	%	 	 	8.10	%	 	 	10.00	%
	19 years or less
but greater than 18
years
	 	 	7.20	%	 	 	8.60	%	 	 	8.20	%	 	 	10.00	%
	20 years or less
but greater than 19
years
	 	 	7.50	%	 	 	9.00	%	 	 	8.20	%	 	 	10.00	%

25

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Interest Rate Hedges	 	Currency Hedges
	Weighted Average Life of 	 	 	 	 	 	Valuation Dates:	 	 
	Hedge in Years	 	Daily	 	Weekly	 	Daily	 	Weekly
	21 years or less but greater than
20 years
	 	 	7.80	%	 	 	9.00	%	 	 	8.30	%	 	 	10.00	%
	22 years or less but greater than
21 years
	 	 	8.00	%	 	 	9.00	%	 	 	8.40	%	 	 	10.00	%
	23 years or less but greater than
22 years
	 	 	8.00	%	 	 	9.00	%	 	 	8.50	%	 	 	10.00	%
	24 years or less but greater than
23 years
	 	 	8.00	%	 	 	9.00	%	 	 	8.60	%	 	 	10.00	%
	25 years or less but greater than
24 years
	 	 	8.00	%	 	 	9.00	%	 	 	8.60	%	 	 	10.00	%
	26 years or less but greater than
25 years
	 	 	8.00	%	 	 	9.00	%	 	 	8.70	%	 	 	10.00	%
	27 years or less but greater than
26 years
	 	 	8.00	%	 	 	9.00	%	 	 	8.80	%	 	 	10.00	%
	28 years or less but greater than
27 years
	 	 	8.00	%	 	 	9.00	%	 	 	8.80	%	 	 	10.00	%
	29 years or less but greater than
28 years
	 	 	8.00	%	 	 	9.00	%	 	 	8.90	%	 	 	10.00	%
	Greater than 29 years
	 	 	8.00	%	 	 	9.00	%	 	 	9.00	%	 	 	10.00	%

26

 

For Transactions that are Transaction-Specific Hedges.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Interest Rate Hedges	 	 	Currency Hedges	 
	Weighted
Average Life of	 	 	 	 	 	Valuation Dates:	 	 	 	 	 
	Hedge in Years	 	Daily	 	 	Weekly	 	 	Daily	 	 	Weekly	 
	1 year or less
	 	 	0.65	%	 	 	0.75	%	 	 	6.30	%	 	 	7.40	%
	2 years or less but greater than 1 year
	 	 	1.30	%	 	 	1.50	%	 	 	6.60	%	 	 	7.80	%
	3 years or less but greater than 2 years
	 	 	1.90	%	 	 	2.20	%	 	 	6.90	%	 	 	8.20	%
	4 years or less but greater than 3 years
	 	 	2.50	%	 	 	2.90	%	 	 	7.10	%	 	 	8.50	%
	5 years or less but greater than 4 years
	 	 	3.10	%	 	 	3.60	%	 	 	7.40	%	 	 	8.90	%
	6 years or less but greater than 5 years
	 	 	3.60	%	 	 	4.20	%	 	 	7.70	%	 	 	9.20	%
	7 years or less but greater than 6 years
	 	 	4.20	%	 	 	4.80	%	 	 	7.90	%	 	 	9.60	%
	8 years or less but greater than 7 years
	 	 	4.70	%	 	 	5.40	%	 	 	8.20	%	 	 	9.90	%
	9 years or less but greater than 8 years
	 	 	5.20	%	 	 	6.00	%	 	 	8.40	%	 	 	10.20	%
	10 years or less but greater than 9 years
	 	 	5.70	%	 	 	6.60	%	 	 	8.60	%	 	 	10.50	%
	11 years or less but greater than 10 years
	 	 	6.10	%	 	 	7.00	%	 	 	8.80	%	 	 	10.70	%
	12 years or less but greater than 11 years
	 	 	6.50	%	 	 	7.50	%	 	 	9.00	%	 	 	11.00	%
	13 years or less but greater than 12 years
	 	 	7.00	%	 	 	8.00	%	 	 	9.20	%	 	 	11.30	%
	14 years or less but greater than 13 years
	 	 	7.40	%	 	 	8.50	%	 	 	9.40	%	 	 	11.50	%
	15 years or less but greater than 14 years
	 	 	7.80	%	 	 	9.00	%	 	 	9.60	%	 	 	11.80	%
	16 years or less but greater than 15 years
	 	 	8.20	%	 	 	9.50	%	 	 	9.80	%	 	 	12.00	%
	17 years or less but greater than 16 years
	 	 	8.60	%	 	 	9.90	%	 	 	10.00	%	 	 	12.00	%
	18 years or less but greater than 17 years
	 	 	9.00	%	 	 	10.40	%	 	 	10.10	%	 	 	12.00	%
	19 years or less but greater than 18 years
	 	 	9.40	%	 	 	10.80	%	 	 	10.30	%	 	 	12.00	%
	20 years or less but greater than 19 years
	 	 	9.70	%	 	 	11.00	%	 	 	10.50	%	 	 	12.00	%
	21 years or less but greater than 20 years
	 	 	10.00	%	 	 	11.00	%	 	 	10.70	%	 	 	12.00	%
	22 years or less but greater than 21 years
	 	 	10.00	%	 	 	11.00	%	 	 	10.80	%	 	 	12.00	%
	23 years or less but greater than 22 years
	 	 	10.00	%	 	 	11.00	%	 	 	11.00	%	 	 	12.00	%
	24 years or less but greater than 23 years
	 	 	10.00	%	 	 	11.00	%	 	 	11.00	%	 	 	12.00	%
	25 years or less but greater than 24 years
	 	 	10.00	%	 	 	11.00	%	 	 	11.00	%	 	 	12.00	%

27

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Interest Rate Hedges	 	 	Currency Hedges	 
	Weighted
Average Life of	 	 	 	 	 	Valuation Dates:	 	 	 	 
	Hedge in Years	 	Daily	 	 	Weekly	 	 	Daily	 	 	Weekly	 
	26 years or less but greater than 25 years
	 	 	10.00	%	 	 	11.00	%	 	 	11.00	%	 	 	12.00	%
	27 years or less but greater than 26 years
	 	 	10.00	%	 	 	11.00	%	 	 	11.00	%	 	 	12.00	%
	28 years or less but greater than 27 years
	 	 	10.00	%	 	 	11.00	%	 	 	11.00	%	 	 	12.00	%
	29 years or less but greater than 28 years
	 	 	10.00	%	 	 	11.00	%	 	 	11.00	%	 	 	12.00	%
	Greater than 29 years
	 	 	10.00	%	 	 	11.00	%	 	 	11.00	%	 	 	12.00	%

28

 

[_______], 20__

	 	 	 

	To:

	 	[HEDGE COUNTERPARTY]
	 

	 	[address]
	 
	 	 
	From:

	 	FORD CREDIT FLOORPLAN MASTER OWNER TRUST A
	 

	 	c/o U.S. Bank Trust National Association,
	 

	 	as Owner Trustee
	 

	 	300 Delaware Avenue
	 

	 	Wilmington, Delaware 19801
	 

	 	Attention: Corporate Trust Services
	 

	 	Tel: (302) 576-3704
	 

	 	Fax: (302) 576-3717

	 	Re: 	 	Interest Rate Hedge Reference No. [_________]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     The purpose of this letter agreement is to confirm the terms and conditions of the Swap
Transaction entered into between [Hedge Counterparty] (“Party A”) and Ford Credit Auto
Floorplan Master Owner Trust A (“Party B”) on the Trade Date listed below (the
“Transaction”). This letter constitutes a “Confirmation” as referred to in the
Agreement specified below.

     The definitions and provisions contained in the 2006 ISDA Definitions (as published by the
International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.) (the “Definitions”) are incorporated
into this Confirmation. For these purposes, all references in those Definitions to a “Swap
Transaction” will be deemed to apply to the Transaction referred to herein. In the event of
any inconsistency between those Definitions and this Confirmation, this Confirmation will govern.
Other capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined will have the meanings given to them
in Appendix A to (a) the Fifth Amended and Restated Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of
August 1, 2001, as amended and restated as of December 1, 2010, among Ford Credit Floorplan
Corporation, Party B and Ford Motor Credit Company LLC, and (b) the Fifth Amended and Restated Sale
and Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2001, as amended and restated as of December 1,
2010, among Ford Credit Floorplan LLC, Party B and Ford Motor Credit Company LLC (collectively, as
amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Sale and Servicing Agreements”). In the
event of any inconsistency between those terms and this Confirmation, this Confirmation will
govern.

     1. This Confirmation supplements, forms part of, and is subject to, the ISDA Master Agreement
and the Schedule thereto, each dated as of [_______], 20__, each between you and us (as amended,
restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Agreement”). All
provisions contained in the Agreement govern this Confirmation except as expressly modified below.

 

 

2. The terms of the particular Transaction to which this Confirmation relates are as follows:

	 	 	 	 	 

	Party A:
	 	[Hedge Counterparty]
	 
	Party B:
	 	Ford Credit Floorplan Master Owner Trust A
	 
	Trade Date:
	 	[_______], 20__	 
	 
	Effective Date:
	 	[_______], 20__	 
	 
	Notional Amount:
	 	For the first Calculation Period (from and including [_______], 20__, to but excluding [_______], 20__), the Notional Amount of this Transaction for purposes of calculating payments due by either party on the first Payment Date will be $[_______].  With respect to any subsequent Calculation Period up through and including the
Calculation Period ending on but excluding [_______], 20__, the Notional
Amount will be the aggregate Note Balance of the Class [__][, Class [__], Class [__] and Class [__]] Notes (the “Fixed Rate Notes”) (after giving effect to all amounts paid on the Payment Date that is the first day of the related Calculation Period for Floating Amounts) as stated on the Servicer’s monthly
investor report relating to such Payment Date (the “Actual Balance”).
The Calculation Agent will determine the Notional Amount and will inform Party A of such determination by the twelfth day of each calendar month using the aggregate Note Balance of the Fixed Rate Notes prior to giving effect to any payments of principal on the Fixed Rate Notes on the following Payment Date, as shown in the Servicer’s monthly investor report relating to such Payment Date.
	 
	Termination Date:
	 	The earlier of [_______], 20__ and the date the Note Balance of the Fixed Rate Notes has been reduced to zero.
	 
	Fixed Amounts
	 	 	 	 
	 
	Fixed Rate Payer:
	 	Party A 
	 
	Fixed Rate Payer Payment Date:
	 	The 15th day of each calendar month, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Following 
Business Day Convention.  The initial Fixed Rate

Payer Payment Date will be [_______], 20_.
	 

2

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	Fixed Rate Period End Date:
	 	The 15th day of each calendar month, with No Adjustment.  The
initial Fixed Rate Period End Date will be [_______], 20_.
	 
	Fixed Rate:
	 	[____]%	
	 
	Fixed Rate Day
Count Fraction:
	 	30/360	 
	 
	Floating Amounts
	 	 	 	 
	 
	Floating Rate Payer:
	 	Party B 
	 
	Floating Rate Payer Payment Date:
	 	The 15th day of each calendar month, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Following Business Day Convention.  The initial Floating Rate Payer Payment Date will be [_______], 20_.
	 
	Floating Rate for
Initial Calculation
Period:
	 	[_______]% (excluding Spread)
	 
	Floating Rate Option:
	 	USD-LIBOR-BBA
	 
	Designated Maturity:
	 	One month
	 
	Spread:
	 	Plus [____]%
	 
	Floating Rate Day
Count Fraction:
	 	Actual/360
	 
	Reset Dates:
	 	The first day of each Floating Rate Payer Calculation Period.
	 
	Business Days:
	 	New York.
	 
	Calculation Agent:
	 	Ford Motor Credit Company LLC, as Administrator for Party B.

3

 

3. Account Details

	 	 	 

	Payments to Party A:

	 	[Hedge Counterparty]
	 

	 	ABA No.:
	 

	 	Acct:
	 

	 	Favor:
	 

	 	Account No:
	 

	 	Swift Code:
	 
	 	 
	Payments to Party B:

	 	The Bank of New York Mellon
	 

	 	ABA No.: 021 000 018
	 

	 	Account No.:
	 

	 	Attention:
	 

	 	For further credit to: Ford Credit Floorplan Master
Owner Trust A — Collection Acct TAS #
	Party A Operations Contact:

	 	[Hedge Counterparty]

[address]

Attention:
	 

	 	Tel:
	 

	 	Fax:
	 
	 	 
	Party B Operations Contact:

	 	Ford Credit Floorplan Master Owner Trust A
	 

	 	c/o U.S. Bank Trust National Association,
	 

	 	  as Owner Trustee
	 

	 	300 Delaware Avenue
	 

	 	Wilmington, Delaware 19801
	 

	 	Attention: Corporate Trust Services
	 

	 	Tel: (302) 576-3704
	 

	 	Fax: (302) 576-3717
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	with copies to:
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	U.S. Bank National Association
	 

	 	209 S. LaSalle Street
	 

	 	Chicago, Illinois 60604
	 

	 	Telephone: (312) 325-8904
	 

	 	Fax: (312) 325-8905
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	and
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	The Bank of New York Mellon,
	 

	 	  as Indenture Trustee for
	 

	 	  Ford Credit Floorplan Master Owner Trust A
	 

	 	101 Barclay Street
	 

	 	Floor 4 West
	 

	 	New York, New York 10286
	 

	 	Attention: Corporate Trust Administration
	 

	 	Tel: (212) 815-5331
	 

	 	Fax: (212) 815-8091

4

 

	 	 	 

	 

	 	and
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Ford Motor Credit Company LLC
	 

	 	c/o Ford Motor Company
	 

	 	World Headquarters, Suite 801-C1
	 

	 	One American Road
	 

	 	Dearborn, Michigan 48126
	 

	 	Attn: Securitization Operations Supervisor
	 

	 	Tel: (313) 206-5899
	 

	 	Fax: (313) 390-4133

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

5

 

     Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the terms of our agreement by executing
this Confirmation and returning it to us.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Best Regards,

FORD CREDIT
FLOORPLAN MASTER OWNER TRUST A

 	 
	 	By:  	U.S. BANK TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 	 
	 	 	not in its individual capacity, but solely as Owner Trustee 	 
	 	 	 
	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	Accepted and confirmed as of the

Trade Date written above:

[HEDGE COUNTERPARTY]

 	 
	 
	By:  	 	 
	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	Title:  	 	 

[Signature Page to Confirm]exv4w1

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

HARBINGER GROUP INC.

as Issuer

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

 

Indenture

Dated as of November 15, 2010

 

10.625%

Senior Secured Notes

Due November 15, 2015

 

 

 

 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	TIA Sections	 	Indenture Sections	 
	§ 310 	(a)	 	 	7.10	 
	 	(b) 	 	 	7.08	 
	§ 311		 	 	7.03	 
	§ 312		 	 	13.02	 
	§ 313		 	 	7.06	 
	§ 314	(a)  	 	 	4, 4.02	 
	 	(b) 	 	 	11.02	 
	 	(c) 	 	 	13.04	 
	 	(d) 	 	 	11.02	 
	 	(e) 	 	 	13.05	 
	§ 315	(a)	 	 	7.01, 7.02	 
	 	(b) 	 	 	7.02, 7.05	 
	 	(c) 	 	 	7.01	 
	 	(d) 	 	 	7.02	 
	 	(e) 	 	 	6.12, 7.02	 
	§ 316	(a)	 	 	2.05, 6.02, 6.04, 6.05	 
	 	(b) 	 	 	6.06, 6.07	 
	 	(c) 	 	 	13.02	 
	§ 317	(a) (1)	 	 	6.08	 
	 	(a) (2) 	 	 	6.09	 
	 	(b) 	 	 	2.03	 
	§ 318	 	 	 	13.01	 

2

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	RECITALS
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 1

	Definitions And Incorporation By Reference

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 1.01. Definitions
	 	 	2	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 2

	The Notes

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 2.01. Form, Dating and Denominations; Legends
	 	 	27	 
	Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication; Exchange Notes; Additional Notes
	 	 	29	 
	Section 2.03. Registrar, Paying Agent and Authenticating Agent; Paying Agent to Hold Money in
Trust
	 	 	30	 
	Section 2.04. Replacement Notes
	 	 	31	 
	Section 2.05. Outstanding Notes
	 	 	31	 
	Section 2.06. Temporary Notes
	 	 	32	 
	Section 2.07. Cancellation
	 	 	32	 
	Section 2.08. CUSIP and CINS Numbers
	 	 	32	 
	Section 2.09. Registration, Transfer and Exchange
	 	 	33	 
	Section 2.10. Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange
	 	 	36	 
	Section 2.11. Temporary Offshore Global Notes
	 	 	38	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 3

	Redemption; Offer to Purchase

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 3.01. Optional Redemption
	 	 	39	 
	Section 3.02. Redemption with Proceeds of Equity Offering
	 	 	39	 
	Section 3.03. Special Redemption
	 	 	40	 
	Section 3.04. Method and Effect of Redemption
	 	 	40	 
	Section 3.05. Offer to Purchase
	 	 	41	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 4

	Covenants

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.01. Payment Of Notes
	 	 	43	 
	Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency
	 	 	44	 
	Section 4.03. Existence
	 	 	44	 
	Section 4.04. Payment of Taxes and other Claims
	 	 	45	 
	Section 4.05. Maintenance of Properties and Insurance
	 	 	45	 
	Section 4.06. Limitation on Debt and Disqualified Stock
	 	 	45	 
	Section 4.07. Limitation on Restricted Payments
	 	 	49	 
	Section 4.08. Limitation on Liens
	 	 	53	 
	Section 4.09. Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions
	 	 	53	 

3

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	Section 4.10. Limitation on Dividend and other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
	 	 	53	 
	Section 4.11. Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control
	 	 	55	 
	Section 4.12. Limitation on Asset Sales
	 	 	57	 
	Section 4.13. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates
	 	 	59	 
	Section 4.14. Financial Reports
	 	 	61	 
	Section 4.15. Reports to Trustee
	 	 	62	 
	Section 4.16. No Investment Company Registration
	 	 	63	 
	Section 4.17. Maintenance of Liquidity
	 	 	63	 
	Section 4.18. Maintenance of Collateral Coverage
	 	 	63	 
	Section 4.19. Impairment of Security Interest; Further Assurances
	 	 	63	 
	Section 4.20. Guaranties by Subsidiaries
	 	 	64	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 5

	Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 5.01. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets by the Company; No Lease of All or
Substantially All Assets
	 	 	64	 
	Section 5.02. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets by a Guarantor
	 	 	66	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 6

	Default and Remedies

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 6.01. Events of Default
	 	 	66	 
	Section 6.02. Acceleration
	 	 	68	 
	Section 6.03. Other Remedies
	 	 	69	 
	Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults
	 	 	69	 
	Section 6.05. Control by Majority
	 	 	69	 
	Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits
	 	 	69	 
	Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
	 	 	70	 
	Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee
	 	 	70	 
	Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	 	 	70	 
	Section 6.10. Priorities
	 	 	71	 
	Section 6.11. Restoration of Rights and Remedies
	 	 	71	 
	Section 6.12. Undertaking for Costs
	 	 	71	 
	Section 6.13. Rights and Remedies Cumulative
	 	 	72	 
	Section 6.14. Delay or Omission Not Waiver
	 	 	72	 
	Section 6.15. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws
	 	 	72	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 7

	The Trustee

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 7.01. General
	 	 	72	 
	Section 7.02. Certain Rights of Trustee
	 	 	73	 
	Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee
	 	 	74	 
	Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer
	 	 	75	 

4

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	Section 7.05. Notice of Default
	 	 	75	 
	Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders
	 	 	75	 
	Section 7.07. Compensation And Indemnity
	 	 	75	 
	Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee
	 	 	76	 
	Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger
	 	 	77	 
	Section 7.10. Eligibility
	 	 	77	 
	Section 7.11. Money Held in Trust
	 	 	78	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 8

	Defeasance and Discharge

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 8.01. Discharge of Company’s Obligations
	 	 	78	 
	Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance
	 	 	79	 
	Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	80	 
	Section 8.04. Application of Trust Money
	 	 	80	 
	Section 8.05. Repayment to Company
	 	 	81	 
	Section 8.06. Reinstatement
	 	 	81	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 9

	Amendments, Supplements and Waivers

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 9.01. Amendments Without Consent of Holders
	 	 	81	 
	Section 9.02. Amendments With Consent of Holders
	 	 	82	 
	Section 9.03. Effect of Consent
	 	 	84	 
	Section 9.04. Trustee’s Rights and Obligations
	 	 	84	 
	Section 9.05. Conformity With Trust Indenture Act
	 	 	85	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 10

	Guaranties

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 10.01. The Guaranties
	 	 	85	 
	Section 10.02. Guaranty Unconditional
	 	 	85	 
	Section 10.03. Discharge; Reinstatement
	 	 	86	 
	Section 10.04. Waiver by the Guarantors
	 	 	86	 
	Section 10.05. Subrogation and Contribution
	 	 	86	 
	Section 10.06. Stay of Acceleration
	 	 	86	 
	Section 10.07. Limitation on Amount of Guaranty
	 	 	87	 
	Section 10.08. Execution and Delivery of Guaranty
	 	 	87	 
	Section 10.09. Release of Guaranty
	 	 	87	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 11

	Security Arrangements

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 11.01. Collateral Agent
	 	 	88	 
	Section 11.02. Security
	 	 	88	 
	Section 11.03. Authorization of Actions to be Taken
	 	 	90	 

5

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	Section 11.04. Determinations Relating To Collateral
	 	 	90	 
	Section 11.05. Release of Liens
	 	 	91	 
	Section 11.06. Permitted Ordinary Course Activities with Respect to Collateral
	 	 	92	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 12

	Escrow Arrangements

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 12.01. Escrow Account
	 	 	93	 
	Section 12.02. Special Redemption
	 	 	94	 
	Section 12.03. Release of Escrow Property
	 	 	94	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 13

	Miscellaneous

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 13.01. Trust Indenture Act of 1939
	 	 	94	 
	Section 13.02. Noteholder Communications; Noteholder Actions
	 	 	94	 
	Section 13.03. Notices
	 	 	95	 
	Section 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	 	 	96	 
	Section 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	 	 	96	 
	Section 13.06. Payment Date Other Than a Business Day
	 	 	97	 
	Section 13.07. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial
	 	 	97	 
	Section 13.08. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	 	 	97	 
	Section 13.09. Successors
	 	 	98	 
	Section 13.10. Duplicate Originals
	 	 	98	 
	Section 13.11. Separability
	 	 	98	 
	Section 13.12. Table of Contents and Headings
	 	 	98	 
	Section 13.13. No Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Members and
Stockholders
	 	 	98	 
	Section 13.14. U.S.A. Patriot Act
	 	 	98	 
	Section 13.15. Force Majeure
	 	 	98	 
	Section 13.16. Benefits of Indenture
	 	 	99	 
	Section 13.17. Rules by Trustee and Agents
	 	 	99	 

6

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	EXHIBITS	 
	EXHIBIT A	 	Form of Note

	EXHIBIT B	 	Form of Supplemental Indenture

	EXHIBIT C	 	Restricted Legend

	EXHIBIT D	 	DTC Legend

	EXHIBIT E	 	Regulation S Certificate

	EXHIBIT F	 	Rule 144A Certificate

	EXHIBIT G	 	Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate

	EXHIBIT H	 	Certificate of Beneficial Ownership

	EXHIBIT I	 	Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend

	EXHIBIT J	 	Form of Security and Pledge Agreement

	EXHIBIT K	 	Form of Collateral Trust Agreement

7

 

     INDENTURE, dated as of November 15, 2010, between Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware
corporation, as the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking
association, as Trustee.

RECITALS

     The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of the Indenture to provide for the
issuance of up to $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 10.625% Senior Secured
Notes Due 2015, and, if and when issued, any Additional Notes, together with any Exchange Notes
issued therefor as provided herein (the “Notes”). All things necessary to make the Indenture a
valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done, and the Company has
done all things necessary to make the Notes (in the case of the Additional Notes, when duly
authorized), when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and duly
issued by the Company, the valid obligations of the Company as hereinafter provided.

     This Indenture is subject to, and will be governed by, the provisions of the Trust Indenture
Act that are required to be a part of and govern indentures qualified under the Trust Indenture
Act.

THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH

     For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof,
the parties hereto covenant and agree, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as
follows:

 

 

ARTICLE 1

Definitions And Incorporation By Reference

     Section 1.01. Definitions.

     “Accrued Yield” means an amount in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes that,
together with the accrued interest to be paid in a Special Redemption, will provide the Holder
thereof with the Yield to Maturity on such Note, calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and
payable for the actual number of days elapsed from the Issue Date. “Yield to Maturity” means the
annual yield to maturity of the Notes, calculated based on market convention and as reflected in
the pricing term sheet for the offering of the Initial Notes.

     “Additional Interest” means additional interest owed to the Holders pursuant to a Registration
Rights Agreement.

     “Additional Notes” means any Notes issued under the Indenture in addition to the Original
Notes, including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Additional Notes, having the same
terms in all respects as the Original Notes, or in all respects except with respect to issue price
and interest paid or payable on or prior to the first interest payment date after the issuance of
such Additional Notes.

     “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person. For
purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms
“controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) with respect to any Person, means
the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract or otherwise.

     “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or Authenticating Agent.

     “Agent Member” means a member of, or a participant in, the Depositary.

     “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater
of (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; or (2) the excess of (a) the present value at
such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at May 15, 2013 (as stated in the
table in Section 3.01), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through May 15,
2013 excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the applicable redemption date, computed using a
discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over (b)
the principal amount of the Note.

2

 

     “Asset Sale” means any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of any assets by the
Company or any Guarantor, including by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction and
including any sale by the Company or any Guarantor of the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary (each
of the above referred to as a “disposition”), provided that the following are not included in the
definition of “Asset Sale”:

     (1) a disposition to the Company or a Guarantor, including the sale or issuance
by the Company or any Guarantor of any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary to the Company
or any Guarantor;

     (2) the disposition by the Company or any Guarantor in the ordinary course of
business of (i) Cash Equivalents and cash management investments, (ii) damaged, worn out
or obsolete assets, (iii) rights granted to others pursuant to leases or licenses, or (iv)
inventory and other assets acquired and held for resale in the ordinary course of business
(it being understood that any Equity Interests of any direct Subsidiary of the Company or
any Guarantor and the assets of an operating business, unit, division or line of business
shall not constitute inventory or other assets acquired and held for resale in the
ordinary course of business);

     (3) the sale or discount of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of
business;

     (4) a transaction covered by Article 5;

     (5) a Restricted Payment permitted under Section 4.07;

     (6) the issuance of Disqualified Equity Interests pursuant to Section 4.06;

     (7) any disposition in a transaction or series of related transactions of assets
with a fair market value of less than $5,000,000;

     (8) any disposition of Equity Interests of a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or
other obligation with or to a Person from whom such Subsidiary was acquired or from whom
such Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection
with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all
or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

     (9) any surrender or waiver of contract rights pursuant to a settlement, release,
recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;

     (10) foreclosure or any similar action with respect to any property or other
asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

3

 

     (11) dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens; and

     (12) dispositions of marketable securities, other than shares of Spectrum common
stock, constituting less than 5% of the Total Assets; provided that such disposition is at
fair market value and the consideration consists of Cash Equivalents.

     “Attributable Debt” means, in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction, at the time of
determination, the present value, discounted at the interest rate implicit in the Sale and
Leaseback Transaction determined in accordance with GAAP, of the total obligations of the lessee
for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease in the Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

     “Authenticating Agent” refers to a Person engaged to authenticate the Notes in the stead of
the Trustee.

     “Authorized Representatives” means the Trustee and the agent or other representative of the
holders of any series of future Debt.

     “Average Life” means, with respect to any Debt or Disqualified Equity Interests, the quotient
obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of (x) the number of years from the date of
determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Debt or such
redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Equity Interests and (y) the amount
of such principal, or redemption or similar payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal, or
redemption or similar payments.

     “bankruptcy default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01.

     “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under
the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person”
(as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to
have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by
conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is
exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and
“Beneficially Owned” shall have a corresponding meaning.

     “Board of Directors” means:

     (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or, except with
respect to the definition of Change of Control, any duly authorized committee thereof having the
authority of the full board with respect to the determination to be made;

4

 

     (2) with respect to a limited liability company, any managing member thereof or, if managed by
managers, the board of managers thereof, or any duly authorized committee thereof having the
authority of the full board with respect to the determination to be made;

     (3) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the
partnership; and

     (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar
function.

     “Board Resolution” means a resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors which is
certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and remains in full force and
effect as of the date of its certification.

     “Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks
in New York City or in the city where the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is located are
authorized by law to close.

     “Capital Lease” means, with respect to any Person, any lease of any property which, in
conformity with GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such Person.

     “Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares of stock of a
corporation, partnership interests or other equivalent interests (however designated, whether
voting or non-voting) in such Person’s equity, entitling the holder to receive a share of the
profits and losses, and a distribution of assets, after liabilities, of such Person.

     “Cash Collateral Coverage Ratio” means, on any date of determination, the ratio of (i) the
Fair Market Value of the Collateral (but only to the extent the Notes are secured by a
first-priority Lien pursuant to the Security Agreements on such Collateral that is subject to no
prior Liens) consisting of Cash Equivalents to (ii) the principal amount of Debt secured by Liens
on the Collateral outstanding on such date.

     “Cash Equivalents” means

     (1) United States dollars, or money in other currencies received in the ordinary
course of business,

     (2) U.S. Government Obligations or certificates representing an ownership
interest in U.S. Government Obligations with maturities not exceeding one year from the
date of acquisition,

     (3) (i) demand deposits, (ii) time deposits and certificates of deposit with
maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition,

5

 

(iii) bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition,
and (iv) overnight bank deposits, in each case with any bank or
trust company organized or licensed under the laws of the United States or any state
thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $500 million whose
short-term debt is rated “A-2” or higher by S&P or “P-2” or higher by Moody’s,

     (4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying
securities of the type described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any
financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above,

     (5) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or A-1 by S&P and maturing
within six months after the date of acquisition, and

     (6) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which consist of investments
of the type described in clauses (1) through (5) above.

     “Certificate of Beneficial Ownership” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit
H.

     “Certificated Note” means a Note in registered individual form without interest coupons.

     “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

     (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other
than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of
all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the
Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder;

     (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

     (3) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of
the Exchange Act) becomes the ultimate Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 35% or
more of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company other than a Permitted Holder;
provided that such event shall not be deemed a Change of Control so long as one or more
Permitted Holders shall Beneficially Own more of the voting power of the Voting Stock of
the Company than such person or group; or

     (4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the
Company are not Continuing Directors.

6

 

     For purposes of this definition, (i) any direct or indirect holding company of the Company
shall not itself be considered a Person for purposes of clauses (1) or (3) above or a “person” or
“group” for purposes of clauses (1) or (3) above, provided that no “person” or “group” (other than
the Permitted Holders or another such holding company) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly,
more than 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of such company, and a majority of the Voting
Stock of such holding company immediately following it becoming the holding company of the Company
is Beneficially Owned by the Persons who Beneficially Owned the voting power of the Voting Stock of
the Company immediately prior to it becoming such holding company and (ii) a Person shall not be
deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities subject to a stock purchase agreement, merger
agreement or similar agreement until the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such
agreement.

     “Change of Control Offer” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.11.

     “Change of Control Payment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.11.

     “Change of Control Payment Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.11.

     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

     “Collateral” means all of the assets (other than Excluded Property) that are owned or
hereafter acquired by the Company or by any Guarantor to the extent pledged or required to be
pledged to secure the Notes.

     “Collateral Agent” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as the
Collateral Agent, or any collateral agent or trustee appointed pursuant to the Collateral Trust
Agreement.

     “Collateral Coverage Ratio” means, at the date of determination, the ratio of (i) the
Fair Market Value of the Collateral (but only to the extent the Notes are secured by a
first-priority Lien on such Collateral pursuant to the Security Agreements that is subject to no
prior Lien) to (ii) the principal amount of Debt secured by Liens on the Collateral outstanding on
such date.

     “Collateral Requirement” means the requirement that all documents and instruments,
including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, control agreements and mortgages, required
by law to be filed, registered or recorded to create the Liens intended to be created by the
Security Documents and perfect or record such Liens as valid Liens with priority set forth in the
Security Documents free of any other Liens except for Permitted Collateral Liens, shall have been

7

 

filed, registered or recorded and any Collateral for which perfection may be obtained through
control or possession, such control or possession is provided.

     “Collateral Trust Agreement” means the collateral trust agreement (substantially in the form
attached as Exhibit K hereto) dated the Completion Date among the Company, the Collateral Agent and
the Trustee, as amended from time to time.

     “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     “Company” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of the Indenture or any
successor obligor under the Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Article 5.

     “Completion Date” means the date all Escrow Conditions are satisfied.

     “Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of the
Company and its Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with
GAAP, provided that the following (without duplication) will be excluded in computing Consolidated
Net Income:

     (1) the net income (or loss) of any Person that is not a Guarantor, except that net
income shall be included to the extent of the dividends or other distributions actually
paid in cash to the Company or any of the Guarantors by such Person during such period;

     (2) any net income (or loss) of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests
transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition;

     (3) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to or associated with the
extinguishment of Debt or Hedging Agreements;

     (4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

     (5) any non-cash expense realized or resulting from stock option plans, employee
benefit plans or post-employment benefit plans, or grants or sales of stock, stock
appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, preferred stock or other
rights;

     (6) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such
Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount
will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a)
not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed
within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added
back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days),

8

 

expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption;

     (7) any expenses or charges related to any issuance of Equity Interests, acquisition,
disposition, recapitalization or issuance, repayment, refinancing, amendment or modification of Debt (including amortization or write offs
of debt issuance or deferred financing costs, premiums and prepayment penalties), in each
case, whether or not successful, including any such expenses or charges attributable to
the issuance and sale of the Notes and the consummation of the exchange offer pursuant to
the Registration Rights Agreement; and

     (8) any expenses or reserves for liabilities to the extent that the Company or
any Subsidiary of the Company is entitled to indemnification therefor under binding
agreements; provided that any liabilities for which the Company or such Subsidiary is not
actually indemnified shall reduce Consolidated Net Income in the period in which it is
determined that the Company or such Subsidiary will not be indemnified.

     “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of
Directors of the Company who:

     (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or

     (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the
approval of the Permitted Holders or a majority of the Continuing Directors who were
members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

     “Contribution Debt” means Debt or Disqualified Equity Interests of the Company or any
Guarantor with a Stated Maturity after the Stated Maturity of the Notes in an aggregate principal
amount or liquidation preference not greater than (i) half (in the case of Debt referred to in
clause (1) below) and (ii) twice ( in the case of unsecured Debt or Disqualified Equity Interests),
the aggregate amount of cash received from the issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests of
the Company or a capital contribution to the common equity of the Company; provided that:

     (1) Contribution Debt may be secured by Liens on the Collateral (provided that
no such Contribution Debt may be so secured unless, on the date of the Incurrence, after
giving effect to the Incurrence and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom,
(x) the aggregate principal amount of Debt outstanding and incurred under this clause (1),
together with other Pari-Passu Obligations (including the Notes) does not exceed
$500,000,000 and (y) the Company would be in compliance with the

9

 

covenants under Section 4.17 and Section 4.18 (calculated as if the Incurrence date was a date on which such
covenant is required to be tested under Section 4.18)),

     (2) such cash has not been used to make a Restricted Payment and shall thereafter
be excluded from any calculation under paragraph (a)(3)(B) of Section 4.07 (it being understood that if any such Debt or Disqualified
Stock Incurred as Contribution Debt is redesignated as Incurred under any provision other
than paragraph (b)(13) of Section 4.06, the related issuance of Equity Interests may be
included in any calculation under paragraph (a)(3)(B) of Section 4.07) and

     (3) such Contribution Debt (a) is Incurred within 180 days after the making of such
cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Debt pursuant to an Officers’
Certificate on the Incurrence date thereof.

     Any cash received from the issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests of the Company or a
capital contribution to the common equity of the Company may only be applied to incur secured Debt
pursuant to clause (i) of the first paragraph above or unsecured Debt or Disqualified Equity
Interests pursuant to clause (ii) of such paragraph. For example, if the Company issues Qualified
Equity Interests and receives $100 of cash proceeds, the Company may either incur $50 of secured
Debt (subject to the conditions set forth in such clause (i)) or $200 of unsecured Debt or
Disqualified Equity Interests, but may not incur $50 of secured Debt and $150 of unsecured Debt.

     “Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which the corporate trust business
of the Trustee is principally administered, which at the date of the Indenture is located at 625
Marquette Avenue, 11th Floor, MAC N9311-110, Minneapolis, MN 55470.

     “Date of Determination” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 12.02.

     “Debt” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication,

     (1) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

     (2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other
similar instruments;

     (3) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’
acceptances or other similar instruments, excluding obligations in respect of trade
letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued in respect of trade payables;

10

 

     (4) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of
property or services which would have been recorded as liabilities under GAAP, excluding
trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business;

     (5) all obligations of such Person as lessee under Capital Leases (other than the
interest component thereof);

     (6) all Debt of other Persons Guaranteed by such Person to the extent so Guaranteed;

     (7) all Debt of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether
or not such Debt is assumed by such Person;

     (8) all obligations of such Person under Hedging Agreements; and

     (9) all Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person;

provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Debt shall be deemed not to include (1)
deferred or prepaid revenues or (2) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or
owing to any governmental entity.

The amount of Debt of any Person will be deemed to be:

     (A) with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the
occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation;

     (B) with respect to Debt secured by a Lien on an asset of such Person but not
otherwise the obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person, the lesser of (x) the
fair market value of such asset on the date the Lien attached and (y) the amount of such
Debt;

     (C) with respect to any Debt issued with original issue discount, the face amount
of such Debt less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such
Debt;

     (D) with respect to any Hedging Agreement, the net amount payable if such Hedging
Agreement terminated at that time due to default by such Person; and

     (E) otherwise, the outstanding principal amount thereof.

     “Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an
Event of Default.

11

 

     “Depositary” means the depositary of each Global Note, which will initially be DTC.

     “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means any non-cash consideration received by the Company
or any Guarantor in connection with an Asset Sale that is designated as Designated Non-cash
Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate executed by an Officer of the Company or such Guarantor at the time
of such Asset Sale. Any particular item of Designated Non-cash Consideration will cease to be
considered to be outstanding once it has been sold for cash or Cash Equivalents (which shall be
considered Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale when received).

     “Disqualified Equity Interests” means Equity Interests that by their terms or upon the
happening of any event are:

     (1) required to be redeemed or redeemable at the option of the holder prior to the
Stated Maturity of the Notes for consideration other than Qualified Equity Interests, or

     (2) convertible at the option of the holder into Disqualified Equity Interests or
exchangeable for Debt;

provided that (i) only the portion of the Equity Interests which is mandatorily redeemable, is so
convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to the
Stated Maturity of the Notes shall be deemed to be Disqualified Equity Interests, (ii) if such
Equity Interests are issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the
Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interests shall not
constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because they may be required to be repurchased by
the Company in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of
such employee’s termination, death or disability and (iii) Equity Interests will not constitute
Disqualified Equity Interests solely because of provisions giving holders thereof the right to
require repurchase or redemption upon an “asset sale” or “change of control” occurring prior to the
Stated Maturity of the Notes if those provisions:

     (A) are no more favorable to the holders than Section 4.11 and Section 4.12, and

     (B) specifically state that repurchase or redemption pursuant thereto will not be
required prior to the Company’s repurchase of the Notes as required by the Indenture.

     “Disqualified Stock” means Capital Stock constituting Disqualified Equity Interests.

12

 

     “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed under the laws of the United States of
America or any jurisdiction thereof.

     “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation, and its successors.

     “DTC Legend” means the legend set forth in Exhibit D.

     “Equity Interests” means all Capital Stock and all warrants or options with respect to, or
other rights to purchase, Capital Stock, but excluding Debt convertible into equity.

     “Equity Offering” means a primary offering, whether by way of private placement or registered
offering, after the Issue Date, of Qualified Stock of the Company other than an issuance registered
on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor thereto or any issuance pursuant to employee benefit plans or
otherwise in compensation to officers, directors or employees.

     “Escrow Account” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 12.01.

     “Escrow Agent” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

     “Escrow Agreement” means the escrow and security agreement, dated on or about the Issue Date,
between the Company, the Trustee, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Financial Institution
(as defined therein) and the Escrow Agent.

     “Escrow Conditions” means the conditions set forth in Section 1.04(b) of the Escrow Agreement.

     “Escrow Property” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 12.01.

     “Event of Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01.

     “Excess Proceeds” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.12.

     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     “Exchange Notes” means the Notes of the Company issued pursuant to the Indenture in
exchange for, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to, the Initial Notes or any Initial
Additional Notes in compliance with the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement and containing
terms substantially identical to the Initial Notes or any Initial Additional Notes (except that (i)
such Exchange Notes

13

 

will be registered under the Securities Act and will not be subject to transfer
restrictions or bear the Restricted Legend, and (ii) the provisions relating to Additional Interest
will be eliminated).

     “Exchange Offer” means an offer by the Company to the Holders of the Initial Notes or any
Initial Additional Notes to exchange outstanding Notes for Exchange Notes, as provided for in a
Registration Rights Agreement.

     “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” means the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as
defined in a Registration Rights Agreement.

     “Excluded Property” means

     (i) motor vehicles, the perfection of a security interest in which is excluded
from the Uniform Commercial Code in the relevant jurisdiction;

     (ii) voting Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiary, to the extent (but only
to the extent) required to prevent the Collateral from including more than 65% of all
voting Equity Interests in such Foreign Subsidiary;

     (iii) any interest in a joint venture or non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary to the
extent and for so long as the attachments of security interest created therein would
violate any joint venture agreement, organizational document, shareholders agreement or
equivalent agreement relating to such joint venture or Subsidiary;

     (iv) any rights of the Company or any Guarantor in any contract or license if
under the terms thereof, or any applicable law with respect thereto, the valid grant of a
security interest therein to the Collateral Agent is prohibited and such prohibition has
not been waived or the consent of the other party to such contract or license has not been
obtained or, under applicable law, such prohibition cannot be waived;

     (v) certain deposit accounts, the balance of which consists exclusively of (a)
withheld income taxes and federal, state, local and foreign employment taxes in such
amounts as are required to be paid to the Internal Revenue Service or any other applicable
governmental authority and (b) amounts required to be paid over to an employee benefit
plan on behalf of or for the benefit of employees of the Company or any Guarantor;

     (vi) other property that the Collateral Agent may determine from time to time
that the cost of obtaining a Lien thereon exceeds the benefits

14

 

of obtaining such a Lien (it being understood that the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to make any such
determination);

     (vii) any intent-to-use U.S. trademark application to the extent that, and solely
during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the
validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark application or the mark that is
the subject of such application under applicable law;

     (viii) Equity Interests of Zap.Com Corporation until such time as the Company
determines that such Equity Interests should be pledged as Collateral, such determination
(which shall be irrevocable) to be made by an Officers’ Certificate delivered by the
Company to the Collateral Agent; and

     (ix) an amount in Cash Equivalents not to exceed $1,000,000 deposited for the purpose
of securing, leases of office space, furniture or equipment;

provided however that “Excluded Property” shall not (i) apply to any contract or license to the
extent the applicable prohibition is ineffective or unenforceable under the Uniform Commercial Code
(including Sections 9-406 through 9-409) or any other applicable law, or (ii) limit, impair or
otherwise affect Collateral Agent’s unconditional continuing security interest in and Lien upon any
rights or interests of the Company or such Guarantor in or to moneys due or to become due under any
such contract or license (including any accounts).

     “Fair Market Value” means:

     (i) in the case of any Collateral that (a) is listed on a national securities
exchange or (b) is actively traded in the over-the-counter-market and represents equity in
a Person with a market capitalization of at least $500,000,000 on each trading day in the
preceding 60 day period prior to such date, the product of (a) (i) the sum of the volume
weighted average prices of a unit of such Collateral for each of the 20 consecutive
trading days immediately prior to such date, divided by (ii) 20, multiplied by (b) the
number of units pledged as Collateral;

     (ii) in the case of any Collateral that is not so listed or actively traded
(other than Cash Equivalents), the fair market value thereof (defined as the price that
would be negotiated in an arms’-length transaction for cash between a willing buyer and
willing seller, neither of which is acting under compulsion), as determined by a written
opinion of a nationally recognized investment banking, appraisal, accounting or valuation
firm that is not an Affiliate of the Company; provided that (i) such written opinion may
be based on a desktop appraisal conducted by

15

 

such banking, appraisal, accounting or valuation firm for any date of determination that is not the end of the fiscal year for
the Company and (ii) the fair market value thereof determined by such written opinion may
be determined as of a date as early as 30 days prior to the end of the applicable fiscal
period on which a covenant under this Indenture is required to be tested (the end of such
period being referred to as the “Test Date”); and

     (iii) in the case of Cash Equivalents, the face value thereof.

     The “volume weighted average price” means the per share of common stock (or per minimum
denomination or unit size in the case of any security other than common stock) volume-weighted
average price as displayed under the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on Bloomberg page for the
“<equity> AQR” page corresponding to the “ticker” for such common stock or unit (or its
equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the scheduled
open of trading until the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such trading
day (or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, the market value of one share of such
common stock (or per minimum denomination or unit size in the case of any security other than
common stock) on such trading day determined, using a volume-weighted average method, by a
nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained for this purpose by the
trustee). The “volume weighted average price” will be determined without regard to after-hours
trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading session trading hours.

     In the case of any assets referenced in clause (ii) above tested on a date of determination
other than in connection with a Test Date, for purposes of calculating compliance with a covenant
under this Indenture, the Company will be permitted to rely on the value as determined by the
written opinion given for the most recently completed Test Date.

     For the avoidance of doubt:

     (i) if the Company will be in compliance with an applicable covenant at a Test
Date even if an asset constituting Collateral had no value, it shall not be required to
obtain an appraisal of such Collateral (in which case such Collateral shall be assumed to
have no value for such purpose); and

     (ii) if the Company will be in compliance with an applicable covenant at a Test
Date if an asset constituting Collateral has a minimum specified value, an appraisal
establishing that such Collateral is worth at least such minimum specified value shall be
sufficient (in which case such Collateral shall be assumed to have such minimum specified
value for such purpose).

16

 

     “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

     “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in
effect as of the Issue Date.

     “Global Note” means a Note in registered global form without interest coupons.

     “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or
indirectly guaranteeing any Debt or other obligation of any other Person and, without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such
Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt
or other obligation of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or
by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to
maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for purposes of assuring
in any other manner the obligee of such Debt or other obligation of the payment thereof or to
protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof, in whole or in part; provided that the term
“Guarantee” does not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of
business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

     “Guarantor” means each Subsidiary that executes a supplemental indenture to the Indenture
providing for the guaranty of the payment of the Notes, or any successor obligor under its Note
Guaranty pursuant to Article 5, in each case unless and until such Guarantor is released from its
Note Guaranty pursuant to the Indenture.

     “Hedging Agreement” means (i) any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement or
other agreement designed to manage fluctuations in interest rates or (ii) any foreign exchange
forward contract, currency swap agreement or other agreement designed to manage fluctuations in
foreign exchange rates.

     “Holder” or “Noteholder” means the registered holder of any Note.

     “IAI Global Note” means a Global Note resold to Institutional Accredited Investors bearing the
Restricted Legend.

     “Incur” and “Incurrence” means, with respect to any Debt or Capital Stock, to incur,
create, issue, assume or Guarantee such Debt or Capital Stock. If any Person becomes a Guarantor
on any date after the date of the Indenture, the Debt and Capital Stock of such Person outstanding
on such date will be deemed to have been Incurred by such Person on such date for purposes of
Section 4.06, but

17

 

will not be considered the sale or issuance of Equity Interests for purposes of
Section 4.12. The accrual of interest, accretion of original issue discount or payment of interest
in kind or the accretion or payment in kind, accumulation of dividends on any Equity Interests will
not be considered an Incurrence of Debt.

     “Indenture” means this indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

     “Initial Additional Notes” means Additional Notes issued in an offering not registered under
the Securities Act and any Notes issued in replacement thereof, but not including any Exchange
Notes issued in exchange therefor.

     “Initial Notes” means the Notes issued on the Issue Date and any Notes issued in replacement
thereof, but not including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor.

     “Initial Purchasers” means the initial purchasers party to a purchase agreement with the
Company relating to the sale of the Initial Notes or Initial Additional Notes by the Company.

     “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined)
in Rule 501(a), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

     “Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form
of Exhibit G hereto.

     “interest”, in respect of the Notes, unless the context otherwise requires, refers to interest
and Additional Interest, if any.

     “Interest Payment Date” means each May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing May 15,
2011.

     “Investment” means

     (1) any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit to another
Person,

     (2) any capital contribution to another Person, by means of any transfer of cash
or other property or in any other form,

     (3) any purchase or acquisition of Equity Interests, bonds, notes or other Debt,
or other instruments or securities issued by another Person, including the receipt of any
of the above as consideration for the disposition of assets or rendering of services, or

     (4) any Guarantee of any obligation of another Person.

18

 

     “Issue Date” means the date on which the Original Notes are originally issued under the
Indenture.

     “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind
(including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or Capital Lease).

     “LightSquared” means LightSquared Inc.

     “Liquid Collateral Coverage Ratio” means the ratio of (i) the Fair Market Value of the
Collateral (but only to the extent the Notes are secured by a first-priority Lien pursuant to the
Security Agreements on such Collateral that is subject to no prior Lien) consisting of (a) shares
of common stock of Spectrum and (b) Cash Equivalents to (ii) the principal amount of Debt secured
by Liens on the Collateral outstanding on such date.

     “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

     “Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds of such Asset Sale in
the form of cash (including (i) payments in respect of deferred payment obligations to the extent
corresponding to principal, but not interest, when received in the form of cash, and (ii) proceeds
from the conversion of other consideration received when converted to cash), net of

     (1) brokerage commissions, underwriting commissions and other fees and expenses
related to such Asset Sale, including fees and expenses of counsel, accountants,
consultants and investment bankers;

     (2) provisions for taxes as a result of such Asset Sale taking into account the
consolidated results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

     (3) payments required to be made to holders of minority interests in Subsidiaries as
a result of such Asset Sale or (except in the case of Collateral) to repay Debt
outstanding at the time of such Asset Sale that is secured by a Lien on the property or
assets sold;

     (4) appropriate amounts to be provided as a reserve against liabilities associated
with such Asset Sale, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities,
liabilities related to environmental matters and indemnification obligations associated
with such Asset Sale, with any subsequent reduction of the reserve other than by payments
made and charged against the reserved amount to be deemed a receipt of cash; and

19

 

     (5) payments of unassumed liabilities (not constituting Debt) relating to the assets
sold at the time of, or within 30 days after the date of, such Asset Sale.

     “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person that is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S.

     “Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals.

     “Note Guaranty” means the guaranty of the Notes by a Guarantor pursuant to the Indenture.

     “Obligations” means, with respect to any Debt, all obligations (whether in existence on the
Issue Date or arising afterwards, absolute or contingent, direct or indirect) for or in respect of
principal (when due, upon acceleration, upon redemption, upon mandatory repayment or repurchase
pursuant to a mandatory offer to purchase, or otherwise), premium, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnification, reimbursement and other amounts payable and liabilities with respect to such Debt,
including all interest accrued or accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization or similar case or proceeding at the contract rate (including, without limitation,
any contract rate applicable upon default) specified in the relevant documentation, whether or not
the claim for such interest is allowed as a claim in such case or proceeding.

     “Offer to Purchase” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.05.

     “Offering Circular” means the offering circular, dated November 5, 2010, relating to the sale
of the Notes.

     “Officer” means the chairman of the Board of Directors, the president or chief executive
officer, any vice president, the chief operating officer, the chief financial officer, the
treasurer or any assistant treasurer, or the secretary or any assistant secretary, of the Company.

     “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed in the name of the Company (i) by the
chairman of the Board of Directors, the president or chief executive officer, the chief operating
officer or a vice president and (ii) by the chief financial officer, the treasurer or any assistant
treasurer or the secretary or any assistant secretary and delivered to the Trustee.

     “Offshore Global Note” means a Global Note representing Notes issued and sold pursuant to
Regulation S.

     “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee
of or counsel to the Company, satisfactory to the Trustee.

20

 

     “Original Notes” means the Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor.

     “Pari-Passu Obligations” means any Debt secured equally and ratably by Liens on the
Collateral; provided that an Authorized Representative in respect thereof has executed a joinder to
the Collateral Trust Agreement.

     “Paying Agent” refers to a Person engaged to perform the obligations of the Trustee in respect
of payments made or funds held hereunder in respect of the Notes.

     “Permanent Offshore Global Note” means an Offshore Global Note that does not bear the
Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend.

     “Permitted Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.06.

     “Permitted Collateral Liens” means: (1) Liens on the Collateral to secure Obligations in
respect of the Notes (excluding any Additional Notes); (2) Liens on the Collateral that rank pari
passu with or junior to the Liens securing the Obligations in respect of the Notes and that secure
Obligations in respect of Debt (including any Additional Notes) Incurred pursuant to clause (1) or
(13) of the definition of Permitted Debt; (3) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Debt (or
successive Permitted Refinancing Debt) as a whole, or in part, of any Obligations secured by any
Lien referred to in clauses (1) or (2) of this definition; and (4) Liens on the Collateral of the
types described in clauses (4), (5), (6), (13), (14) and (15) of the definition of Permitted Liens.

     “Permitted Holders” means

     (1) each of Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital
Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd;

     (2) any Affiliate of any Person specified in clause (1), other than another
portfolio company thereof (which means a company actively engaged in providing goods and
services to unaffiliated customers) or a company controlled by a “portfolio company”; or

     (3) any Person both the Capital Stock and the Voting Stock of which (or in the
case of a trust, the beneficial interests in which) are owned 50% or more by Persons
specified in clauses (1) or (2).

     “Permitted Liens” means

     (1) Liens existing on the Issue Date not otherwise permitted;

     (2) Permitted Collateral Liens;

21

 

     (3) pledges or deposits under worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance
laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders,
contracts or leases, or to secure public or statutory obligations, surety bonds, customs
duties and the like, or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary
course of business and not securing Debt;

     (4) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, vendors’, warehousemen’s and
mechanics’ liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith and
by appropriate proceedings;

     (5) Liens in respect of taxes and other governmental assessments and charges which
are not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

     (6) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business not securing Debt and not
in the aggregate materially detracting from the value of the properties or their use in
the operation of the business of the Company and the Guarantors;

     (7) Liens on property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Guarantor,
provided such Liens were not created in contemplation thereof and do not extend to any
other property of the Company or any other Guarantor;

     (8) Liens on property or the Equity Interests of any Person at the time the
Company or any Guarantor acquires such property or Person, including any acquisition by
means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or a Guarantor of such Person,
provided such Liens were not created in contemplation thereof and do not extend to any
other property of the Company or any Guarantor;

     (9) Liens securing Debt or other obligations of the Company or a Guarantor to the
Company or a Guarantor;

     (10) Liens securing Hedging Agreements so long as such Hedging Agreements relate
to Debt for borrowed money that is, and is permitted to be under the Indenture, secured by
a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Agreements;

     (11) extensions, renewals or replacements of any Liens referred to in clauses
(1), (7) or (8) in connection with the refinancing of the obligations secured thereby,
provided that such Lien does not extend to any other property and, except as contemplated
by the definition of “Permitted Refinancing Debt”, the amount secured by such Lien is not
increased;

22

 

     (12) other Liens (not on the Collateral) securing obligations in an aggregate
amount not exceeding $5,000,000;

     (13) licenses or leases or subleases as licensor, lessor or sublessor of any of its
property, including intellectual property, in the ordinary course of business;

     (14) Liens securing office leases and office furniture and equipment in an aggregate
amount not to exceed $1,000,000; and

     (15) Liens on property securing Debt permitted pursuant to Section 4.06(14).

     “Permitted Refinancing Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.06.

     “Person” means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, an
association, a trust or any other entity, including a government or political subdivision or an
agency or instrumentality thereof.

     “Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all Capital Stock which is
preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, upon liquidation or otherwise, over
another class of Capital Stock of such Person.

     “principal” of any Debt means the principal amount of such Debt (or if such Debt was issued
with original issue discount, the face amount of such Debt less the remaining unamortized portion
of the original issue discount of such Debt), together with, unless the context otherwise
indicates, any premium then payable on such Debt.

     “Qualified Equity Interests” means all Equity Interests of a Person other than Disqualified
Equity Interests.

     “Qualified Stock” means all Capital Stock of a Person other than Disqualified Stock.

     “refinance” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.06(b)(5).

     “Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.09.

     “Registrar” means a Person engaged to maintain the Register.

     “Registration Rights Agreement” means (i) the Registration Rights Agreement dated on or about
the Issue Date between the Company and the Initial Purchasers party thereto with respect to the
Initial Notes, and (ii) with respect to any Additional Notes, any registration rights agreements
between the Company and the Initial Purchasers party thereto relating to rights given by the
Company to

23

 

the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes or exchange them
for Notes registered under the Securities Act.

     “Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the May 1 or
November 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

     “Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

     “Regulation S Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto.

     “Replacement Assets” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.12.

     “Restricted Legend” means the legend set forth in Exhibit C.

     “Restricted Payment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.07.

     “Restricted Period” means the relevant 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in
Regulation S.

     “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

     “Rule 144A Certificate” means (i) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto
or (ii) a written certification addressed to the Company and the Trustee to the effect that the
Person making such certification (x) is acquiring such Note (or beneficial interest) for its own
account or one or more accounts with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and
that it and each such account is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A,
(y) is aware that the transfer to it or exchange, as applicable, is being made in reliance upon the
exemption from the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A, and (z)
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as it has requested
pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) or has determined not to request such information.

     “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc. and its
successors.

     “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means, with respect to any Person, an arrangement whereby
such Person enters into a lease of property previously transferred by such Person to the lessor.

     “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933.

24

 

     “Security and Pledge Agreement” means the security and pledge agreement (substantially in
the form attached as Exhibit J hereto) dated the Completion Date among the Company and the
Collateral Agent, as amended from time to time.

     “Security Documents” means (i) the Security and Pledge Agreement, (ii) the Collateral Trust
Agreement and (iii) the security documents granting a security interest in any assets of any Person
to secure the Obligations under the Notes and the Note Guarantees, as each may be amended,
restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

     “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in a
Registration Rights Agreement.

     “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary, or group of Subsidiaries, that would, taken
together, be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 (w)(1) or (2) of
Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue
Date.

     “Special Redemption” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.03.

     “Special Redemption Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.03.

     “Special Redemption Price” means a redemption price equal to 100% of the original issue amount
of the Notes, plus Accrued Yield and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes through the Special
Redemption Date.

     “Spectrum” means Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

     “Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement,
dated as of February 9, 2010, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd.,
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd.,
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., Avenue International Master, L.P., Avenue Investments, L.P., Avenue
Special Situations Fund IV, L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund V, L.P. and Avenue-CDP Global
Opportunities Fund, L.P.

     “Spectrum Stockholder Agreement” means that certain Stockholder Agreement, dated as of
February 9, 2010, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital
Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. and Spectrum Brands
Holdings, Inc.

     “Stated Maturity” means (i) with respect to any Debt, the date specified as the fixed date on
which the final installment of principal of such Debt is due

25

 

and payable or (ii) with respect to
any scheduled installment of principal of or interest on any Debt, the date specified as the fixed
date on which such installment is due and payable as set forth in the documentation governing such
Debt, not including any contingent obligation to repay, redeem or repurchase prior to the regularly
scheduled date for payment.

     “Subordinated Debt” means any Debt of the Company or any Guarantor which (i) is subordinated
in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guaranty, as applicable, pursuant to a written
agreement to that effect or (ii) is unsecured.

     “Subsidiary” means with respect to any Person, any corporation, association or other business
entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by,
or, in the case of a partnership, the sole general partner or the managing partner or the only
general partners of which are, such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or a combination thereof).
Unless otherwise specified, “Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company.

     “Temporary Offshore Global Note” means an Offshore Global Note that bears the Temporary
Offshore Global Note Legend.

     “Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Exhibit I.

     “Total Assets” means the total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company.

     “Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption
date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in
the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available
at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no
longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the
period from the redemption date to May 15, 2013; provided that if the period from the redemption
date to May 15, 2013 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United
States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

     “Trustee” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of the Indenture or any
successor trustee under the Indenture pursuant to Article 7.

     “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

     “U.S. Global Note” means a Global Note that bears the Restricted Legend representing Notes
issued and sold pursuant to Rule 144A.

26

 

     “U.S. Government Obligations” means obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or
insured by the United States of America or by any agent or instrumentality thereof, provided that
the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof.

     “Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind
ordinarily having the power to vote for the election of directors, managers or other voting members
of the governing body of such Person.

     “Wholly Owned” means, with respect to any Subsidiary, a Subsidiary all of the outstanding
Capital Stock of which (other than any director’s qualifying shares) is owned by the Company and
one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries (or a combination thereof).

     Section 1.02. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires
or except as otherwise expressly provided,

     (1) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in
accordance with GAAP;

     (2) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to the Indenture
as a whole and not to any particular Section, Article or other subdivision;

     (3) all references to Sections or Articles or Exhibits refer to Sections or
Articles or Exhibits of or to the Indenture unless otherwise indicated;

     (4) references to agreements or instruments, or to statutes or regulations,
are to such agreements or instruments, or statutes or regulations, as amended from time to
time (or to successor statutes and regulations); and

     (5) in the event that a transaction meets the criteria of more than one category
of permitted transactions or listed exceptions the Company may classify such transaction
as it, in its sole discretion, determines.

ARTICLE 2

The Notes

     Section 2.01. Form, Dating and Denominations; Legends. (a) The Notes and the Trustee’s
certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A. The terms
and provisions contained in the form of the Notes annexed as Exhibit A constitute, and are hereby
expressly made, a part of the Indenture. However, to the extent any provision of any Note
conflicts with

27

 

the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall
govern and be controlling. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law,
rules of or agreements with national securities exchanges to which the Company is subject, or
customarily uses. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes will be
issuable in denominations of $2,000 in principal amount and any multiple of $1,000 in excess
thereof.

     (b) (1) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c), Section 2.10(b)(3),
(b)(5), or (c) or Section 2.09(b)(4), each Initial Note or Initial Additional Note (other
than a Permanent Offshore Note) will bear the Restricted Legend.

     (2) Each Global Note, whether or not an Initial Note or Additional Note, will
bear the DTC Legend.

     (3) Each Temporary Offshore Global Note will bear the Temporary Offshore Global
Note Legend.

     (4) Initial Notes and Initial Additional Notes offered and sold in reliance on
Regulation S will be issued as provided in Section 2.11(a).

     (5) Initial Notes and Initial Additional Notes offered and sold in reliance on
any exception under the Securities Act other than Regulation S and Rule 144A will be
issued, and upon the request of the Company to the Trustee, Initial Notes offered and sold
in reliance on Rule 144A may be issued, in the form of Certificated Notes.

     (6) Initial Notes resold to Institutional Accredited Investors will be in the
form of an IAI Global Note.

     (7) Exchange Notes will be issued, subject to Section 2.09(b), in the form of one
or more Global Notes.

(c) (1) If the Company determines (upon the advice of counsel and such other
certifications and evidence as the Company may reasonably require) that a Note is eligible
for resale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or a successor provision)
without the need for current public information and that the Restricted Legend is no
longer necessary or appropriate in order to ensure that subsequent transfers of the Note
(or a beneficial interest therein) are effected in compliance with the Securities Act, or

     (2) after an Initial Note or any Initial Additional Note is

     (x) sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act, pursuant to the Registration Rights

28

 

Agreement or otherwise, or (y) is validly tendered for exchange into an Exchange Note pursuant to an
Exchange Offer

the Company may instruct the Trustee in writing to cancel the Note and issue to the Holder thereof
(or to its transferee) a new Note of like tenor and amount, registered in the name of the Holder
thereof (or its transferee), that does not bear the Restricted Legend, and the Trustee will comply
with such instruction.

     (d) By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Restricted Legend (or any beneficial
interest in such a Note), each Holder thereof and each owner of a beneficial interest therein
acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note (and any such beneficial interest) set forth
in this Indenture and in the Restricted Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note (and any
such beneficial interest) only in accordance with the Indenture and such legend.

     Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication; Exchange Notes; Additional Notes. (a) An Officer
shall execute the Notes for the Company by facsimile or manual signature in the name and on behalf
of the Company. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time
the Note is authenticated, the Note will still be valid.

     (b) A Note will not be valid until the Trustee manually signs the certificate of
authentication on the Note, with the signature conclusive evidence that the Note has been
authenticated under the Indenture.

     (c) At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of the Indenture,
the Company may deliver Notes executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication. The
Trustee will authenticate and deliver

     (i) Initial Notes for original issue in the aggregate principal amount not to
exceed $350,000,000,

     (ii) Initial Additional Notes from time to time for original issue in aggregate
principal amounts specified by the Company, and

     (iii) Exchange Notes from time to time for issue in exchange for a like principal
amount of Initial Notes or Initial Additional Notes

after the following conditions have been met:

     (1) Receipt by the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate specifying

     (A) the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the
Notes are to be authenticated,

     (B) whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or, Additional Notes or
Exchange Notes,

29

 

     (C) in the case of Initial Additional Notes, that the issuance of such
Notes does not contravene any provision of Article 4

     (D) whether the Notes are to be issued as one or more Global Notes or
Certificated Notes, and

     (E) other information the Company may determine to include or the
Trustee may reasonably request.

     (2) Additional Notes that are for U.S. federal income tax purposes issued with
more than de minimis original issue discount and are not fungible with other Notes shall
be issued under a separate CUSIP number and shall be treated as a separate class for
purposes of transfer and exchange.

     (3) In the case of Exchange Notes, effectiveness of an Exchange Offer
Registration Statement and consummation of the exchange offer thereunder (and receipt by
the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate to that effect). Initial Notes or Initial
Additional Notes exchanged for Exchange Notes will be cancelled by the Trustee.

     (d) The Notes and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes
under this Indenture, other than as specified in clause (2) of Section 2.02(c), and shall vote
together as one class on all matters with respect to the Notes.

     Section 2.03. Registrar, Paying Agent and Authenticating Agent; Paying Agent to Hold
Money in Trust. (a) The Company may appoint one or more Registrars and one or more Paying Agents,
and the Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent, in which case each reference in the Indenture
to the Trustee in respect of the obligations of the Trustee to be performed by that Agent will be
deemed to be references to the Agent. The Company may act as Registrar or (except for purposes of
Article 8) Paying Agent. In each case the Company and the Trustee will enter into an appropriate
agreement with the Agent implementing the provisions of the Indenture relating to the obligations
of the Trustee to be performed by the Agent and the related rights. The Company initially appoints
the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent.

     (b) The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in
writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all
money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes and will
promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company in making any such payment.
The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and
account for any funds disbursed, and the Trustee may at any time

30

 

during the continuance of any payment default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require the Paying Agent to pay all money
held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. Upon doing so, the Paying Agent
will have no further liability for the money so paid over to the Trustee.

     Section 2.04. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if a
Holder claims that its Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, and the Company receives
evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and loss, mutilation or destruction of such Note, the
Company will issue and the Trustee will authenticate a replacement Note of like tenor and principal
amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. Every replacement Note is an
additional obligation of the Company and entitled to the benefits of the Indenture. An indemnity
must be furnished that is sufficient in the judgment of both the Trustee and the Company to protect
the Company and the Trustee from any loss, liability or expense they may suffer if a Note is
replaced. The Company may charge the Holder for the expenses of the Company and the Trustee in
replacing a Note (including attorneys’ fees and expenses). In
case the mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become
due and payable, the Company in its discretion may pay the Note instead of issuing a replacement
Note.

     Section 2.05. Outstanding Notes. (a) Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes that have
been authenticated by the Trustee except for

     (1) Notes cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to it for cancellation;

     (2) any Note which has been replaced pursuant to Section 2.04 unless and until
the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is
held by a bona fide purchaser; and

     (3) on or after the maturity date or any redemption date or date for purchase of
the Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, those Notes payable or to be redeemed or
purchased on that date for which the Trustee (or Paying Agent, other than the Company or
an Affiliate of the Company) holds money sufficient to pay all amounts then due.

     (b) A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or one of its Affiliates
holds the Note, provided that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount
of the outstanding Notes have given or taken any request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent, waiver or other action hereunder, Notes owned by the Company or any Affiliate of
the Company will be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding (it being understood that in
determining whether the Trustee is protected in conclusively relying upon any such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, only Notes which the Trustee
actually knows to be so

31

 

owned will be so disregarded). Notes so owned which have been pledged in
good faith may be regarded as outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the
Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the
Company or any Affiliate of the Company. Notes that are to be acquired by the Company or an
Affiliate of the Company pursuant to an exchange offer, Offer to Purchase, tender offer or other
agreement shall not be deemed to be owned by such entity until legal title to such Notes or a
security entitlement in respect thereof passes to such entity.

     Section 2.06. Temporary Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company
may prepare and the Trustee will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be
substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have insertions, substitutions, omissions and
other variations determined to be appropriate by the Officer executing the temporary Notes, as
evidenced by the execution of the temporary Notes. If temporary Notes are issued, the Company
will cause definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of
definitive Notes, the temporary Notes will be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of
the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Company designated for the purpose pursuant to Section 4.02, without charge to the Holder.
Upon surrender for cancellation of any temporary Notes the Company will execute and the Trustee
will authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of
authorized denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes will be entitled to the same
benefits under the Indenture as definitive Notes.

     Section 2.07. Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver to the Trustee for
cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may
have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes
previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold. Any Registrar or the
Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to it for transfer, exchange or
payment. The Trustee will cancel all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or
cancellation and dispose of them in accordance with its normal procedures or the written
instructions of the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid in
full or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

     Section 2.08. CUSIP and CINS Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and
“CINS” numbers, and the Trustee will use CUSIP numbers or CINS numbers in notices of redemption or
exchange or in Offers to Purchase as a convenience to Holders, the notice to state that no
representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption or exchange or Offer to Purchase. The Company will promptly
notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP or CINS numbers.

32

 

     Section 2.09. Registration, Transfer and Exchange. (a) The Notes will be issued in
registered form only, without coupons, and the Company shall cause the Trustee to maintain a
register (the “Register”) of the Notes, for registering the record ownership of the Notes by the
Holders and transfers and exchanges of the Notes.

   (b) (1) Each Global Note will be registered in the name of the Depositary or its
nominee and, so long as DTC is serving as the Depositary thereof, will bear the DTC
Legend.

     (2) Each Global Note will be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for the
Depositary. Transfers of a Global Note (but not a beneficial interest therein) will be
limited to transfers thereof in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors
or their respective nominees, except (1) as set forth in Section 2.09(b)(4) and (2)
transfers of portions thereof in the form of Certificated Notes may be made upon request
of an Agent Member (for itself or on behalf of a beneficial owner) by written notice given
to the Trustee by or on behalf of the Depositary in accordance with customary procedures
of the Depositary and in compliance with this Section and Section 2.10.

     (3) Agent Members will have no rights under the Indenture with respect to any Global
Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, and the Depositary may be treated by the
Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner and
Holder of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the Depositary or its nominee may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person
(including any Agent Member and any Person that holds a beneficial interest in a Global
Note through an Agent Member) to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under
the Indenture or the Notes, and nothing herein will impair, as between the Depositary and
its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the
rights of a holder of any security.

     (4) If (x) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to
continue as Depositary for a Global Note and a successor depositary is not appointed by
the Company within 90 days of the notice or (y) an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing and the Trustee has received a request from the Depositary, the Trustee will
promptly exchange each beneficial interest in the Global Note for one or more Certificated
Notes in authorized denominations having an equal aggregate principal amount registered in
the name of the owner of such beneficial interest, as identified to the Trustee by the
Depositary, and thereupon the Global Note will be deemed canceled. If such Note does not
bear the Restricted Legend, then the Certificated Notes issued in exchange therefor will
not bear the Restricted Legend. If such Note bears

33

 

the Restricted Legend, then the
Certificated Notes issued in exchange therefor will bear the Restricted Legend, provided
that any Holder of any such Certificated Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest
in a Temporary Offshore Global Note will have the right upon presentation to the Trustee
of a duly completed Certificate of Beneficial Ownership after the Restricted Period to
exchange such Certificated Note for a Certificated Note of like tenor and amount that does
not bear the Restricted Legend, registered in the name of such Holder.

     (c) Each Certificated Note will be registered in the name of the holder thereof or its
nominee.

     (d) A Holder may transfer a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) to another Person or
exchange a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) for another Note or Notes of any authorized
denomination by presenting to the Trustee a written request therefor stating the name of the
proposed transferee or requesting such an exchange, accompanied by any certification, opinion or
other document required by Section 2.10. The Trustee will promptly register any transfer or
exchange that meets the requirements of this Section by noting the same in the register maintained
by the Trustee for the purpose; provided that

     (x) no transfer or exchange will be effective until it is registered in such register
and

     (y) the Trustee will not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or
exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or
purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange
any Note so selected for redemption or purchase in whole or in part, except, in the case
of a partial redemption or purchase, that portion of any Note not being redeemed or
purchased, or (iii) if a redemption or a purchase pursuant to an Offer to Purchase is to
occur after a Regular Record Date but on or before the corresponding Interest Payment
Date, to register the transfer of or exchange any Note on or after the Regular Record Date
and before the date of redemption or purchase. Prior to the registration of any transfer,
the Company, the Trustee and their agents will treat the Person in whose name the Note is
registered as the owner and Holder thereof for all purposes (whether or not the Note is
overdue), and will not be affected by notice to the contrary.

     From time to time the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate additional Notes
as necessary in order to permit the registration of a transfer or exchange in accordance with this
Section.

     No service charge will be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of any Note, but
the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient

34

 

to cover any transfer tax or similar
governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than a transfer tax or other similar
governmental charge payable upon exchange pursuant to subsection (b)(4)).

   (e) (1) Global Note to Global Note. If, a beneficial interest in a Global Note is
transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Trustee
will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note being transferred or
exchanged equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) record a like
increase in the principal amount of the other Global Note. Any beneficial interest in one
Global Note that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest
in another Global Note, or exchanged for an interest in another Global Note, will, upon
transfer or exchange, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest
in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer and
exchange restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in
such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.

     (2) Global Note to Certificated Note. If a beneficial interest in a Global Note is
transferred or exchanged for a Certificated Note, the Trustee will (x) record a decrease
in the principal amount of such Global Note equal to the principal amount of such transfer
or exchange and (y) deliver one or more new Certificated Notes in authorized denominations
having an equal aggregate principal amount to the transferee (in the case of a transfer)
or the owner of such beneficial interest (in the case of an exchange), registered in the
name of such transferee or owner, as applicable.

     (3) Certificated Note to Global Note. If a Certificated Note is transferred or
exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Trustee will (x) cancel such
Certificated Note, (y) record an increase in the principal amount of such Global Note
equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (z) in the event that such
transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled
Certificated Note, deliver to the Holder thereof one or more new Certificated Notes in
authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred
or unexchanged portion of the canceled Certificated Note, registered in the name of the
Holder thereof.

     (4) Certificated Note to Certificated Note. If a Certificated Note is transferred or
exchanged for another Certificated Note, the Trustee will (x) cancel the Certificated Note
being transferred or exchanged, (y) deliver one or more new Certificated Notes in
authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal
amount of such transfer or exchange to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the

35

 

Holder of the canceled Certificated Note (in the case of an exchange), registered in the
name of such transferee or Holder, as applicable, and (z) if such transfer or exchange
involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Certificated Note, deliver
to the Holder thereof one or more Certificated Notes in authorized denominations having an
aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the
canceled Certificated Note, registered in the name of the Holder thereof.

     Section 2.10. Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange. (a) The transfer or exchange of any
Note (or a beneficial interest therein) may only be made in accordance with this Section and
Section 2.09 and, in the case of a Global Note (or a beneficial interest therein), the applicable
rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee shall refuse to register any requested
transfer or exchange that does not comply with the preceding sentence.

     (b) Subject to paragraph (c), the transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest
therein) of the type set forth in column A below for a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) of
the type set forth opposite in column B below may only be made in compliance with the certification
requirements (if any) described in the clause of this paragraph set forth opposite in column C
below.

	 	 	 	 	 
	A	 	B	 	C
	U.S. Global Note
	 	U.S. Global Note	 	(1)
	U.S. Global Note
	 	Offshore Global Note	 	(2)
	U.S. Global Note
	 	Certificated Note	 	(3)
	Offshore Global Note
	 	U.S. Global Note	 	(4)
	Offshore Global Note
	 	Offshore Global Note	 	(1)
	Offshore Global Note
	 	Certificated Note	 	(5)
	Certificated Note
	 	U.S. Global Note	 	(4)
	Certificated Note
	 	Offshore Global Note	 	(2)
	Certificated Note
	 	Certificated Note	 	(3)

     (1) No certification is required.

     (2) The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be
delivered to the Trustee a duly completed Regulation S Certificate; provided that if the
requested transfer or exchange is made by the Holder of a Certificated Note that does not
bear the Restricted Legend, then no certification is required.

     (3) The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be
delivered to the Trustee (x) a duly completed Rule 144A Certificate, (y) a duly completed
Regulation S Certificate or (z) a duly completed Institutional Accredited Investor
Certificate, and/or an Opinion of Counsel and such other certifications and evidence as
the Company may reasonably require in order to determine that the proposed transfer or

36

 

exchange is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and any applicable securities
laws of any state of the United States; provided that if the requested transfer or

exchange is made by the Holder of a Certificated Note that does not bear the Restricted
Legend, then no certification is required. In the event that (i) the requested transfer
or exchange takes place after the Restricted Period and a duly completed Regulation S
Certificate is delivered to the Trustee or (ii) a Certificated Note that does not bear the
Restricted Legend is surrendered for transfer or exchange, upon transfer or exchange the
Trustee will deliver a Certificated Note that does not bear the Restricted Legend.

     (4) The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be
delivered to the Trustee a duly completed Rule 144A Certificate.

     (5) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no such exchange is
permitted if the requested exchange involves a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore
Global Note. If the requested transfer involves a beneficial interest in a Temporary
Offshore Global Note, the Person requesting the transfer must deliver or cause to be
delivered to the Trustee (x) a duly completed Rule 144A Certificate or (y) a duly
completed Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel and
such other certifications and evidence as the Company may reasonably require in order to
determine that the proposed transfer is being made in compliance with the Securities Act
and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. If the requested
transfer or exchange involves a beneficial interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Note,
no certification is required and the Trustee will deliver a Certificated Note that does
not bear the Restricted Legend.

     (c) No certification is required in connection with any transfer or exchange of any Note (or a
beneficial interest therein)

(1) after such Note is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act
(or a successor provision) without the need for current public information; provided that
the Company has provided the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate to that effect, and the
Company may require from any Person requesting a transfer or exchange in reliance upon
this clause (1) an opinion of counsel and any other reasonable certifications and evidence
in order to support such certificate; or

     (2)(x) sold pursuant to an effective registration statement, pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise or (y) which is validly tendered for exchange
into an Exchange Note pursuant to an Exchange Offer.

37

 

     Any Certificated Note delivered in reliance upon this paragraph will not bear the Restricted
Legend.

     (d) The Trustee will retain copies of all certificates, opinions and other documents received
in connection with the transfer or exchange of a Note (or a beneficial interest therein), and the
Company will have the right to inspect and make copies thereof at any reasonable time upon written
notice to the Trustee.

     (e) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to
compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law
with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among
Depositary participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require
delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and
to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to
determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

     (f) Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any
actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

     Section 2.11. Temporary Offshore Global Notes. (a) Each Note originally sold by the Initial
Purchasers in reliance upon Regulation S will be evidenced by one or more Offshore Global Notes
that bear the Temporary Offshore Global Note Legend.

     (b) An owner of a beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Note (or a Person acting
on behalf of such an owner) may provide to the Trustee (and the Trustee will accept) a duly
completed Certificate of Beneficial Ownership at any time after the Restricted Period (it being
understood that the Trustee will not accept any such certificate during the Restricted Period).
Promptly after acceptance of a Certificate of Beneficial Ownership with respect to such a
beneficial interest, the Trustee will cause such beneficial interest to be exchanged for an
equivalent beneficial interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Note, and will (x) permanently reduce
the principal amount of such Temporary Offshore Global Note by the amount of such beneficial
interest and (y) increase the principal amount of such Permanent Offshore Global Note by the amount
of such beneficial interest.

     (c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b), if after the Restricted Period any Initial Purchaser owns a
beneficial interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Note, such Initial Purchaser may, upon written
request to the Trustee accompanied by a certification as to its status as an Initial Purchaser,
exchange such beneficial interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Permanent Offshore
Global Note, and the Trustee will comply with such request and will (x) permanently reduce the
principal amount of such Temporary Offshore Global Note by the amount of

38

 

such beneficial interest
and (y) increase the principal amount of such Permanent Offshore Global Note by the amount of such
beneficial interest.

     (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any owner of a beneficial
interest in a Temporary Offshore Global Note shall not be entitled to receive payment of principal
or interest on such beneficial interest or other amounts in respect of such beneficial interest
until such beneficial interest is exchanged for an interest in a Permanent Offshore Global Note or
transferred for an interest in another Global Note or a Certificated Note.

ARTICLE 3

Redemption; Offer to Purchase

     Section 3.01. Optional Redemption. (a) At any time and from time to time on or after May 15,
2013, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to the
percentage of principal amount set forth below of the Notes being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the redemption date.

	 	 	 	 	 
	Date	 	Percentage	 
	May 15, 2013
	 	 	105.313	%
	November 15, 2013
	 	 	102.656	%
	November 15, 2014 and thereafter
	 	 	100.000	%

     (b) At any time and from time to time prior to May 15, 2013, the Company may redeem at its
option some or all of the Notes at a price of 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed
plus the Applicable Premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the
redemption date.

     Section 3.02. Redemption with Proceeds of Equity Offering. At any time and from time to time
prior to November 15, 2013, the Company may redeem Notes with the net cash proceeds received by the
Company from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 110.625% of the principal amount
plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal amount for all
such redemptions not to exceed 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes
including Additional Notes, provided that

     (1) in each case the redemption takes place not later than 90 days after the closing of the
related Equity Offering, and

     (2) not less than 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes including Additional
Notes issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately thereafter.

39

 

     Section 3.03. Special Redemption. (a) In the event that the Completion Date has not occurred
on or prior to the Date of Determination, the Company will be required to redeem the Notes, on the
date that is five business days after the Date of Determination (the “Special Redemption Date”), at
a cash redemption price equal to 100% of the issue price of the Notes, plus the Accrued Yield and
accrued interest to the date of redemption (the “Special Redemption”).

     (b) Upon the receipt of written instruction from the Company, an Officers’ Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, the Trustee will send a notice of the Special Redemption on behalf of the
Company to the Holders of the Notes of the Special Redemption on the Date of Determination if the
Completion Date has not occurred on or prior to such Date of Determination.

     Section 3.04. Method and Effect of Redemption. (a) If the Company elects to redeem Notes, it
must notify the Trustee of the redemption date and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed by
delivering an Officers’ Certificate at least 45 days before the redemption date (unless a shorter
period is satisfactory to the Trustee). If fewer than all of the Notes are being redeemed, the
Officers’ Certificate must also specify a record date not less than 15 days after the date of the
notice of redemption is given to the Trustee, and the Trustee will select the Notes to be redeemed
pro rata, by lot or by any other method the Trustee in its sole discretion deems fair and
appropriate, in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and higher integral multiples of $1,000.
The notice to the Trustee under this clause (a) may be revoked prior to the mailing of notice of
such redemption to the Holders. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of the Notes or
portions of Notes to be called for redemption. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first
class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of the
Notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more
than 60 days prior to the redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with the defeasance
of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Notices of redemption may not be
conditional.

     (b) The notice of redemption will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will include or state
the following:

     (1) the redemption date;

     (2) the redemption price, including the portion thereof representing any accrued
interest;

     (3) the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for redemption;

     (4) Notes called for redemption must be so surrendered in order to collect the
redemption price;

40

 

     (5) on the redemption date the redemption price will become due and payable on Notes
called for redemption, and interest on Notes called for redemption will cease to accrue on
and after the redemption date;

     (6) if any Note is redeemed in part, on and after the redemption date, upon surrender
of such Note, new Notes equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion will be
issued; and

     (7) if any Note contains a CUSIP or CINS number, no representation is being made as
to the correctness of the CUSIP or CINS number either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in the notice of redemption and that the Holder should rely only on the other
identification numbers printed on the Notes.

     (c) Once notice of redemption is sent to the Holders, Notes called for redemption become due
and payable at the redemption price on the redemption date, and upon surrender of the Notes called
for redemption, the Company shall redeem such Notes at the redemption price. Commencing on the
redemption date, Notes redeemed will cease to accrue interest. Upon surrender of any Note redeemed
in part, the Holder will receive a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of
the surrendered Note.

     Section 3.05. Offer to Purchase. (a) An “Offer to Purchase” means an offer by the Company to
purchase Notes as required by the Indenture. An Offer to Purchase must be made by written offer
(the “offer”) sent to the Holders. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing at least 15 days
(or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to sending the offer to Holders of
its obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the offer will be sent by the Company or, at the
Company’s written request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.

     (b) The offer must include or state the following as to the terms of the Offer to Purchase:

     (1) the provision of the Indenture pursuant to which the Offer to Purchase is being
made;

     (2) the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes offered to be purchased
by the Company pursuant to the Offer to Purchase (including, if less than 100%, the manner
by which such amount has been determined pursuant to the Indenture) (the “purchase
amount”);

     (3) the purchase price, including the portion thereof representing accrued interest;

41

 

     (4) an expiration date (the “expiration date”) not less than 30 days or more than 60
days after the date of the offer, and a settlement date for purchase (the “purchase date”)
not more than five Business Days after the expiration date;

     (5) a Holder may tender all or any portion of its Notes, subject to the requirement
that any portion of a Note tendered must be in a multiple of $1,000 principal amount;

     (6) the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender pursuant to the
Offer to Purchase;

     (7) each Holder electing to tender a Note pursuant to the offer will be required to
surrender such Note at the place or places specified in the offer prior to the close of
business on the expiration date (such Note being, if the Company or the Trustee so
requires, duly endorsed or accompanied by a duly executed written instrument of transfer);

     (8) interest on any Note not tendered, or tendered but not purchased by the Company
pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, will continue to accrue;

     (9) on the purchase date the purchase price will become due and payable on each Note
accepted for purchase, and interest on Notes purchased will cease to accrue on and after
the purchase date;

     (10) Holders are entitled to withdraw Notes tendered by giving notice, which must be
received by the Company or the Trustee not later than the close of business on the
expiration date, setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the
tendered Notes, the certificate number of the tendered Notes and a statement that the
Holder is withdrawing all or a portion of the tender;

     (11) (i) if Notes in an aggregate principal amount less than or equal to the purchase
amount are duly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Company
will purchase all such Notes, and (ii) if the Offer to Purchase is for less than all of
the outstanding Notes and Notes in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the purchase
amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the offer, the Company will purchase
Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the purchase amount on a pro rata
basis, with adjustments so that only Notes in multiples of $1,000 principal amount will be
purchased;

     (12) if any Note is purchased in part, new Notes equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Note will be issued; and

42

 

     (13) if any Note contains a CUSIP or CINS number, no representation is being made as
to the correctness of the CUSIP or CINS number either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in the offer and that the Holder should rely only on the other identification
numbers printed on the Notes.

     (c) Prior to or on the purchase date, the Company will accept tendered Notes for purchase as
required by the Offer to Purchase and deliver to the Trustee all Notes so accepted together with an
Officers’ Certificate specifying which Notes have been accepted for purchase. On the purchase date
the purchase price will become due and payable on each Note accepted for purchase, and interest on
Notes purchased will cease to accrue on and after the purchase date. The Trustee will promptly
return to Holders any Notes not accepted for purchase and send to Holders new Notes equal in
principal amount to any unpurchased portion of any Notes accepted for purchase in part.

     (d) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with any Offer to Purchase. To the extent that the provisions of any
securities laws or regulations conflict with the Offer to Purchase provisions of the Indenture, the
Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to
have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of such compliance.

ARTICLE 4

Covenants

     Section 4.01. Payment Of Notes. (a) The Company agrees to pay the principal of and interest
on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and the Indenture. Not later
than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the due date of any principal of or interest on any Notes,
or any redemption or purchase price of the Notes, the Company will deposit with the Trustee (or
Paying Agent) money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay such amounts, provided that if
the Company or any Affiliate of the Company is acting as Paying Agent, it will, on or before each
due date, segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders a sum of money
sufficient to pay such amounts until paid to such Holders or otherwise disposed of as provided in
the Indenture. In each case the Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its
compliance with this paragraph.

     (b) An installment of principal or interest will be considered paid on the date due if the
Trustee (or Paying Agent, other than the Company or any Affiliate of the Company) holds on that
date money designated for and sufficient to pay the installment. If the Company or any Affiliate
of the Company acts as

43

 

Paying Agent, an installment of principal or interest will be considered
paid on the due date only if paid to the Holders.

     (c) The Company agrees to pay interest on overdue principal, and , to the extent lawful,
overdue installments of interest at the rate per annum specified in the Notes.

     (d) Payments in respect of the Notes represented by the Global Notes are to be made by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders of the Global
Notes. With respect to Certificated Notes, the Company will make all payments by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof or, if no such account
is specified, by mailing a check to each Holder’s registered address.

     Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company will maintain in the United
States of America, an office or agency where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer
or exchange or for presentation for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in
respect of the Notes and the Indenture may be served. The Company hereby initially designates the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as such office of the Company. The Company will give prompt
written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or
agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails
to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and
demands may be made or served to the Trustee.

     The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where
the Notes may be surrendered or presented for any of such purposes and may from time to time
rescind such designations. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such
designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

     Section 4.03. Existence. The Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to
preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and the existence of each of its
Subsidiaries in accordance with their respective organizational documents, and the material rights,
licenses and franchises of the Company and each Subsidiary, provided that the Company is not
required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the existence of any Subsidiary, if
(i) the maintenance or preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business
of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (ii) where the failure to so preserve such
right, license, franchise or existence would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and
its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and provided further that this Section does not prohibit any
transaction otherwise permitted by Section 4.12 or Article 5.

44

 

     Section 4.04. Payment of Taxes and other Claims. The Company will pay or discharge, and
cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay or discharge before the same become delinquent (i) all
material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any
Subsidiary or its income or profits or property, and (ii) all material lawful claims for labor,
materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the property of the Company
or any Subsidiary, other than any such tax, assessment, charge or claim the amount, applicability
or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which
adequate reserves have been established or where failure to pay would not have a material adverse
effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

     Section 4.05. Maintenance of Properties and Insurance. (a) The Company will cause all
properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any of its Subsidiaries
to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order as in the judgment of the
Company may be necessary so that the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries may be properly
and advantageously conducted at all times; provided that nothing in this Section prevents the
Company or any Subsidiary from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such
properties or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of
the Company, desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as
a whole.

     (b) The Company will provide or cause to be provided, for itself and its Subsidiaries,
insurance (including appropriate self-insurance) against loss or damage of the kinds customarily
insured against by corporations similarly situated and owning like properties, such as products
liability insurance and public liability insurance, with reputable insurers, in such amounts, with
such deductibles and by such methods as are customary for corporations similarly situated in the
industry in which the Company and its Subsidiaries are then conducting business.

     Section 4.06. Limitation on Debt and Disqualified Stock. (a) Neither the Company nor any
Guarantor will Incur any Debt.

     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and, to the extent provided below, any
Guarantor may Incur the following (“Permitted Debt”):

     (1) Debt of the Company or any Guarantor constituting Pari-Passu Obligations for
which the Authorized Representative of such Debt holders has executed a joinder to the
Collateral Trust Agreement pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Trust Agreement;
provided that, on the date of the Incurrence, after giving effect to the Incurrence and
the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, (i) the aggregate principal amount
of Debt outstanding Incurred under this clause (1), together with Debt Incurred under
clause (4) (and any Permitted Refinancing Debt Incurred to

45

 

refinance Debt incurred
pursuant to such clauses that is a Pari-Passu Obligation), does not exceed $400,000,000
and (ii) the Collateral Coverage Ratio is not less than 2.25 to 1.0 or, to the extent that
the Collateral Coverage Ratio is then required to be not less than 2.5 to 1.0 (including
as a result of such incurrence of Debt) pursuant to the proviso set forth under Section
4.18(a), 2.5 to 1.0;

     (2) Debt of the Company or any Guarantor owed to the Company or any Guarantor so long
as such Debt continues to be owed to the Company or any Guarantor;

     (3) Subordinated Debt of the Company or any Guarantor; provided that (a) such Debt
has a Stated Maturity after the Stated Maturity of the Notes and (b) on the date of the
Incurrence, after giving effect to the Incurrence and the receipt and application of the
proceeds therefrom, the Collateral Coverage Ratio is not less than 2.0 to 1.0, calculated
as if all Debt of the Company and the Guarantors outstanding at such time was included in
clause (ii) of the definition of “Collateral Coverage Ratio”;

     (4) Debt of the Company pursuant to the Notes (other than Additional Notes) and Debt
of any Guarantor pursuant to a Note Guaranty of the Notes (including Additional Notes);

     (5) Debt (“Permitted Refinancing Debt”) constituting an extension or renewal of,
replacement of, or substitution for, or issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of
which are used to repay, redeem, repurchase, refinance or refund, including by way of
defeasance (all of the foregoing, for purposes of this clause, “refinance”) then
outstanding Debt in an amount not to exceed the principal amount of the Debt so
refinanced, plus premiums, fees and expenses; provided that

     (A) in case the Debt to be refinanced is Subordinated Debt, the new Debt, by
its terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which it is
outstanding, is expressly made subordinate in right of payment to the Notes at
least to the extent that the Debt to be refinanced is subordinated to the Notes,

     (B) the new Debt does not have a Stated Maturity prior to the Stated
Maturity of the Debt to be refinanced, and the Average Life of the new Debt is at
least equal to the remaining Average Life of the Debt to be refinanced, and

     (C) Debt Incurred pursuant to clauses (2), (3), (6), (7), (9), (10), (11),
(12) and (13) of this Section 4.06 may not be refinanced pursuant to this clause;

46

 

     (6) Hedging Agreements of the Company or any Guarantor entered into in the ordinary
course of business for the purpose of managing risks associated with the business of the
Company or its Subsidiaries and not for speculation;

     (7) Debt of the Company or any Guarantor with respect to (A) letters of credit and
bankers’ acceptances issued in the ordinary course of business and not supporting other
Debt, including letters of credit supporting performance, surety or appeal bonds, workers’
compensation claims, health, disability or other benefits to employees or former employees
or their families or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, and
letters of credit in connection with the maintenance of, or pursuant to the requirements
of, environmental or other permits or licenses from governmental authorities, or other
Debt with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims
and (B) indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out or similar obligations
incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets;

     (8) Debt of the Company outstanding on the Issue Date (and, for purposes of clause
(5)(C), not otherwise constituting Permitted Debt);

     (9) Debt of the Company or any Guarantor consisting of Guarantees of Debt of the
Company or any Guarantor Incurred under any other clause of this Section 4.06;

     (10) Debt of the Company or any Guarantor Incurred on or after the Issue Date not
otherwise permitted in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed
$10,000,000;

     (11) Debt arising from endorsing instruments of deposit and from the honoring by a
bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against
insufficient funds, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; provided that such
Debt is extinguished within five business days of Incurrence;

     (12) Debt of the Company or any Guarantor consisting of the financing of insurance
premiums;

     (13) Contribution Debt; and

     (14) Debt, which may include Capital Leases, Incurred on or after the Issue Date no
later than 180 days after the date of purchase or completion of construction or
improvement of property, for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase
price or cost of construction or improvement; provided that the principal amount of any
Debt Incurred

47

 

pursuant to this clause may not exceed (a) $1,000,000 less (b) the aggregate
outstanding amount of Permitted Refinancing Debt Incurred to refinance Debt Incurred
pursuant to this clause.

     (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, for purposes of determining
compliance with this covenant, increases in Debt solely due to fluctuations in the
exchange rates of currencies will not be deemed to exceed the maximum amount that the
Company or a Guarantor may Incur under this covenant. For purposes of determining
compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Debt, the
U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Debt denominated in a foreign currency shall be
calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Debt
was Incurred; provided that if such Debt is Incurred to refinance other Debt denominated
in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S.
dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency
exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated
restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of
such refinancing Debt does not exceed the principal amount of such Debt being refinanced.
The principal amount of any Debt Incurred to refinance other Debt, if Incurred in a
different currency from the Debt being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the
currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Debt is
denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

     (d) In the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the
types of Debt described in this covenant, the Company, in its sole discretion, will
classify items of Debt and will only be required to include the amount and type of such
Debt in one of such clauses and the Company will be entitled to divide and classify an
item of Debt in more than one of the types of Debt described in this covenant, and may, at
any time after such Incurrence (based on circumstances existing at such time), change the
classification of an item of Debt (or any portion thereof) to any other type of Debt
described in this covenant at any time. If any Contribution Debt is redesignated as
Incurred under any provision other than clause (13) of paragraph (b) above, the related
issuance of Equity Interests may be included in any calculation under paragraph (a)(3)(B)
of Section 4.07.

     (e) Neither the Company nor any Guarantor may Incur any Debt that is subordinated in
right of payment to other Debt of the Company or the Guarantor unless such Debt is also
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the relevant Note Guaranty on
substantially identical terms. This does not apply to distinctions between categories of
Debt that exist

48

 

by reason of any Liens or Guarantees securing or in favor of some but not
all of such Debt.

     Section 4.07. Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The Company will not, and, to the extent
within the Company’s control, will not permit any of its Subsidiaries (including any Guarantor) to,
directly or indirectly (the payments and other actions described in the following clauses being
collectively “Restricted Payments”):

     (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on its Equity Interests
(other than dividends or distributions paid in the Company’s Qualified Equity Interests)
held by Persons other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

     (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests
of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company held by Persons other than
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

     (iii) repay, redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, or
make any payment on or with respect to, any Subordinated Debt of the Company or any
Guarantor except a payment of interest or principal at Stated Maturity; or

     (iv) make any Investment in any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

unless, at the time of, and after giving effect to, the proposed Restricted Payment:

     (1) no Default has occurred and is continuing,

     (2) the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of Debt under paragraph (b)(1) of Section
4.06, and

     (3) the aggregate amount expended for all Restricted Payments made on or after the
Issue Date would not, subject to paragraph (c), exceed the sum of

     (A) 50% of the aggregate amount of the Consolidated Net Income (or, if the
Consolidated Net Income is a loss, minus 100% of the amount of the loss) accrued
on a cumulative basis during the period, taken as one accounting period,
beginning with the first fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date and
ending on the last day of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal quarter
for which internal financial statements are available, plus

49

 

     (B) subject to paragraph (c), the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair
market value of marketable securities or other property received by the Company
(other than from a Subsidiary) after the Issue Date

     (i) from the issuance and sale of its Qualified Equity Interests,
including by way of issuance of its Disqualified Equity Interests or
Debt to the extent since converted into Qualified Equity Interests of
the Company, or

     (ii) as a contribution to its common equity

     but excluding any issuance in exchange for, or equity contribution
consisting of, Equity Interests of Spectrum or related assets contributed in
connection with the satisfaction of the Escrow Conditions.

     The amount expended in any Restricted Payment, if other than in cash, will be deemed to be the
fair market value of the relevant non-cash assets, as determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors, whose determination will be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution.

     (b) The foregoing will not prohibit:

     (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof
if, at the date of declaration, such payment would comply with paragraph (a);

     (2) dividends or distributions by a Subsidiary payable, on a pro rata basis or on a
basis more favorable to the Company, to all holders of any class of Capital Stock of such
Subsidiary a majority of the voting power of which is held, directly or indirectly through
Subsidiaries, by the Company;

     (3) the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement for value of Subordinated Debt with the proceeds of, or in exchange for,
Permitted Refinancing Debt;

     (4) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity
Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent in exchange for, or out of the
proceeds of (i) an offering (occurring within 60 days of such purchase, redemption, or
other acquisition or retirement for value) of, Qualified Equity Interests of the Company
or (ii) a contribution to the common equity capital of the Company;

50

 

     (5) the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement of Subordinated Debt of the Company in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of
(i) an offering (occurring within 60 days of such purchase, redemption, or other
acquisition or retirement for value) of, Qualified Equity Interests of the Company or (ii)
a contribution to the common equity capital of the Company;

     (6) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity
Interests of the Company held by officers, directors or employees or former officers,
directors or employees (or their estates or beneficiaries under their estates), upon
death, disability, retirement, severance or termination of employment or pursuant to any
agreement under which the Equity Interests were issued; provided that the aggregate cash
consideration paid therefor in any twelve-month period after the Issue Date does not
exceed an aggregate amount of $5,000,000;

     (7) the repurchase of any Subordinated Debt at a purchase price not greater than (x)
101% of the principal amount thereof in the event of a change of control pursuant to a
provision no more favorable to the holders thereof than Section 4.11 or (y) 100% of the
principal amount thereof in the event of an Asset Sale pursuant to a provision no more
favorable to the holders thereof than Section 4.12, provided that, in each case, prior to
the repurchase the Company has made an Offer to Purchase and repurchased all Notes issued
under the Indenture that were validly tendered for payment in connection with the Offer to
Purchase;

     (8)
Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted hereby in an aggregate amount not to
exceed $10,000,000;

     (9) (a) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock
options or warrants if the Equity Interests represent all or a portion of the exercise
price thereof (or related withholding taxes) and (b) Restricted Payments by the Company to
allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise
of options or warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of Equity Interests of the
Company in an aggregate amount under this clause (b) not to exceed $1,000,000;

     (10) payment of dividends or distributions on Disqualified Equity Interests of the
Company or any Guarantor and payment of any redemption price or liquidation value of any
Disqualified Equity Interest when due in accordance with its terms, in each case, to the
extent that such Disqualified Equity Interest was permitted to be Incurred in accordance
with the provisions of the Indenture;

51

 

     (11) in the case of any Subsidiary of the Company that, in the ordinary course of its
business, makes Investments in private collective investment vehicles (including private
collective investment vehicles other than those owned by Permitted Holders), Investments
by such Subsidiary in private collective investment vehicles owned or managed by Permitted
Holders;

     (12) payments by the Company used to fund costs, expenses and fees related to (i) the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition as disclosed in the Offering Circular or (ii) future
acquisitions if such costs, expenses and fees are reasonable and customary (as determined
in good faith by the Company); and

     (13) the payment of dividends on Qualified Equity Interests of up to 8.0% per annum
of the greater of the gross proceeds received by the Company from any offering or sale of
such Qualified Equity Interests after the Issue Date or the accreted value of such Equity
Interests (provided that the aggregate amount of dividends paid on such Qualified Equity
Interests shall not exceed the proceeds therefrom received by the Company after the Issue
Date);

provided that, in the case of clauses (6), (7), (10) and (13) no Default has occurred and is
continuing or would occur as a result thereof.

     (c) Proceeds of the issuance of Qualified Equity Interests will be included under clause (3)
of paragraph (a) only to the extent they are not applied as described in clause (4) or (5) of
paragraph (b). Restricted Payments permitted pursuant to clauses (2) through (9), (11) and (12)
will not be included in making the calculations under clause (3) of paragraph (a).

     (d) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07, in the event that a
proposed Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the
categories of Restricted Payments described in clauses (1) through (13) above, or is entitled to be
incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 4.07, the Company will be entitled to classify
or re-classify (based on circumstances existing at the time of such re-classification) such
Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.07 and such
Restricted Payment will be treated as having been made pursuant to only such clause or clauses or
the paragraph (a) of this Section 4.07.

     (e) The Company and the Guarantors will not directly or indirectly make any Investment in

     (A) LightSquared; provided that the Company and any Guarantor may acquire Equity
Interests in LightSquared (which Equity Interests in LightSquared shall be pledged as
Collateral) (i) solely in exchange for

52

 

Qualified Equity Interests of the Company or solely
as a contribution to the common equity of the Company; or (ii) if after giving effect to
the Investment, the Cash Collateral Coverage Ratio would be at least 2.0 to 1.0; or

     (B) any Persons, the Equity Interests of which constitute Excluded Property of a type
described in clause (iii) of the definition thereof; provided that the Company may make
Investments in such Persons in an aggregate amount under this clause (B) not to exceed
$15,000,000.

     In the case of clause (B), such restriction shall no longer apply (and Investments made in
such Person shall no longer count against the amount set forth in the proviso) if the Equity
Interests of such Person cease to constitute Excluded Property and are pledged as Collateral.

     Section 4.08. Limitation on Liens. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will, create, incur,
assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind (other than
Permitted Liens or, in the case of the Collateral, other than Permitted Collateral Liens) upon any
of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired.

     Section 4.09. Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. Neither the Company nor any
Guarantor will enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction with respect to any property or asset
unless the Company or such Guarantor would be entitled to

     (1) Incur Debt in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt with respect to such Sale
and Leaseback Transaction pursuant to Section 4.06, and

     (2) create a Lien on such property or asset securing such Attributable Debt without
equally and ratably securing the Notes pursuant to Section 4.08,

     in which case, the corresponding Debt and Lien will be deemed Incurred pursuant to
those provisions.

     Section 4.10. Limitation on Dividend and other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b), the Company will not, and, to the extent within the
Company’s control, will not permit any Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist
or become effective any encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of any Subsidiary to:

     (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on any Equity Interests of the
Subsidiary owned by the Company or any other Subsidiary,

53

 

     (2) pay any Debt or other obligation owed to the Company or any other Subsidiary,

     (3) make loans or advances to the Company or any other Subsidiary, or

     (4) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any other Subsidiary.

     (b) The provisions of paragraph (a) do not apply to any encumbrances or restrictions

     (1) existing on the Issue Date, in the Indenture or in any other agreements in effect
on the Issue Date, and any extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings of any of
the foregoing; provided the encumbrances and restrictions in the extension, renewal,
replacement or refinancing are, taken as a whole, no less favorable in any material
respect to the Noteholders than the encumbrances or restrictions being extended, renewed,
replaced or refinanced;

     (2) existing under or by reason of applicable law, rule regulation or order;

     (3) existing with respect to any Person, or to the property or assets of any Person,
at the time the Person is acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary, which encumbrances or
restrictions (i) are not applicable to any other Person or the property or assets of any
other Person (other than Subsidiaries of such Person) and (ii) do not materially adversely
affect the ability to make interest, principal and redemption payments on the Notes and
any extensions, renewals, replacements, or refinancings of any of the foregoing, provided
the encumbrances and restrictions in the extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing
are, taken as a whole, no less favorable in any material respect to the Noteholders than
the encumbrances or restrictions being extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced;

     (4) of the type described in clause (a)(4) arising or agreed to in the ordinary
course of business (i) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or
transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease or license or (ii) by virtue
of any Lien on, or agreement to transfer, option or similar right (including any asset
sale or stock sale agreement) with respect to any property or assets of, the Company or
any Subsidiary;

     (5) with respect to a Subsidiary and imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been
entered into for the sale or disposition of all or

54

 

substantially all of the Capital Stock
of, or property and assets of, the Subsidiary that is permitted by Section 4.12;

     (6) contained in the terms governing any Debt of any Subsidiary if the encumbrances
or restrictions are ordinary and customary for a financing of that type;

     (7) required pursuant to the Indenture;

     (8) existing pursuant to customary provisions in partnership agreements, limited
liability company organizational governance documents, joint venture and other similar
agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that restrict the transfer of
ownership interests in such partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or
similar Person;

     (9) consisting of restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by
customers, suppliers or landlords under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of
business;

     (10) existing pursuant to purchase money and capital lease obligations for property
acquired in the ordinary course of business; and

     (11) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating,
construction, service, supply, purchase or other agreement to which the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that
such agreement prohibits the encumbrance solely of the property or assets of the Company
or such Subsidiary that are the subject of such agreement, the payment rights arising
thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of
the Company or such Subsidiary or the assets or property of any other Subsidiary.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10, (i) the priority of any Preferred
Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating
distributions being paid on common stock or other Preferred Stock shall not be deemed a restriction
on the ability to make distributions on Equity Interests and (ii) the subordination of loans or
advances made to the Company or any Subsidiary to other Debt Incurred by the Company or any such
Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.

     Section 4.11. Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control. (a) If a Change of Control
occurs, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any
part (equal to $2,000 or a higher multiple of $1,000) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to an Offer
to Purchase (the “Change of

55

 

Control Offer”). In such Change of Control Offer, the Company will
offer a payment (such payment, a “Change of Control Payment”) in cash equal to 101% of the
aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any,
to the date of purchase.

     (b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each
Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and
offering to repurchase Notes on the date specified in such notice (the “Change of Control Payment
Date”), which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such
notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by Section 3.05 and described in such notice.

     (c) On or before the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

     (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to
the Change of Control Offer;

     (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in
respect of all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered; and

     (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together
with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions
thereof being purchased by the Company.

     (d) The Paying Agent will promptly mail or wire transfer to each Holder of Notes properly
tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate
and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal
amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that such new Note
will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or a higher integral multiple of $1,000.

     (e) This Section 4.11 shall be applicable regardless of whether any other Sections of this
Indenture are applicable.

     (f) The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of
Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and
otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of
Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under
such Change of Control Offer or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to the Indenture
as described under Section 3.01, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable
redemption price.

56

 

     (g) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon
such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time
of making of the Change of Control Offer.

     (h) The Company’s obligations to make a Change of Control Offer may be waived or modified with
the written consent of Holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes.

     Section 4.12. Limitation on Asset Sales. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will make any
Asset Sale unless the following conditions are met:

     (1) The Asset Sale is for fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board
of Directors.

     (2) At least 75% of the consideration consists of Cash Equivalents received at
closing or Replacement Assets (provided such Replacement Assets or Equity Interests of any
direct Subsidiary that directly or indirectly owns such Replacement Assets are pledged as
Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents). For purposes of this clause (2):

     (A) the assumption by the purchaser of Debt or other obligations (other than
Subordinated Debt) of the Company or a Guarantor pursuant to a customary novation
agreement,

     (B) instruments or securities received from the purchaser that are promptly,
but in any event within 120 days of the closing, converted by the Company to Cash
Equivalents, to the extent of the Cash Equivalents actually so received, and

     (C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any
Guarantor in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken
together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to
this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed $10,000,000 at
the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the fair
market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at
the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value)
(provided such assets or Equity Interests of any direct Subsidiary that directly
or indirectly owns such assets are pledged as Collateral pursuant to the Security
Documents)

shall be considered Cash Equivalents received at closing.

57

 

     (3) Within 420 days after the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset Sale,
the Net Cash Proceeds may be used

     (A) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of an operating
business, a majority of the Voting Stock of another Person that thereupon becomes
a Subsidiary engaged in an operating business or to make other Investments in
Persons other than Permitted Holders in the ordinary course of business
(collectively, “Replacement Assets”), or

     (B) to make a capital contribution to a Subsidiary, the proceeds of which
are used by such Subsidiary to purchase an operating business, to make capital
expenditures or otherwise acquire long-term assets that are to be used in an
operating business (which assets or Voting Stock shall be pledged as Collateral)
or to make other Investments in Persons other than Permitted Holders in the
ordinary course of business.

     Following the entering into of a binding agreement with respect to an Asset Sale and
prior to the consummation thereof, Cash Equivalents (whether or not actual Net Cash
Proceeds of such Asset Sale) used for the purposes described in this clause (3) that are
designated as uses in accordance with this clause (3), and not previously or subsequently
so designated in respect of any other Asset Sale, shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds
applied in accordance with this clause (3).

     (4) The Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale not applied pursuant to clause (3) within
420 days of the Asset Sale constitute “Excess Proceeds”. Excess Proceeds of less than
$2,000,000 will be carried forward and accumulated; provided that until the aggregate
amount of Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds $20,000,000, all or any portion of such Excess
Proceeds may be used or invested in the manner described in clause (3) above and such
invested amount shall no longer be considered Excess Proceeds. When accumulated Excess
Proceeds equals or exceeds such amount, the Company must, within 30 days, make an Offer to
Purchase Notes having a principal amount equal to

     (A) accumulated Excess Proceeds, multiplied by

     (B) a fraction (x) the numerator of which is equal to the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes and (y) the denominator of which is equal to the
outstanding principal amount of the Notes and all Pari-Passu Obligations secured
by Liens on the Collateral and owed to anyone other than the Company, a
Subsidiary of the Company or any Permitted Holder similarly required to be
repaid, redeemed or tendered for in connection with the Asset Sale,

58

 

rounded down to the nearest $1,000. If the Offer to Purchase is for less than all of the
outstanding Notes and Notes in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the purchase
amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the offer, the Company will purchase
Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the purchase amount on a pro rata
basis, by lot or any other method that the Trustee in its sole discretion deems fair and
appropriate with adjustments so that only Notes in multiples of $1,000 principal amount
will be purchased. The purchase price for the Notes will be 100% of the principal amount
plus accrued interest to the date of purchase. Upon completion of the Offer to Purchase,
Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero, and any Excess Proceeds remaining after
consummation of the Offer to Purchase may be used for any purpose not otherwise prohibited
by the Indenture.

     Section 4.13. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. (a) The Company will not, and, to
the extent within the Company’s control, will not permit any Subsidiary of the Company to, directly
or indirectly, enter into, renew or extend any transaction or arrangement (including, without
limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or assets, or the rendering of any
service) with any Affiliate of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (a “Related Party
Transaction”), involving payments or consideration in excess of $1,000,000 except upon fair and
reasonable terms that taken as a whole are no less favorable to the Company or the Subsidiary than
could be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate
of the Company.

     (b) Any Related Party Transaction or series of Related Party Transactions with an aggregate
value in excess of $5,000,000 must first be approved by a majority of the Board of Directors who
are disinterested in the subject matter of the transaction pursuant to a Board Resolution delivered
to the Trustee. Prior to entering into any Related Party Transaction or series of Related Party
Transactions with an aggregate value in excess of $15,000,000, the Company must in addition obtain
and deliver to the Trustee a favorable written opinion from a nationally recognized investment
banking, appraisal or accounting firm as to the fairness of the transaction to the Company and its
Subsidiaries from a financial point of view.

     (c) The foregoing paragraphs do not apply to

     (1) any transaction between the Company and any of its Subsidiaries or between
Subsidiaries of the Company;

     (2) the payment of reasonable and customary regular fees and compensation to, and
reasonable and customary indemnification arrangements and similar payments on behalf of,
directors of the Company who are not employees of the Company;

59

 

     (3) any Restricted Payments if permitted under Section 4.07;

     (4) transactions or payments, including the award of securities, pursuant to any
employee, officer or director compensation or benefit plans or arrangements entered into
in the ordinary course of business, or approved by the Company’s Board of Directors;

     (5) transactions pursuant to any contract or agreement in effect on the Issue Date,
as amended, modified or replaced from time to time so long as the terms of the amended,
modified or new agreements, taken as a whole, are no less favorable to the Company and its
Subsidiaries than those in effect on the date hereof;

     (6) the entering into of a customary agreement providing registration rights to the
direct or indirect stockholders of the Company and the performance of such agreements;

     (7) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of
the Company to any Person or any transaction with an Affiliate where the only
consideration paid by the Company or any Subsidiary is Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Company or any contribution to the capital of the
Company;

     (8) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement or any other
transactions undertaken in good faith for the sole purpose of improving the tax efficiency
of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

     (9) (A) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of
goods or services, or transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods or
services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with
the terms of this Indenture, (B) transactions with joint ventures entered into in ordinary
course of business and consistent with past practice or industry norm or (C) any
management services or support agreement entered into on terms consistent with past
practice and approved by a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors (including a
majority of the disinterested directors) in good faith;

     (10) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of Section 5.01,
or any merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Company with an Affiliate, solely
for the purposes of reincorporating the Company in a new jurisdiction;

     (11) (a) transactions between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any Person
that is an Affiliate solely because one or more

60

 

of its directors is also a director of the
Company; provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company on
any matter involving such other Person or (b) transactions entered into with any of the
Company’s or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates for shared services, facilities and/or
employee arrangements entered into on commercially reasonable terms (as determined in good
faith by the Company);

     (12) Investments permitted pursuant to Section 4.07(11) on commercially reasonable
terms (as determined in good faith by the Company);

     (13) payments by the Company or any Subsidiary to any Affiliate for any financial
advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment
banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which
payments are on arms’-length terms and are approved by a majority of the members of the
Company’s Board of Directors (including a majority of the disinterested directors) in good
faith;

     (14) any transaction pursuant to which any Permitted Holder provides the Company
and/or its Subsidiaries, at cost, with services, including services to be purchased from
third-party providers, such as legal and accounting, tax, consulting, financial advisory,
corporate governance, insurance coverage and other services, which transaction is approved
by a majority of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors (including a majority of
the disinterested directors) in good faith;

     (15) the contribution of Equity Interests of Spectrum to the Company or any
Subsidiary by a Permitted Holder; and

     (16) the entering into of customary investment management contracts between a
Permitted Holder and any Subsidiary of the Company that, in the ordinary course of its
business, makes Investments in private collective investment vehicles (including private
collective investment vehicles other than those owned by Permitted Holders), which
investment management contacts are entered into on commercially reasonable terms and
approved by a majority of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors (including a
majority of the disinterested directors) in good faith.

     Section 4.14. Financial Reports. (a) Whether or not the Company is subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company must provide the Trustee and
Noteholders with, or electronically file with the Commission, within the time periods specified in
those sections

     (1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the
Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were

61

 

required to file such reports,
including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations” and, with respect to annual information only, a report thereon by the
Company’s certified independent accountants, and

     (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on
Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.

     In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, the Company will, if the Commission
will accept the filing, file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses
(1) and (2) with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the
Commission’s rules and regulations. In addition, the Company will make the information and reports
available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request.

     (b) For so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding and constitute “restricted securities”
under Rule 144, the Company will furnish to the Holders of the Notes and prospective investors,
upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the
Securities Act.

     (c) All obligors on the Notes will comply with Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act.

     (d) Delivery of these reports and information to the Trustee is for informational purposes
only and the Trustee’s receipt of them will not constitute constructive notice of any information
contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s
compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely
exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

     Section 4.15. Reports to Trustee. (a) The Company will deliver to the Trustee within 120
days after the end of each fiscal year a certificate from the principal executive, financial,
operating or accounting officer of the Company stating that the officer has conducted or supervised
a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries and their performance under the
Indenture and that, based upon such review, the Company has fulfilled its obligations hereunder or,
if there has been a Default, specifying the Default and its nature and status.

     (b) The Company will deliver to the Trustee, as soon as reasonably possible and in any event
within 30 days after the Company becomes aware or should reasonably become aware of the occurrence
of a Default, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the details of the Default, and the action
which the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

62

 

     (c) The Company will notify the Trustee in writing when any Notes are listed on any national
securities exchange and of any delisting.

     Section 4.16. No Investment Company Registration. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will
register, or be required to register, as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

     Section 4.17. Maintenance of Liquidity. From the Issue Date and until the second semi-annual
interest payment on the Original Notes is made, the Company and the Guarantors shall maintain an
amount in Cash Equivalents that is subject to no Liens (other than Liens under the Security
Documents) in an amount equal to the Company’s obligations to pay interest on the Notes and all
other Debt of the Company and the Guarantors for the next twelve months. Thereafter, the Company
and the Guarantors shall maintain an amount in Cash Equivalents that is subject to no Liens (other
than Liens under the Security Documents) in an amount equal to the Company’s obligations to pay
interest on the Notes and all other Debt of the Company and the Guarantors for the next six months.
In the case any such Debt bears interest at a floating rate, the Company may assume that the
reference interest rate in effect on the applicable date of determination will be in effect for the
remainder of such period.

     Section 4.18. Maintenance of Collateral Coverage. (a) As of (i) the last day of each fiscal
year and (ii) the last day of the second fiscal quarter of the Company, the Company shall not
permit the Collateral Coverage Ratio to be less than 2.0 to 1.0; provided that, beginning at the
time that the outstanding principal amount of Pari-Passu Obligations (including the principal
amount of the Notes) equals or exceeds $400,000,000 and for so long as such amount equals or
exceeds $400,000,000, the Company shall not permit the Collateral Coverage Ratio to be less than
2.5 to 1.0 as of such dates.

     (b) As of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Company, the Company shall not permit the
Liquid Collateral Coverage Ratio to be less than 1.25 to 1.0.

     (c) From and after the date, if any, that the Company or any Guarantor makes any Investment in
LightSquared pursuant to Section 4.07(e)(A)(ii) and so long as such Investment is still
outstanding, the Company and the Guarantors shall not permit the Cash Collateral Coverage Ratio to
be less than 2.0 to 1.0 at any time.

     Section 4.19. Impairment of Security Interest; Further Assurances. (a) Neither the Company
nor any Guarantor will take any action, or knowingly omit to take any action, which action or
omission could reasonably be expected to have the result of materially impairing the perfection or
priority of security interest

63

 

with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee and the
Holders of Notes.

     (b) Following the Completion Date, the Company and each Guarantor will make, execute, endorse,
acknowledge, file, record, register and/or deliver such agreements, documents, instruments, and
further assurances (including, without limitation, Uniform Commercial Code financing statements,
mortgages, deeds of trust, schedules, confirmatory assignments, conveyances, transfer endorsements,
certificates, real property surveys, reports, landlord waivers, bailee agreements and control
agreements), and take such other actions, as may be required under applicable law or as necessary
to cause the Collateral Requirement to be and remain satisfied and otherwise to create, perfect,
preserve or protect the security interest in the Collateral of the secured parties under the
Security Documents, all at the Company’s expense.

     Section 4.20. Guaranties by Subsidiaries. If and for so long as any Subsidiary, directly or
indirectly, Guarantees any Debt of the Company (other than the Notes), such Subsidiary shall
provide a Note Guaranty. A Subsidiary required to provide a Note Guaranty shall execute a
supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit B, and deliver an Opinion of Counsel to
the Trustee to the effect that the supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by the Subsidiary and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Subsidiary,
enforceable against the Subsidiary in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions).

ARTICLE 5

Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets

     Section 5.01. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets by the Company; No Lease of All or
Substantially All Assets. (a) The Company will not

     (i) consolidate with or merge with or into any Person, or

     (ii) sell, convey, transfer, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its
assets as an entirety or substantially an entirety, in one transaction or a series of
related transactions, to any Person or

     (iii) permit any Person to merge with or into the Company
unless

     (1) either (x) the Company is the continuing Person or (y) the resulting,
surviving or transferee Person is a corporation organized and validly existing
under the laws of the United States of America or any jurisdiction thereof and
expressly assumes by

64

 

supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Company
under the Indenture and the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement;

     (2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default has
occurred and is continuing;

     (3) immediately after giving effect to the transaction on a pro forma basis,
the Company or the resulting, surviving or transferee Person would be in
compliance with the covenants under Section 4.17 and Section 4.18 (calculated as
if the date of the transaction was a date on which such covenant is required to
be tested under Section 4.18); and

     (4) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the consolidation, merger or transfer and
the supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture;

provided that clauses (2) and (3) do not apply (i) to the consolidation or merger of the Company
with or into a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or the consolidation or merger of a Wholly Owned Subsidiary
with or into the Company or (ii) if, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of
the Company, whose determination is evidenced by a Board Resolution, the sole purpose of the
transaction is to change the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company.

     (b) The Company shall not lease all or substantially all of its assets, whether in one
transaction or a series of transactions, to one or more other Persons.

     (c) The foregoing shall not apply to (i) any transfer of assets by the Company to any
Guarantor, (ii) any transfer of assets among Guarantors or (iii) any transfer of assets by a
Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor to (x) another Subsidiary of the Company that is
not a Guarantor or (y) the Company or any Guarantor.

     (d) Upon the consummation of any transaction effected in accordance with these provisions, if
the Company is not the continuing Person, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person will
succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under
the Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the
Company in the Indenture. Upon such substitution, except in the case of a sale, conveyance,
transfer or disposition of less than all its assets the Company will be released from its
obligations under the Indenture and the Notes.

65

 

     Section 5.02. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets by a Guarantor. (a) No Guarantor may

     (i) consolidate with or merge with or into any Person,

     (ii) sell, convey, transfer or dispose of, all or substantially all its assets as an
entirety or substantially as an entirety, in one transaction or a series of related
transactions, to any Person, or

     (iii) permit any Person to merge with or into the Guarantor
unless

     (A) the other Person is the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that is
a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction; or

     (B) (1) either (x) the Guarantor is the continuing Person or (y)
the resulting, surviving or transferee Person expressly assumes by
supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Guarantor under its
Note Guaranty; and

     (2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default
has occurred and is continuing; or

     (C) the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by
way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or disposition of
all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (in each case other than to
the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company) otherwise permitted by the Indenture.

ARTICLE 6

Default and Remedies

     Section 6.01. Events of Default.An “Event of Default” occurs if

     (1) the Company defaults in the payment of the principal of any Note when the same becomes due
and payable at maturity, upon acceleration or redemption, or otherwise (other than pursuant to an
Offer to Purchase);

     (2) the Company defaults in the payment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on any
Note when the same becomes due and payable, and the default continues for a period of 30 days;

66

 

     (3) the Company fails to make an Offer to Purchase and thereafter accept and pay for Notes
tendered when and as required pursuant to Section 4.11 or Section 4.12, or the Company or any
Guarantor fails to comply with Article 5;

     (4) the Company defaults in the performance of or breaches the covenants under Section 4.17 or
Section 4.18 and such default or breach is not cured within (i) 45 days after the date of default
under Section 4.18(a) or (ii) 15 days after the date of any default under Section 4.17, Section
4.18(b) or Section 4.18(c) (it being understood that the date of default in the case of covenants
tested at the end of a fiscal period is the last day of such fiscal period);

     (5) the Company defaults in the performance of or breaches any other covenant or agreement of
the Company in this Indenture or under the Notes and the default or breach continues for a period
of 60 consecutive days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the
Trustee by the Holders of 25% or more in aggregate principal amount of the Notes;

     (6) the failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to pay any Debt within any
applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Debt by the holders
thereof because of a default, in each case, if the total amount of such Debt unpaid or accelerated
exceeds $25,000,000;

     (7) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in the aggregate for all
such Persons are rendered against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and are not
paid or discharged, and there is a period of 60 consecutive days following entry of the final
judgment or order that causes the aggregate amount for all such final judgments or orders
outstanding and not paid or discharged against all such Persons to exceed $25,000,000 (in excess of
amounts which the Company’s insurance carriers have agreed to pay under applicable policies) during
which a stay of enforcement, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect;

     (7) an involuntary case or other proceeding is commenced against the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary with respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other
similar law now or hereafter in effect seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator,
custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, and such
involuntary case or other proceeding remains undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 days; or
an order for relief is entered against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary under the federal
bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect;

     (8) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (i) commences a voluntary case under
any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consents
to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, (ii) consents to the
appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
sequestrator or

67

 

similar official of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or for all
or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company or any of its Significant
Subsidiaries or (iii) effects any general assignment for the benefit of creditors (an event of
default specified in clause (7) or (8) a “bankruptcy default”);

     (9) any Note Guaranty of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect, other
than in accordance the terms of the Indenture, or a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary
denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guaranty; or

     (10) (a) the Liens created by the Security Documents shall at any time not constitute a valid
and perfected Lien on any portion of the Collateral (with a Fair Market Value in excess of
$25,000,000) intended to be covered thereby (to the extent perfection by filing, registration,
recordation or possession is required by this Indenture or the Security Documents), (b) any of the
Security Documents shall for whatever reason be terminated or cease to be in full force and effect
(except for expiration in accordance with its terms or amendment, modification, waiver, termination
or release in accordance with the terms of this Indenture) or (c) the enforceability of the Liens
created by the Security Documents shall be contested by the Company or any Guarantor that is a
Significant Subsidiary.

     Section 6.02. Acceleration. (a) If an Event of Default, other than a bankruptcy default
with respect to the Company, occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written
notice to the Company (and to the Trustee if the notice is given by the Holders), may, and the
Trustee at the written request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of and accrued interest
on the Notes to be immediately due and payable. Upon a declaration of acceleration, such principal
and interest will become immediately due and payable. If a bankruptcy default occurs with respect
to the Company, the principal of and accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding will become
immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any
Holder.

     (b) The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice
to the Company and to the Trustee may waive all past defaults and rescind and annul a declaration
of acceleration and its consequences if

     (1) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by the declaration
of acceleration, have been cured or waived, and

68

 

     (2) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of
competent jurisdiction.

     Section 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee
may pursue, in its own name or as trustee of an express trust, any available remedy by proceeding
at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes or to enforce
the performance of any provision of the Notes or the Indenture. The Trustee may maintain a
proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the
proceeding.

     Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.02, 6.07
and 9.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, by notice to
the Trustee, waive an existing Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, the Default will
cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom will be deemed to have been cured, but
no such waiver will extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent
thereon.

     In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default
described in Section 6.01(6) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the
Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such
Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(6) shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders
of the Debt, or the Debt that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in
full, within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the
annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a
court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of
principal, premium or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of
the Notes, have been cured or waived.

     Section 6.05. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any
remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However,
the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture, that may
involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be
unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders of Notes not joining in the giving of such direction,
and may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction
received from Holders of Notes.

     Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits. A Holder may not institute any proceeding, judicial or
otherwise, with respect to the Indenture or the Notes, or for the appointment of a receiver or
trustee, or for any other remedy under the Indenture or the Notes, unless:

69

 

     (1) the Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing
Event of Default;

     (2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes have
made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of the Event of
Default in its own name as Trustee under the Indenture;

     (3) Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee against any costs, liabilities or expenses to be incurred in compliance with such
request;

     (4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of
indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

     (5) during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that is
inconsistent with such written request.

     Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary, the right of a Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of or interest on its
Note on or after the Stated Maturities thereof, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such
payment on or after such respective dates, may not be impaired or affected without the consent of
that Holder.

     Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default in payment of principal or
interest specified in clause (1) or (2) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may
recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust for the whole amount of
principal and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and,
to the extent lawful, overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate specified in the
Notes, and such further amount as is sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection,
including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its
agents and counsel and any other amounts due the Trustee hereunder.

     Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file proofs of claim and
other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
Trustee (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee hereunder) and the Holders
allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Company or any Guarantor or their respective
creditors or property, and is entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money,
securities or other property payable or deliverable upon conversion or exchange of the Notes or
upon any such claims.

70

 

Any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or
other similar
official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such
payments to the Trustee and, if the Trustee consents to the making of such payments directly to the
Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the
Trustee hereunder. Nothing in the Indenture will be deemed to empower the Trustee to authorize or
consent to, or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder, any plan of reorganization, arrangement,
adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize
the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

     Section 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article
(including any distributions upon the exercise of remedies under the Security Documents), it shall
pay out the money in the following order:

     First: to the Trustee for all amounts due to it hereunder;

     Second: to Holders for amounts then due and unpaid for principal of and interest on
the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts
due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest; and

     Third: to the Company or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

     The Trustee, upon written notice to the Company, may fix a record date and payment date for
any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section.

     Section 6.11. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder has
instituted a proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under the Indenture and the proceeding has
been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or
to the Holder, then, subject to any determination in the proceeding, the Company, any Guarantors,
the Trustee and the Holders will be restored severally and respectively to their former positions
hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Company, any Guarantors, the Trustee and
the Holders will continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

     Section 6.12. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy
under the Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as
Trustee, a court may require any party litigant in such suit (other than the Trustee) to file an
undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court may assess reasonable costs, including
reasonable attorneys fees and expenses, against any party litigant (other than the Trustee) in the
suit having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party

71

 

litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee or a Holder to enforce payment of
principal of or interest on any Note on the respective due
dates, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

     Section 6.13. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy conferred or reserved to
the Trustee or to the Holders under this Indenture is intended to be exclusive of any other right
or remedy, and all such rights and remedies are, to the extent permitted by law, cumulative and in
addition to every other right and remedy hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity
or otherwise. The assertion or exercise of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, will not
prevent the concurrent assertion or exercise of any other right or remedy.

     Section 6.14. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any
Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default will impair any such
right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.
Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be
exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the
Holders, as the case may be.

     Section 6.15. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. The Company and each Guarantor
covenants, to the extent that it may lawfully do so, that it will not at any time insist upon, or
plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension
law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive the Company or the Guarantor from
paying all or any portion of the principal of, or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein,
wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or that may affect the covenants or the
performance of the Indenture. The Company and each Guarantor hereby expressly waives, to the
extent that it may lawfully do so, all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it
will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will
suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE 7

The Trustee

     Section 7.01. General. (a) The duties and responsibilities of the Trustee are as provided by
the Trust Indenture Act and as set forth herein. Whether or not expressly so provided, every
provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording
protection to the Trustee is subject to this Article.

72

 

     (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee need perform only
those duties that are specifically set forth in the Indenture and no others, and no implied
covenants or obligations will be read into the Indenture against the Trustee. In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee
shall exercise those rights and powers vested in it by the Indenture, and use the same degree of
care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances
in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

     (c) No provision of the Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability
for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct.

     Section 7.02. Certain Rights of Trustee. Subject to Trust Indenture Act Sections 315(a)
through (d):

     (1) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, and
will be protected in acting or refraining from acting, upon any resolution, certificate,
statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond,
debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it
to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need
not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but, in the case of any
document which is specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee pursuant to any
provision hereof, the Trustee shall examine the document to determine whether it conforms
to the requirements of the Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of
mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). The Trustee, in its discretion,
may make further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it sees fit.

     (2) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’
Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel conforming to Section 13.05 and the Trustee will not
be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in conclusive reliance on
the certificate or opinion.

     (3) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible
for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other than an agent who is an employee of
the Trustee) appointed with due care.

     (4) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers
vested in it by the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless
such Holders have offered to the Trustee

73

 

reasonable security or indemnity against the
costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such
request or direction.

     (5) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good
faith that it believes to be authorized or within its rights or
powers or for any action it takes or omits to take in accordance with the direction
of the Holders in accordance with Section 6.05 relating to the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust
or power conferred upon the Trustee, under the Indenture.

     (6) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice of such
counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection
in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in
conclusive reliance thereon.

     (7) No provision of the Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own
funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties
hereunder, or in the exercise of its rights or powers, unless it receives indemnity
satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

     (8) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of
Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless
written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at
the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this
Indenture.

     (9) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect,
punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not
limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the
likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

     (10) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth
the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take
specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

     Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee, in its individual or any other
capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its
Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee. Any Agent may do the
same with like rights. However, the Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(b) and
311. For purposes of Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b)(4) and (6):

74

 

     (a) “cash transaction” means any transaction in which full payment for goods or
securities sold is made within seven days after delivery of the goods or securities in
currency or in checks or other orders drawn upon banks or bankers and payable upon demand;
and

     (b) “self-liquidating paper” means any draft, bill of exchange, acceptance or
obligation which is made, drawn, negotiated or incurred for the purpose of financing the
purchase, processing, manufacturing, shipment, storage or sale of goods, wares or
merchandise and which is secured by documents evidencing title to, possession of, or a
lien upon, the goods, wares or merchandise or the receivables or proceeds arising from the
sale of the goods, wares or merchandise previously constituting the security, provided the
security is received by the Trustee simultaneously with the creation of the creditor
relationship arising from the making, drawing, negotiating or incurring of the draft, bill
of exchange, acceptance or obligation.

     Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee (i) makes no representation as to the
validity or adequacy of the Indenture or the Notes, (ii) is not accountable for the Company’s use
or application of the proceeds from the Notes and (iii) is not responsible for any statement in the
Notes other than its certificate of authentication.

     Section 7.05. Notice of Default. If any Default occurs and is continuing and is actually
known to the Trustee, the Trustee will send notice of the Default to each Holder within 90 days
after it occurs, unless the Default has been cured; provided that, except in the case of a default
in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if
and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest
of the Holders. Notice to Holders under this Section will be given in the manner and to the extent
provided in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).

     Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders. Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning
with May 15, 2011, the Trustee will mail to each Holder, as provided in Trust Indenture Act Section
313(c), a brief report dated as of such May 15, if required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a),
and file such reports with each stock exchange upon which its Notes are listed and with the
Commission as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d).

     Section 7.07. Compensation And Indemnity. (a) The Company will pay the Trustee compensation
as agreed upon in writing for its services. The compensation of the Trustee is not limited by any
law on compensation of a Trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee upon
request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by
the Trustee, including the reasonable compensation and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and
counsel.

75

 

     (b) The Company will indemnify the Trustee for, and hold it harmless against, any loss or
liability or expense incurred by it without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part
arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the Indenture and its
duties under the Indenture and the Notes, including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending
itself
against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, a Holder, or any other Person) or
liability and of complying with any process served upon it or any of its officers in connection
with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties under the Indenture and the Notes.
The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of any claim asserted against the Trustee or any of
its agents for which it may seek indemnity. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee
shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee and its agents subject to the claim may have separate
counsel, and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel if the Trustee
concludes, upon advice of counsel, that there exists a conflict of interest between the Company and
the Trustee and its agents subject to the claim in connection with such defense. The Company need
not pay for any settlement made without its written consent, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or
liability to the extent incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s negligence, bad faith or
willful misconduct.

     (c) To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee will have a
lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity
as Trustee, except money or property held in trust to pay principal of, and interest on particular
Notes.

     Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. (a) (1) The Trustee may resign at any time by
providing 30 days prior written notice to the Company.

     (2) The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may
remove the Trustee by written notice to the Trustee.

     (3) If the Trustee is no longer eligible under Section 7.10 or in the
circumstances described in Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b), any Holder that satisfies
the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b) may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

     (4) The Company may remove the Trustee if: (i) the Trustee is no longer eligible
under Section 7.10; (ii) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent; (iii) a
receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or (iv) the
Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

76

 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become
effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.

     (b) If the Trustee has been removed by the Holders, Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Notes may appoint a successor Trustee with the consent of the Company. Otherwise, if
the Trustee resigns or is removed, or if
a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. If the successor Trustee does not deliver its written acceptance within 30 days
after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders
of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction at the expense of the Company for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

     (c) Upon delivery by the successor Trustee of a written acceptance of its appointment to
the retiring Trustee and to the Company, (i) the retiring Trustee will transfer all property held
by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07, (ii)
the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and (iii) the successor
Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under the Indenture. Upon
request of any successor Trustee, the Company will execute any and all instruments for fully and
vesting in and confirming to the successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts. The Company
will give notice of any resignation and any removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a
successor Trustee to all Holders, and include in the notice the name of the successor Trustee and
the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

     (d) Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Company’s
obligations under Section 7.07 will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

     (e) The Trustee agrees to give the notices provided for in, and otherwise comply with,
Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).

     Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or
converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another
corporation or national banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or
national banking association without any further act will be the successor Trustee with the same
effect as if the successor Trustee had been named as the Trustee in the Indenture.

     Section 7.10. Eligibility. The Indenture must always have a Trustee that satisfies the
requirements of Trust Indenture Act Section 310(a) and has a combined capital and surplus of at
least $25,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

77

 

     Section 7.11. Money Held in Trust. The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money
received by it except as it may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the
Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law and except for
money held in trust under Article 8.

ARTICLE 8

Defeasance and Discharge

     Section 8.01. Discharge of Company’s Obligations. (a) Subject to paragraph (b), the
Company’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture, and each Guarantor’s obligations under its
Note Guaranty, will terminate if:

     (1) all Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other than (i) destroyed, lost
or stolen Notes that have been replaced or (ii) Notes that are paid pursuant to Section
4.01 or (iii) Notes for whose payment money or U.S. Government Obligations have been held
in trust and then repaid to the Company pursuant to Section 8.05) have been delivered to
the Trustee for cancellation and the Company has paid all sums payable by it hereunder; or

     (2) (A) the Notes mature within one year, or all of them are to be called
for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for
giving the notice of redemption,

          (B) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee, as trust
funds solely for the benefit of the Holders, money or U.S. Government Obligations
or a combination thereof sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized
valuation firm or firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written
certificate delivered to the Trustee, without consideration of any reinvestment,
to pay principal of and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the
case may be, and to pay all other sums payable by it hereunder,

          (C) no Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the
deposit,

          (D) the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a default under, the Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to
which the Company is a party or by which it is bound, and

          (E) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that all

78

 

conditions precedent provided
for herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture have been
complied with.

     (b) After satisfying the conditions in clause (1), only the Company’s obligations under
Section 7.07 will survive. After satisfying the conditions in clause (2), only the Company’s
obligations in Article 2 and Sections 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 7.08, 8.05 and 8.06 will survive. In
either case, the Trustee upon request
will acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and the
Indenture other than the surviving obligations.

     Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance. Following the deposit referred to in clause (1), the Company
will be deemed to have paid and will be discharged from its obligations in respect of the Notes and
the Indenture, other than its obligations in Article 2 and Sections 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 7.08, 8.05
and 8.06, and each Guarantor’s obligations under its Note Guaranty will terminate, provided the
following conditions have been satisfied:

     (1) The Company has irrevocably deposited in trust with the Trustee, as trust funds
solely for the benefit of the Holders, money or U.S. Government Obligations or a
combination thereof sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants expressed in a written certificate thereof delivered to the
Trustee, without consideration of any reinvestment, to pay principal of and interest on
the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be, provided that any redemption
before maturity has been irrevocably provided for under arrangements satisfactory to the
Trustee.

     (2) No Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit.

     (3) The deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
under, the Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party
or by which it is bound.

     (4) The Company has delivered to the Trustee

     (A) either (x) a ruling received from the Internal Revenue Service to
the effect that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal
income tax purposes as a result of the defeasance and will be subject to federal
income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as
would otherwise have been the case or (y) an Opinion of Counsel, based on a
change in law after the date of the Indenture, to the same effect as the ruling
described in clause (x), and

79

 

     (B) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders have a valid
first priority Note interest in the trust funds (subject to customary
exceptions).

     (5) If the Notes are listed on a national securities exchange, the Company has
delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the deposit and
defeasance will not cause the Notes to be delisted.

     (6) The Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion
of Counsel, in each case stating that all conditions precedent provided for herein
relating to the defeasance have been complied with.

     Prior to the deposit referred to in clause (1), none of the Company’s obligations under the
Indenture will be discharged. Thereafter, the Trustee upon request will acknowledge in writing the
discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture except for the surviving
obligations specified above.

     Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance. Following the deposit referred to in clause (1), the
Company’s obligations set forth in Sections 4.04 through 4.20, and clause (3) of Section
5.01(a)(iii), and each Guarantor’s obligations under its Note Guaranty, will terminate, the Company
and the Guarantors will be released from their obligations under the Security Documents and clauses
(3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), (9) and (10) of
Section 6.01 will no longer constitute Events of Default, provided the following conditions have
been satisfied:

     (1) The Company has complied with clauses (1), (2), (3), 4(B), (5) and (6) of Section
8.02; and

     (2) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that
the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a
result of the defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and
in the same manner and at the same times as would otherwise have been the case.

     Except as specifically stated above, none of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture
will be discharged.

     Section 8.04. Application of Trust Money. Subject to Section 8.05, the Trustee will hold in
trust the money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to Section 8.01, 8.02 or
8.03, and apply the deposited money and the proceeds from deposited U.S. Government Obligations to
the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with the Notes and the

80

 

Indenture. Such money and U.S. Government Obligations need not be segregated from other funds
except to the extent required by law.

     Section 8.05. Repayment to Company. Subject to Sections 7.07, 8.01, 8.02 and 8.03, the
Trustee will promptly pay to the Company upon written request any excess money held by the Trustee
at any time and thereupon be relieved from all liability with respect to such money. The Trustee
will pay to the Company upon written request any money held for payment with respect to the Notes
that remains unclaimed for two years, provided that before making such payment the Trustee shall at
the expense of the Company publish once in a newspaper of
general circulation in New York City, or send to each Holder entitled to such money, notice
that the money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified in the notice (at least 30 days
after the date of the publication or notice) any remaining unclaimed balance of money will be
repaid to the Company. After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to such money must look
solely to the Company for payment as unsecured creditors, unless applicable law designates another
Person, and all liability of the Trustee with respect to such money will cease.

     Section 8.06. Reinstatement. If and for so long as the Trustee is unable to apply any money
or U.S. Government Obligations held in trust pursuant to Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03 by reason of
any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority
enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under
the Indenture and the Notes will be reinstated as though no such deposit in trust had been made.
If the Company makes any payment of principal of or interest on any Notes because of the
reinstatement of its obligations, it will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes
to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held in trust.

ARTICLE 9

Amendments, Supplements and Waivers

     Section 9.01. Amendments Without Consent of Holders. The Company and the Trustee may amend
or supplement the Indenture or the Notes (and the Company, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent may
amend of supplement the Security Documents) without notice to or the consent of any Noteholder

     (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture or the Notes;

     (2) to comply with Article 5;

81

 

     (3) to comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the
qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

     (4) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment hereunder by a
successor Trustee;

     (5) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes, provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes
of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are
described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;

     (6) to provide for any Guarantee of the Notes, to secure the Notes or to confirm and
evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantee of or Lien securing the
Notes when such release, termination or discharge is permitted by the Indenture;

     (7) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes;

     (8) to make any other change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights
of any Holder;

     (9) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the
“Description of Notes” section of the Offering Circular, as certified by an Officers’
Certificate; or

     (10) to evidence the issuance of any Pari-Passu Obligations and secure such
obligations with Liens on the Collateral.

     In addition, the Company, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee may amend the Security
Documents or execute or deliver such agreements, instruments or other documents (including the
Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement, the Spectrum Stockholder Agreement and any other agreement
with respect to equityholders’ rights to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party) to permit,
or in connection with, the accession of or succession of any parties to the Security and Pledge
Agreement or the Collateral Trust Agreement or this Indenture to the extent necessary to effect the
pledge of the related equity interests (including in respect of any incurrence of Pari-Passu
Obligations).

     Section 9.02. Amendments With Consent of Holders. (a) Except as otherwise provided in
Sections 6.02, 6.04 and 6.07 or paragraph (b), the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture
and the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes, and the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by
written notice to the Trustee may waive future compliance by the Company with any

82

 

provision of the
Indenture or the Notes. In addition, the Trustee is authorized to permit the Collateral Agent to
amend any Security Document with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the outstanding Notes.

     (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), without the consent of each Holder
affected, an amendment or waiver may not

     (1) reduce the principal amount of or change the Stated Maturity of any installment
of principal of any Note,

     (2) reduce the rate of or change the Stated Maturity of any interest payment on any
Note,

     (3) reduce the amount payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time of
any mandatory redemption or, in respect of an optional redemption, the times at which any
Note may be redeemed,

     (4) after the time an Offer to Purchase is required to have been made, reduce the
purchase amount or purchase price, or extend the latest expiration date or purchase date
thereunder,

     (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note,

     (6) impair the right of any Holder of Notes to receive any principal payment or
interest payment on such Holder’s Notes, on or after the Stated Maturity thereof, or to
institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment,

     (7) make any change in the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes required
for amendments or waivers,

     (8) modify or change any provision of the Indenture affecting the ranking of the
Notes or any Note Guaranty in a manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes, or

     (9) make any change in any Note Guaranty that would adversely affect the Noteholders.

     (c) No amendment, supplement or waiver may release all or substantially all of the
Collateral without the consent of Holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of Notes.

     (d) It is not necessary for Noteholders to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment, supplement or waiver, but is sufficient if their consent approves the substance thereof.

83

 

     (e) An amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section will become effective on receipt
by the Trustee of written consents from the Holders of the requisite percentage in principal amount
of the outstanding Notes. After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes
effective, the Company will send to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the
amendment, supplement or waiver. The Company will send supplemental indentures to Holders upon
request. Any failure of the Company to send such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however,
in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture or waiver.

     Section 9.03. Effect of Consent. (a) After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes
effective, it will bind every Holder unless it is of the type requiring the consent of each Holder
affected. If the amendment, supplement or
waiver is of the type requiring the consent of each Holder affected, the amendment, supplement
or waiver will bind each Holder that has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note that
evidences the same debt as the Note of the consenting Holder.

     (b) If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may
require the Holder to deliver it to the Trustee so that the Trustee may place an appropriate
notation of the changed terms on the Note and return it to the Holder, or exchange it for a new
Note that reflects the changed terms. The Trustee may also place an appropriate notation on any
Note thereafter authenticated. However, the effectiveness of the amendment, supplement or waiver
is not affected by any failure to annotate or exchange Notes in this fashion. The Company in
exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a certificate of
authentication, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

     Section 9.04. Trustee’s Rights and Obligations. The Trustee shall receive, and will be fully
protected in conclusively relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of any
amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article is authorized or permitted by
the Indenture and is a legal, valid, and binding obligation enforceable against the Company in
accordance with its own terms. If the Trustee has received such an Opinion of Counsel, it shall
sign the amendment, supplement or waiver so long as the same does not adversely affect the rights
of the Trustee. The Trustee may, but is not obligated to, execute any amendment, supplement or
waiver that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under the Indenture. The
Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture or Note authorized pursuant to this
Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities
or immunities of the Trustee. The Trustee shall, as authorized by this Article 9, direct the
Collateral Agent in writing to execute and deliver (i) the Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement
and the Spectrum Stockholder Agreement on the date hereof (and any amendments or supplements
thereto hereafter) and (ii) after the date hereof, any agreement with respect to

84

 

equityholders’
rights to which the Company or any Guarantor is or becomes a party from time to time after
execution of this Indenture to the extent necessary to effect the pledge of the related equity
interests. In signing any amendment, supplement or waiver or issuing any of the instructions
described in the immediately preceding sentence, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive an
indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it.

     Section 9.05. Conformity With Trust Indenture Act. Every supplemental indenture executed
pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act.

ARTICLE 10

Guaranties

     Section 10.01. The Guaranties. Subject to the provisions of this Article, to the fullest
extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
guarantees, jointly and severally, on an unsecured basis, the full and punctual payment (whether at
Stated Maturity, upon redemption, purchase pursuant to an Offer to Purchase or acceleration, or
otherwise) of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, and all other amounts payable
under, each Note, and the full and punctual payment of all other amounts payable by the Company
under the Indenture. Upon failure by the Company to pay punctually any such amount, each Guarantor
shall forthwith on demand pay the amount not so paid at the place and in the manner specified in
the Indenture.

     Section 10.02. Guaranty Unconditional. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are
unconditional and absolute and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the fullest
extent permitted by applicable law, will not be released, discharged or otherwise affected by

     (1) any extension, renewal, settlement, compromise, waiver or release in respect of
any obligation of the Company under the Indenture or any Note, by operation of law or
otherwise;

     (2) any modification or amendment of or supplement to the Indenture or any Note;

     (3) any change in the corporate existence, structure or ownership of the Company, or
any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding affecting the
Company or its assets or any resulting release or discharge of any obligation of the
Company contained in the Indenture or any Note;

     (4) the existence of any claim, set-off or other rights which the Guarantor may have
at any time against the Company, the Trustee or any

85

 

other Person, whether in connection
with the Indenture or any unrelated transactions, provided that nothing herein prevents
the assertion of any such claim by separate suit or compulsory counterclaim;

     (5) any invalidity or unenforceability relating to or against the Company for any
reason of the Indenture or any Note, or any provision of applicable law or regulation
purporting to prohibit the payment by the Company of the principal of or interest on any
Note or any other amount payable by the Company under the Indenture; or

     (6) any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by the Company, the Trustee
or any other Person or any other circumstance whatsoever which might, but for the
provisions of this paragraph,
constitute a legal or equitable discharge of or defense to such Guarantor’s
obligations hereunder.

     Section 10.03. Discharge; Reinstatement. Each Guarantor’s obligations hereunder will remain
in full force and effect until the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all
other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture have been paid in full. If at any time
any payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note or any other amount
payable by the Company under the Indenture is rescinded or must be otherwise restored or returned
upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise, each Guarantor’s
obligations hereunder with respect to such payment will be reinstated as though such payment had
been due but not made at such time.

     Section 10.04. Waiver by the Guarantors. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law,
each Guarantor irrevocably waives acceptance hereof, presentment, demand, protest and any notice
not provided for herein, as well as any requirement that at any time any action be taken by any
Person against the Company or any other Person.

     Section 10.05. Subrogation and Contribution. Upon making any payment with respect to any
obligation of the Company under this Article, the Guarantor making such payment will be subrogated
to the rights of the payee against the Company with respect to such obligation, provided that the
Guarantor may not enforce either any right of subrogation, or any right to receive payment in the
nature of contribution, or otherwise, from any other Guarantor, with respect to such payment so
long as any amount payable by the Company hereunder or under the Notes remains unpaid.

     Section 10.06. Stay of Acceleration. If acceleration of the time for payment of any amount
payable by the Company under the Indenture or the Notes is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy
or reorganization of the Company, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under the
terms of the Indenture

86

 

are nonetheless payable by the Guarantors hereunder forthwith on demand by
the Trustee or the Holders.

     Section 10.07. Limitation on Amount of Guaranty. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
this Article, each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it
is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guaranty of such Guarantor not constitute a
fraudulent conveyance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of the United States
Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of state law. To effectuate that intention, the
Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each
Guarantor under its Note Guaranty are limited to the maximum amount that would not render the
Guarantor’s obligations subject to avoidance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of
the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of state law.

     Section 10.08. Execution and Delivery of Guaranty. The execution by each Guarantor of a
supplemental indenture (substantially in the form of Exhibit B) will evidence the Note Guaranty of
such Guarantor, whether or not the person signing as an officer of the Guarantor still holds that
office at the time of authentication of any Note. The delivery of any Note by the Trustee after
authentication constitutes due delivery of the Note Guaranty set forth in the Indenture on behalf
of each Guarantor.

     Section 10.09. Release of Guaranty. The Note Guaranty of a Guarantor will terminate upon

     (1) a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the
Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the
Guarantor (in each case other than to the Company or a Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by
the Indenture,

     (2) a Guarantor ceases to guarantee any Debt of the Company, or

     (3) defeasance or discharge of the Notes, as provided in “Defeasance and Discharge”.

     Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel to the foregoing effect, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in
order to evidence the release of the Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guaranty.

87

 

ARTICLE 11

Security Arrangements

     Section 11.01. Collateral Agent. (a) Upon the Completion Date, Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association will be appointed as Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes and
all other Pari-Passu Obligations, and shall initially act as Collateral Agent under the Security
Documents. The Trustee is hereby authorized to enter into the Collateral Trust Agreement to
evidence such appointment.

     (b) Subject to the terms of the Collateral Trust Agreement, the Collateral Agent will hold
(directly or through co-trustees or agents), and will be entitled to enforce on behalf of the
Holders of Notes and the holders of all other Pari-Passu Obligations, all Liens on the Collateral.

     (c) All of the rights, protections, benefits, privileges, indemnities and immunities
granted to the Trustee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent acting
hereunder and under the Security Documents.

     (d) The Collateral Agent may resign or may be removed in accordance with the provisions
set forth in the Collateral Trust Agreement.

     (e) This Article 11 and the provisions of each Security Document are subject to the terms,
conditions and benefits set forth in the Collateral Trust Agreement.

     Section 11.02. Security. (a) In order to secure the Obligations of the Company under this
Indenture and the Notes, the Company will execute and deliver to the Trustee (1) the Escrow
Agreement on the Issue Date and (2) on the Completion Date, each Security Document that is intended
to be effective upon such date (forms of which are attached as Exhibits J and K hereto) which shall
satisfy the applicable Escrow Conditions and in each case will create the Liens intended to be
created thereunder, with the priority set forth therein and on the Collateral.

     (b) If (i) any Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor, (ii) the Company or any Guarantor acquires
any property (other than Excluded Property) that is not automatically subject to a perfected
security interest under the Security Documents, or (iii) any Excluded Property ceases to fit within
the definition thereof, the Company or such Guarantor shall notify the Collateral Agent in writing
thereof and, in each case at the sole cost and expense of the Company or Guarantor and as soon as
reasonably practicable after such entity becomes a Guarantor, such property’s acquisition or it no
longer being Excluded Property, as the case may be, execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent
such mortgages, security agreement supplements and other documentation (in form and scope, and
covering such Collateral on such terms, in each case consistent with the

88

 

mortgages, security
agreements and other security documents in effect on the Completion Date), and take such additional
actions (including any of the actions described in Section 4.19(b)), as are reasonably necessary to
create and fully perfect (except to the extent perfection is not required thereunder) in favor of
the secured parties under the Security Documents a valid and enforceable security interest in (and
in the case of real property, mortgage lien on) such Collateral, which shall be free of any other
Liens except for Permitted Collateral Liens. Any security interest provided pursuant to this
Section 11.02(b) shall be accompanied by such Opinions of Counsel as to the validity and perfection
of the Liens on such property to the Company as customarily given by counsel in the relevant
jurisdiction, in form and substance customary for such jurisdiction. In addition, the Company
shall deliver an Officers’ Certificate to the Collateral Agent certifying that the necessary
measures have been taken to perfect the security interest in such property.

     (c) The Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all covenants and agreements
contained in the Escrow Agreement and the Security Documents.

     (d) Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to all of the terms and provisions of the
Security Documents, as the same may be amended from time to time pursuant to the provisions of the
Indenture and the Security Documents.

     (e) As among the Holders, the Collateral as now or hereafter constituted shall be held for
the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders without preference, priority or distinction of any
thereof over any other by reason of differences in time of issuance, sale or otherwise, as security
for the Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.

     (f) To the extent applicable, the Company will be required to comply with Section 313(b)
of the Trust Indenture Act, relating to reports, and, unless the Notes are qualified under the
Trust Indenture Act, the Company will not be required to comply with Section 314(d) of the Trust
Indenture Act, relating to the release of property and to the substitution therefor of any property
to be pledged as Collateral for the Notes, except to the extent required by law. To the extent
applicable, any certificate or opinion required by Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act may be
made by an officer of the Company except in cases where Section 314(d) requires that such
certificate or opinion be made by an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert. The most
recent appraisals required pursuant to the definition of “Fair Market Value” shall be deemed
sufficient for such purposes to the maximum extent permitted by law. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary herein, the Company and the Guarantors will not be required to comply with all or any
portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act if they determine, in good faith based on
advice of outside counsel, that under the terms of that section and/or any interpretation or
guidance as to the meaning thereof of the Commission and its staff, including “no action”

89

 

letters
or exemptive orders, all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act is
inapplicable to the released Collateral.

     Section 11.03. Authorization of Actions to be Taken. (a) The Collateral Agent and the
Trustee are authorized and empowered to enter into the Security Documents and to receive on behalf
of the Holders of the Notes, any funds collected or distributed under the Security Documents to
which the Collateral Agent or Trustee is a party and to make further distributions of such funds to
the Holders of Notes according to the provisions of this Indenture. Additionally, the Trustee is
authorized and empowered to enter into the Escrow Agreement and to receive on behalf of the Holders
of the Notes, any funds collected or distributed under the Escrow Agreement and to make further
distributions of such funds to the Holders of Notes according to the provisions of this Indenture

     (b) Subject to the Collateral Trust Agreement and Article 7, unless inconsistent with
applicable law, the Collateral Agent is authorized and empowered to institute and maintain such
suits and proceedings as are necessary to protect or enforce the Liens on the Collateral or the
other rights under the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent is a party or to prevent
any impairment of Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of such
Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as are necessary to
preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Collateral, including
power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance
with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or
otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would
impair the Liens or other rights under such Security Documents or hereunder or be prejudicial to
the interests of Holders or the Collateral Agent.

     Section 11.04. Determinations Relating To Collateral. Except for any consent, approval or
action by the Collateral Agent in the ordinary course of the performance of the Collateral Agent’s
duties under the Indenture or the Security Documents, in the event (i) the Collateral Agent shall
receive any written request from the Company, a Guarantor or the Trustee under any Security
Document for consent or approval with respect to any matter or thing relating to any Collateral or
the Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligations with respect thereto, (ii) there shall be due to or
from the Trustee or the Collateral Agent under the provisions of any Security Document any material
performance or the delivery of any material instrument or (iii) the Collateral Agent shall become
aware of any nonperformance by the Company or a Guarantor of any covenant or any breach of any
representation or warranty of the Company or such Guarantor set forth in any Security Document,
then, in each such event, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to hire experts, consultants,
agents and attorneys to advise the Collateral Agent on the manner in which the Collateral Agent
should respond to such request or render any requested performance or respond to such
nonperformance or breach. The Collateral Agent shall be fully protected in the taking of any

90

 

action recommended or approved by any such expert, consultant, agent or attorney or agreed to by
the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

     Section 11.05. Release of Liens. (a) The Liens on the Collateral securing the Notes may be
released pursuant to the Collateral Trust Agreement:

          (i) upon payment in full of principal, interest and all other Obligations on the Notes
issued under the Indenture or satisfaction and discharge (in accordance with Article 8) or
defeasance (including pursuant to Section 8.03);

          (ii) upon release of a Note Guarantee (with respect to the Liens securing such Note
Guarantee granted by such Guarantor);

          (iii) in connection with any disposition of Collateral to any Person other than the
Company or any Guarantor (but excluding any transaction subject to Article 5 where the successor
will become the Company or a Guarantor) that is permitted by the Indenture (with respect to the
Lien on such Collateral); provided that except in the case of any disposition of Cash Equivalents
in the ordinary course of business, upon such disposition and after giving effect thereto, no
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and the
Company would be in compliance with the covenants under Section 4.17 and Section 4.18
(calculated as if the disposition date was a date on which such covenant is required to be tested
under Section 4.18);

          (iv) in whole or in part, with the consent of the Holders of the requisite percentage of
Notes in accordance with the provisions described under Section 9.02, including the release of all
or substantially all of the Collateral if approved by Holders of at least 75% of the aggregate
principal amount of the Notes; or

          (v) with respect to assets that become Excluded Property.

          Each of the releases described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (v) above may be effected by
the Collateral Agent upon receipt of appropriate notice of instruction, to the extent required,
without the consent of the Holders or any action on the part of the Trustee.

     (b) Upon delivery to the Collateral Agent of an Officers’ Certificate requesting execution
of an instrument confirming the release or subordination of the Liens pursuant to Section 11.05(a),
as applicable, accompanied by:

          (1) an Opinion of Counsel confirming such release or subordination is permitted by Section
11.05(a), as applicable;

          (2) all instruments requested by the Company to effectuate or confirm such release or
subordination; and

91

 

          (3) such other certificates and documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request
to confirm the matters set forth in Section 11.05(a) or (c), as applicable,

     the Collateral Agent is hereby authorized to, and shall, if such instruments and confirmation
are reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, promptly execute and deliver such instruments.

          (c) All instruments effectuating or confirming any release of any Liens will have the
effect solely of releasing such Liens as to the Collateral described therein, on customary terms
and without any recourse, representation, warranty or liability whatsoever.

          (d) The Company will bear and pay all costs and expenses associated with any release or
subordination of Liens pursuant to this Section 11.05, including all reasonable fees and
disbursements of any attorneys or representatives acting for the Trustee or for the Collateral
Agent.

          (e) Any release of Collateral in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the
Security Documents will not be deemed to impair the security under this Indenture, and any engineer
or appraiser may rely on this
Section 11.05(e) in delivering a certificate requesting release so long as all other
provisions of this Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act with respect to such release have been
complied with.

     Section 11.06. Permitted Ordinary Course Activities with Respect to Collateral. (a) So long
as no Default or Event of Default under this Indenture would result therefrom (and so long as the
activities below otherwise do not violate the provisions set forth in Article 4 or Article 11) and
such transaction would not violate the Trust Indenture Act, the Company and the Guarantors may,
without any release or consent by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, conduct ordinary course
activities with respect to Collateral, including, without limitation:

     (i) selling or otherwise disposing of, in any transaction or series of related transactions,
any property subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents which has become worn out, defective
or obsolete or not used or useful in the business;

     (ii) abandoning, terminating, canceling, releasing or making alterations in or substitutions
of any leases or contracts subject to the Lien of this Indenture or any of the Collateral
Documents;

     (iii) surrendering or modifying any franchise, license or permit subject to the Lien of this
Indenture or any of the Collateral Documents which it may own or under which it may be operating;

92

 

     (iv) altering, repairing, replacing, changing the location or position of and adding to its
structures, machinery, systems, equipment, fixtures and appurtenances;

     (v) granting a license of any intellectual property;

     (vi) selling, transferring or otherwise disposing of inventory in the ordinary course of
business;

     (vii) selling, collecting, liquidating, factoring or otherwise disposing of accounts
receivable in the ordinary course of business;

     (viii) making cash payments (including for the scheduled repayment of Indebtedness) from cash
that is at any time part of the Collateral in the ordinary course of business that are not
otherwise prohibited by the Indenture and the Collateral Documents;

     (ix) abandoning any intellectual property which is no longer used or useful in the Company’s
business; and

     (x) engage in any other release of any Collateral as to which release any Commission
regulation or interpretation (including any no-action letter issued by the Staff of the Commission
or exemption order issued by the Commission or
pursuant to its delegated authority, whether issued to the Company or any other Person)
provides that delivery of such opinions or certificates need not be made.

     (b) The Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to comply with the requirement to
deliver certificates pursuant to Section 11.02(f) in respect of the release of Collateral or Liens
as described in paragraph (a) of this Section and Section 11.05(a) (to the extent such release may
be effected without action on the part of the Trustee); provided that the Company shall deliver to
the Collateral Agent, within 30 calendar days following the end of each six-month period beginning
on January 1 and July 1 of any year, an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that all releases and
withdrawals during the preceding six-month period (or since the Issue Date, in the case of the
first such certificate) in which no release or consent of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent was
obtained were in the ordinary course of the Company’s and the Guarantors’ business and were not
prohibited by this Indenture.

ARTICLE 12

Escrow Arrangements

     Section 12.01. Escrow Account. Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture, on the Issue Date
simultaneously with the issuance of the Notes, the Company will, pursuant to the terms of the
Escrow Agreement, deposit into an

93

 

account pledged to the Trustee (the “Escrow Account”) the proceeds of the offering of the
Notes, together with an additional amount in cash or in the form of a letter of credit
(collectively with any other property from time to time held by the Escrow Agent, the “Escrow
Property”), sufficient to redeem the Notes at the Special Redemption Price. Funds held in the
Escrow Account shall, pending release to fund the Special Redemption as set forth in Section 3.03
or as a result of the satisfaction of the Escrow Conditions as set forth in Section 12.03 may be
invested at the direction of the Company in Cash Equivalents maturing prior to the Date of
Determination (as defined below) as more fully set forth in the Escrow Agreement.

     Section 12.02. Special Redemption. If the Escrow Conditions have not been satisfied on or
prior to the earlier to occur of (i) the determination by the Board of Directors in its good faith
judgment that the Completion Date will not occur by March 31, 2011, or (ii) March 31, 2011 (such
earlier date, the “Date of Determination”), the Escrow Agent will, on or before the Business Day
immediately prior to the Special Redemption Date, cause the liquidation of all investments of
Escrow Property then held by it and cause the release of all of the Escrow Property and the payment
to the Holders of the Special Redemption Price pursuant to Section 3.04.

     Section 12.03. Release of Escrow Property. Upon the satisfaction of the Escrow Conditions,
the Escrow Property will be released to the Company, in accordance with the terms of the Escrow
Agreement, but shall be pledged to secure the Notes pursuant to the Security Documents.

ARTICLE 13

Miscellaneous

     Section 13.01. Trust Indenture Act of 1939. The Indenture shall incorporate and be governed
by the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of and to govern
indentures qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.

     Section 13.02. Noteholder Communications; Noteholder Actions. (a) The rights of Holders to
communicate with other Holders with respect to the Indenture or the Notes are as provided by the
Trust Indenture Act, and the Company and the Trustee shall comply with the requirements of Trust
Indenture Act Sections 312(a) and 312(b). Neither the Company nor the Trustee will be held
accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made
pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.

     (b) (1) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent to
amendment, supplement or waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or
taken by a Holder (an “act”) may be

94

 

evidenced by an instrument signed by the Holder
delivered to the Trustee. The fact and date of the execution of the instrument, or the
authority of the person executing it, may be proved in any manner that the Trustee deems
sufficient.

     (2) The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders,
which will be binding on all the Holders.

     (c) Any act by the Holder of any Note binds that Holder and every subsequent Holder of a
Note that evidences the same debt as the Note of the acting Holder, even if no notation thereof
appears on the Note. Subject to paragraph (d), a Holder may revoke an act as to its Notes, but
only if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver or
other consequence of the act becomes effective.

     (d) The Company may, but is not obligated to, fix a record date (which need not be within
the time limits otherwise prescribed by Trust Indenture Act Section 316(c)) for the purpose of
determining the Holders entitled to act with respect to any amendment or waiver or in any other
regard, except that during the continuance of an Event of Default, only the Trustee may set a
record date as to notices of default, any declaration or acceleration or any other remedies or
other consequences of the Event of Default. If a record date is fixed, those Persons that were
Holders at such record date and only those Persons will be entitled to act, or to revoke any
previous act, whether or not those Persons continue to be Holders after the record date. No act
will be valid or effective for more than 90 days after the record date.

     Section 13.03. Notices. (a) Any notice or communication to the Company will be deemed given
if in writing (i) when delivered in person or (ii) five days after mailing when mailed by first
class mail, or (iii) when sent by facsimile transmission, with transmission confirmed. Notices or
communications to a Guarantor will be deemed given if given to the Company. Any notice to the
Trustee will be effective only upon receipt. In each case the notice or communication should be
addressed as follows:

     if to the Company:

Harbinger Group Inc.

450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, NY 10022

Attention: Francis T. McCarron

Facsimile: (212) 339-5801

95

 

     if to the Trustee:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

625 Marquette Avenue, 11th Floor

MAC N9311-110

Minneapolis, MN 55470

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Facsimile: (612) 667-9825

The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses
for subsequent notices or communications.

     (b) Except as otherwise expressly provided with respect to published notices, any notice
or communication to a Holder will be deemed given when mailed to the Holder at its address as it
appears on the Register by first class mail or, as to any Global Note registered in the name of DTC
or its nominee, as agreed by the Company, the Trustee and DTC. Copies of any notice or
communication to a Holder, if given by the Company, will be mailed to the Trustee at the same time.
Defect in mailing a notice or communication to any particular Holder will not affect its
sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

     (c) Where the Indenture provides for notice, the notice may be waived in writing by the
Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and the waiver will be
the equivalent of the notice. Waivers of notice by Holders must be filed with the Trustee, but
such filing is not a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such
waivers.

     Section 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or
application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under the Indenture, the Company will
furnish to the Trustee:

     (1) an Officers’ Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all
conditions precedent, if any, provided for in the Indenture relating to the proposed
action have been complied with; and

     (2) an Opinion of Counsel stating that all such conditions precedent have been
complied with.

     Section 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion
with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in the Indenture must include:

     (1) a statement that each person signing the certificate or opinion has read the
covenant or condition and the related definitions;

96

 

     (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statement or opinion contained in the certificate or opinion is based;

     (3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such person, that person has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable the person to express an informed
opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

     (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such person, such
condition or covenant has been complied with, provided that an Opinion of Counsel may rely
on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials with respect to matters of
fact.

     Section 13.06. Payment Date Other Than a Business Day. If any payment with respect to a
payment of any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note (including any payment to be
made on any date fixed for redemption or purchase of any Note) is due on a day which is not a
Business Day, then the payment need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next Business
Day with the same force and effect as if made on such date, and no interest will accrue for the
intervening period.

     Section 13.07. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. The
Indenture, including any Note Guaranties, and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws, principles
thereof. Each of the Company and any Guarantor irrevocably (i) agrees that any legal suit, action
or proceeding against the Company or any Guarantor brought by any Holder arising out of or based
upon this Indenture may be instituted in any United States federal court or New York State court
located in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York (a “New York Court”), (ii) waives, to
the fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to
the laying of venue of any such proceeding and (iii) submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of a
New York Court in any such suit, action or proceeding. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL
BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE
TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

     Section 13.08. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. The Indenture may not be used
to interpret another indenture or loan or debt agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary of the
Company, and no such indenture or loan or debt agreement may be used to interpret the Indenture.

97

 

     Section 13.09. Successors. All agreements of the Company or any Guarantor in the Indenture
and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in the Indenture will bind
its successor.

     Section 13.10. Duplicate Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of the
Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF
transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties
hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the
parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for
all purposes.

     Section 13.11. Separability. In case any provision in the Indenture or in the Notes is
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

     Section 13.12. Table of Contents and Headings. The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table
and headings of the Articles and Sections of the Indenture have been inserted for convenience of
reference only, are not to be considered a part of the Indenture and in no way modify or restrict
any of the terms and provisions of the Indenture.

     Section 13.13. No Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Members and
Stockholders. No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, stockholder or controlling
person of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the
Company or such Guarantor under the Notes, any Note Guaranty, the Indenture or the Security
Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their
creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The
waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

     Section 13.14. U.S.A. Patriot Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with
Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to
help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record
information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an
account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee
with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the
U.S.A. Patriot Act.

     Section 13.15. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any
failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by,
directly or indirectly, forces beyond its

98

 

control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or
terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and
interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and
hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are
consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as
practicable under the circumstances.

     Section 13.16. Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture, express or implied, shall
give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors thereunder, any Paying Agent
and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

     Section 13.17. Rules by Trustee and Agents. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action
by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set
reasonable requirements for its function.

99

 

SIGNATURES

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the Indenture to be duly executed as of the
date first written above.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	HARBINGER GROUP INC.

as Issuer

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Francis T. McCarron
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Francis T. McCarron 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial
Officer 	 
	 
	 	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Richard Prokosch
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Richard Prokosch 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 

100

 

	 	 	 	 	 

EXHIBIT A

 [FACE OF NOTE]

HARBINGER GROUP INC.

10.625% Senior Secured Note Due 2015

[CUSIP] [CINS] _______________

			
	No.
	 	$_______________

     Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”, which term includes any successor
under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, promises to pay to
____________________, or its registered assigns, the principal sum of ____________ DOLLARS
($______) [or such other amount as indicated on the Schedule of Exchange of Notes attached hereto]
on November 15, 2015.

     [Initial]1 Interest Rate: 10.625% per annum.

     Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15, commencing May 15, 2011.

     Regular Record Dates: May 1 and November 1.

     Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse
hereof, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

			
	1	 	For Initial Notes or Initial Additional Notes only.

 

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by
its duly authorized officers.

	 	 	 	 	 
	Date: 	HARBINGER GROUP INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 

(Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication)

     This is one of the 10.625% Senior Secured Notes Due 2015 described in the Indenture referred
to in this Note.

	 	 	 	 	 
	Dated:  	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL

       ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 	 	 	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 

[REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

HARBINGER GROUP INC.

10.625% Senior Secured Note Due 2015

1. Principal and Interest.

     The Company promises to pay the principal of this Note on November 15, 2015.

     The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note on each interest
payment date, as set forth on the face of this Note, at the rate of 10.625% per annum [(subject to
adjustment as provided below)]. 1

     Interest will be payable semiannually (to the holders of record of the Notes at the close of
business on the May 1 or November 1 immediately preceding the interest payment date) on each
interest payment date, commencing May 15, 2011.

     [The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement,
dated November 15, 2010, between the Company and the Initial Purchasers named therein (the
“Registration Rights Agreement”), including the right to receive Additional Interest (as defined in
the Registration Rights Agreement).]2

     Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on
this Note [or the Note surrendered in exchange for this Note]3 (or, if there is no
existing default in the payment of interest and if this Note is authenticated between a regular
record date and the next interest payment date, from such interest payment date) or, if no interest
has been paid, from [the Issue Date].4 Interest will be computed in the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

     The Company will pay interest on overdue principal, premium, if any, and, to the extent
lawful, interest at a rate per annum that is 1.0% in excess of 10.625%. Interest not paid when due
and any interest on principal, premium or interest not paid when due will be paid to the Persons
that are Holders on a special 

 

			
	1	 	Include only for Initial Note or Initial
Additional Note.
	 
	2	 	Include only for Initial Note or Initial
Additional Note; conform to Registration Rights Agreement.
	 
	3	 	Include only for Exchange Note.
	 
	4	 	For Additional Notes, should be the date of
their original issue.

 

 

record date, which will be the 15th day preceding the date fixed by the Company
for the payment of such interest, whether or not such day is a Business Day. At least 15 days
before a special record date, the Company will send to each Holder and to the Trustee a notice that
sets forth the special record date, the payment date and the amount of interest to be paid.

2. Indentures; Security

     This is one of the Notes issued under an Indenture dated as of November 15, 2010 (as amended
from time to time, the “Indenture”), between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless
otherwise indicated. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made
part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The Notes are subject to all such
terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of all
such terms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between
the terms of this Note and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture will control.

     The Notes are senior secured obligations of the Company, secured by Liens on the Collateral
pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, and following the Completion Date, the Security Documents. The
Indenture limits the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes to $350,000,000, but
Additional Notes may be issued pursuant to the Indenture, and the originally issued Notes and all
such Additional Notes vote together for all purposes as a single class.

3. Redemption and Repurchase; Discharge Prior to Redemption or Maturity.

     This Note is subject to optional redemption, and may be the subject of an Offer to Purchase,
as further described in the Indenture. There is no sinking fund or mandatory redemption applicable
to this Note.

     If the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to
pay the then outstanding principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes to
redemption or maturity, the Company may in certain circumstances be discharged from the Indenture,
the Notes and the Security Documents or may be discharged from certain of its obligations under
certain provisions of the Indenture.

4. Registered Form; Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.

     The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 principal amount
and any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register the transfer or exchange of
Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate
endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by

 

 

the Indenture. Pursuant to the Indenture, there are certain periods during which
the Trustee will not be required to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Note or
certain portions of a Note.

5. Defaults and Remedies.

     If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or
the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes to be due
and payable. If a bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the Company occurs and is
continuing, the Notes automatically become due and payable. Holders may not enforce the Indenture
or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory
to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise
of remedies.

6. Amendment and Waiver.

     Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents may be
amended, or default may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the outstanding Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Company and
the Trustee (and, in the case of the Security Documents, the Collateral Agent) may amend or
supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or
inconsistency if such amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the interests of the
Holders in any material respect.

7. Authentication.

     This Note is not valid until the Trustee (or Authenticating Agent) signs the certificate of
authentication on the other side of this Note.

8. Governing Law.

     This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New
York without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof.

9. Abbreviations.

     Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM
(= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A/ (= Uniform Gifts to
Minors Act).

     The Company will furnish a copy of the Indenture to any Holder upon written request and
without charge.

 

 

[FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE]

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s)
unto

Insert Taxpayer Identification No.

 

 

Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee

 

the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing

 

attorney to transfer said Note on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in
the premises.

 

 

[THE FOLLOWING PROVISION TO BE INCLUDED ON ALL CERTIFICATES BEARING A RESTRICTED LEGEND]

     In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to ______________, the
undersigned confirms that such transfer is made without utilizing any general solicitation or
general advertising and further as follows:

Check One

o (1) This Note is being transferred to a “qualified institutional buyer” in compliance with
Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and certification in the form of Exhibit F
to the Indenture is being furnished herewith.

o (2) This Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in compliance with the exemption from
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided by Regulation S thereunder, and
certification in the form of Exhibit E to the Indenture is being furnished herewith.

or

o (3) This Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (1) or (2) above and
documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note
and the Indenture.

     If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee is not obligated to register this Note
in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such
transfer of registration set forth herein and in the Indenture have been satisfied.

Date:             
        

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Seller

 	 
	 	By  	 	 

	 	 	 

	 

	 	NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond
with the name as written upon the face of the
within-mentioned instrument in every particular, without
alteration or any change whatsoever.

 

 

Signature Guarantee:5                     

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	By  	 	 
	 	 	To be executed by an executive officer 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

 

			
	5	 	Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible
guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which
requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer
Association Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee
program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended.

 

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

     If you wish to have all of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.11 or
Section 4.12 of the Indenture, check the box: 9

     If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.11
or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, state the amount (in original principal amount) below:

$____________________.

Date:  ____________

Your Signature:  __________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:1 _____________________________

 

			
	1	 	Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible
guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Trustee, which
requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer
Association Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee
program” as may be determined by the Trustee in addition to, or in substitution
for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

 

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES1

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for Certificated Notes or a part of another
Global Note have been made:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Principal amount of	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	this Global Note	 	Signature of
	 	 	Amount of decrease	 	Amount of increase	 	following such	 	authorized
	 	 	in principal amount	 	in principal amount	 	decrease (or	 	signatory of
	Date of Exchange	 	of this Global Note	 	of this Global Note	 	increase)	 	Trustee
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

			
	1	 	For Global Notes

 

 

EXHIBIT B

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

dated as of __________, ____

among

HARBINGER GROUP INC.,

The Guarantor(s) Party Hereto

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

 

10.625%

Senior Secured Notes due

2015

 

 

     THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), entered into as of __________,
____, among Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), [insert each Guarantor
executing this Supplemental Indenture and its jurisdiction of incorporation] (each an
“Undersigned”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

RECITALS

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of November 15, 2010
(the “Indenture”), relating to the Company’s 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”);

     WHEREAS, as a condition to the Trustee entering into the Indenture and the purchase of the
Notes by the Holders, the Company agreed pursuant to the Indenture to cause its Subsidiaries to
provide Guaranties in certain circumstances.

AGREEMENT

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and
intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:

     Section 1. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined
in the Indenture.

     Section 2. Each Undersigned, by its execution of this Supplemental Indenture, agrees to be a
Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to
Guarantors, including, but not limited to, Article 10 thereof.

     Section 3. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York without regard to applicable conflicts of laws principles
thereof.

     Section 4. This Supplemental Indenture may be signed in various counterparts which together
will constitute one and the same instrument.

     Section 5. This Supplemental Indenture is an amendment supplemental to the Indenture and the
Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture will henceforth be read together.

 

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first above written.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	HARBINGER GROUP INC., as Issuer

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	[GUARANTOR]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL 

        ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 

EXHIBIT C

RESTRICTED LEGEND

     THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
“SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST
HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER

     (1) REPRESENTS THAT

     (A) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER”
(WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE
INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT,

     (B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)
(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”) OR

     (C) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT) AND

     (2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT
AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY

     (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES,

     (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT,

     (C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT,

     (D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT,

     (E) IN A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $250,000 TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
INVESTOR THAT,

 

 

PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED
CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) RELATING TO THE
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE, OR

     (F) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
SECURITIES ACT.

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D) ABOVE, A DULY
COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE
DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(E) OR
(F) ABOVE, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS,
CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE
PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE
SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM
THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

 

EXHIBIT D

DTC LEGEND

     UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST
COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,
EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH
OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE
& CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN.

     [TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE ARE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES
OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF
THIS GLOBAL NOTE ARE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TRANSFER PROVISIONS OF THE
INDENTURE.]

 

 

EXHIBIT E

Regulation S Certificate

_________, ____

Wells Fargo Bank — DAPS Reorg.

MAC N9303-121

608 2nd Avenue South

Minneapolis, MN 55479

Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605

Fax No.: (866) 969-1290

Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	Re:
	 	Harbinger Group Inc.
	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	10.625% Senior Secured	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”)	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Issued under the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	as of November 15, 2010 relating to the Notes	 	 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          Terms are used in this Certificate as used in Regulation S (“Regulation S”) under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), except as otherwise stated herein.

          [CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]

	 	o    A.	 	This Certificate relates to our proposed transfer of $____ principal amount of
Notes issued under the Indenture. We hereby certify as follows:

	 	1.	 	The offer and sale of the Notes was not and will not
be made to a person in the United States (unless such person is excluded
from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(vi) or the
account held by it for which it is acting is excluded from the definition
of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(i) under the circumstances
described in Rule 902(h)(3)) and such offer and sale was not and will not
be specifically targeted at an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad.
	 
	 	2.	 	Unless the circumstances described in the
parenthetical in paragraph 1 above are applicable, either (a) at the time
the buy order was originated, the buyer was outside the United States or
we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably

 

 

	 	 	 	believed that the buyer was outside the United States or (b) the
transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated
offshore securities market, and neither we nor any person acting on our
behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the
United States.
	 
	 	3.	 	Neither we, any of our affiliates, nor any person
acting on our or their behalf has made any directed selling efforts in the
United States with respect to the Notes.
	 
	 	4.	 	The proposed transfer of Notes is not part of a plan
or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
	 
	 	5.	 	If we are a dealer or a person receiving a selling
concession, fee or other remuneration in respect of the Notes, and the
proposed transfer takes place during the Restricted Period (as defined in
the Indenture), or we are an officer or director of the Company or an
Initial Purchaser (as defined in the Indenture), we certify that the
proposed transfer is being made in accordance with the provisions of Rule
904(b) of Regulation S.

	 	o     B.	 	This Certificate relates to our proposed exchange of $____ principal amount of
Notes issued under the Indenture for an equal principal amount of Notes to be held by
us. We hereby certify as follows:

	 	1.	 	At the time the offer and sale of the Notes was made
to us, either (i) we were not in the United States or (ii) we were
excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule
902(k)(2)(vi) or the account held by us for which we were acting was
excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule
902(k)(2)(i) under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3); and we
were not a member of an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad.
	 
	 	2.	 	Unless the circumstances described in paragraph 1(ii)
above are applicable, either (a) at the time our buy order was originated,
we were outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in,
on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market
and we did not pre-arrange the transaction in the United States.
	 
	 	3.	 	The proposed exchange of Notes is not part of a plan
or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

 

     You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized
to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal
proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Very truly yours,

[NAME OF SELLER (FOR TRANSFERS)

       OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 	 	Address:  	 	 
	 

Date: _________________

 

 

EXHIBIT F

Rule 144A Certificate

_________, ____

Wells Fargo Bank — DAPS Reorg.

MAC N9303-121

608 2nd Avenue South

Minneapolis, MN 55479

Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605

Fax No.: (866) 969-1290

Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	Re:
	 	Harbinger Group Inc.
	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	10.625% Senior Secured	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”)	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Issued under the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	as of November 15, 2010 relating to the Notes	 	 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (1) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

          This Certificate relates to:

          [CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]

	 	o   A.	 	Our proposed purchase of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the
Indenture.
	 
	 	o   B.	 	Our proposed exchange of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the
Indenture for an equal principal amount of Notes to be held by us.

          We and, if applicable, each account for which we are acting in the aggregate owned and
invested more than $100,000,000 in securities of issuers that are not affiliated with us (or such
accounts, if applicable), as of _________, 20__, which is a date on or since close of our most
recent fiscal year. We and, if applicable, each account for which we are acting, are a qualified
institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A (“Rule 144A”) under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the “Securities Act”). If we are acting on behalf of an account, we exercise sole
investment discretion with respect to such account. We are aware that the transfer of Notes to us,
or such exchange, as applicable, is being made in reliance upon the exemption from the provisions
of Section 5 of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A. Prior to the date of this Certificate we

 

 

have received such information regarding the Company as we have requested pursuant to Rule
144A(d)(4) or have determined not to request such information.

     You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized
to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal
proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Very truly yours,

[NAME OF PURCHASER (FOR TRANSFERS)

       OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 	 	Address:  	 	 
	 

Date: _________________

 

 

EXHIBIT G

Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate

Wells Fargo Bank — DAPS Reorg.

MAC N9303-121

608 2nd Avenue South

Minneapolis, MN 55479

Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605

Fax No.: (866) 969-1290

Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	Re:
	 	Harbinger Group Inc.
	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	10.625% Senior Secured	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”)	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Issued under the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	as of November 15, 2010 relating to the Notes	 	 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          This Certificate relates to:

          [CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]

	 	o   A.	 	Our proposed purchase of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the
Indenture.
	 
	 	o   B.	 	Our proposed exchange of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the
Indenture for an equal principal amount of Notes to be held by us.

          We hereby confirm that:

	 	1.	 	We are an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of
Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
“Securities Act”) (an “Institutional Accredited Investor”).
	 
	 	2.	 	Any acquisition of Notes by us will be for our own account or for the
account of one or more other Institutional Accredited Investors as to which we
exercise sole investment discretion.
	 
	 	3.	 	We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters
that we are capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the
Notes and we and any accounts for which we are acting are able to bear the economic
risks of and an entire loss of our or their investment in the Notes.

 

 

	 	4.	 	We are not acquiring the Notes with a view to any distribution thereof
in a transaction that would violate the Securities Act or the securities laws of
any State of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction; provided that
the disposition of our property and the property of any accounts for which we are
acting as fiduciary will remain at all times within our and their control.
	 
	 	5.	 	We acknowledge that the Notes have not been registered under the
Securities Act and that the Notes may not be offered or sold within the United
States or to or for the benefit of U.S. persons except as set forth below.
	 
	 	6.	 	The principal amount of Notes to which this Certificate relates is at
least equal to $250,000.

     We agree for the benefit of the Company, on our own behalf and on behalf of each account for
which we are acting, that such Notes may be offered, sold, pledged or otherwise transferred only in
accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable securities laws of any State of the United
States and only (a) to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) pursuant to a registration
statement which has become effective under the Securities Act, (c) to a qualified institutional
buyer in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (d) in an offshore transaction in
compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) in a principal amount of not
less than $250,000, to an Institutional Accredited Investor that, prior to such transfer, delivers
to the Trustee a duly completed and signed certificate (the form of which may be obtained from the
Trustee) relating to the restrictions on transfer of the Notes or (f) pursuant to an exemption from
registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other available exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

     Prior to the registration of any transfer in accordance with (c) or (d) above, we acknowledge
that a duly completed and signed certificate (the form of which may be obtained from the Trustee)
must be delivered to the Trustee. Prior to the registration of any transfer in accordance with (e)
or (f) above, we acknowledge that the Company reserves the right to require the delivery of such
legal opinions, certifications or other evidence as may reasonably be required in order to
determine that the proposed transfer is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and
applicable state securities laws. We acknowledge that no representation is made as to the
availability of any Rule 144 exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

     We understand that the Trustee will not be required to accept for registration of transfer any
Notes acquired by us, except upon presentation of evidence satisfactory to the Company and the
Trustee that the foregoing restrictions on transfer have been complied with. We further understand
that the Notes acquired by us will be in the form of definitive physical certificates and that such
certificates will bear a legend reflecting the substance of the preceding

 

 

paragraph. We further agree to provide to any person acquiring any of the Notes from us a
notice advising such person that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein and that
certificates representing the Notes will bear a legend to that effect.

     We agree to notify you promptly in writing if any of our acknowledgments, representations or
agreements herein ceases to be accurate and complete.

     We represent to you that we have full power to make the foregoing acknowledgments,
representations and agreements on our own behalf and on behalf of any account for which we are
acting.

     You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized
to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal
proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Very truly yours,

[NAME OF PURCHASER (FOR TRANSFERS)

       OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 	 	Address:  	 	 
	 

Date: _________________

 

 

     Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as
follows:

By: _____________________________

Date: ____________________________

Taxpayer ID number: _______________

 

 

EXHIBIT H

[COMPLETE FORM I OR FORM II AS APPLICABLE.]

[FORM I]

Certificate of Beneficial Ownership

	 	 	 

	To: Wells Fargo Bank — DAPS Reorg.

	 

	 	MACN 9303-121
	 

	 	608 2nd Avenue South
	 

	 	Minneapolis, MN 55479
	 

	 	Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605
	 

	 	Fax No.: (866) 969-1290
	 

	 	Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com
OR

	 

	 	[Name of DTC Participant]]

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	Re:
	 	Harbinger Group Inc.
	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	10.625% Senior Secured	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”)	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Issued under the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	as of November 15, 2010 relating to the Notes	 	 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          We are the beneficial owner of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture and
represented by a Temporary Offshore Global Note (as defined in the Indenture).

          We hereby certify as follows:

          [CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]

	 	o   A.	 	We are a non-U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended).
	 
	 	o   B.	 	We are a U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended) that purchased the Notes in a transaction that did not require
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized
to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal
proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Very truly yours,

[NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 	 	Address:  	 	 
	 

Date: _________________

[FORM II]

Certificate of Beneficial Ownership

	 	 	 
	To:

	 	Wells Fargo Bank — DAPS Reorg.
	 

	 	MAC N9303-121
	 

	 	608 2nd Avenue South
	 

	 	Minneapolis, MN 55479
	 

	 	Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605
	 

	 	Fax No.: (866) 969-1290
	 

	 	Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com
	 
	 	 
	Re:

	 	Harbinger Group Inc.
	 

	 	10.625% Senior Secured
	 

	 	Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”)
	 

	 	Issued under the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated
	 

	 	as of November 15, 2010 relating to the Notes

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     This is to certify that based solely on certifications we have received in writing, by tested
telex or by electronic transmission from Institutions appearing in our records as persons being
entitled to a portion of the principal amount of Notes represented by a Temporary Offshore Global
Note issued under the above-referenced Indenture, that as of the date hereof, $____ principal
amount of Notes represented by the Temporary Offshore Global Note being submitted herewith for
exchange is beneficially owned by persons that are either (i) non-U.S. persons (within the meaning
of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) or (ii) U.S. persons that purchased
the Notes in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.

     We further certify that (i) we are not submitting herewith for exchange any portion of such
Temporary Offshore Global Note excepted in such certifications and (ii) as of the date hereof we
have not received any notification from any

 

 

Institution to the effect that the statements made by such Institution with respect to any
portion of such Temporary Offshore Global Note submitted herewith for exchange are no longer true
and cannot be relied upon as of the date hereof.

     You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized
to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal
proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

					
	 	Yours faithfully,

	 	[Name of DTC Participant]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 	 	Address:  	 	 
	 

Date: _________________

 

 

     EXHIBIT I

THIS NOTE IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE. PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD APPLICABLE
HERETO, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN MAY NOT BE HELD BY ANY PERSON OTHER THAN (1) A NON-U.S. PERSON
OR (2) A U.S. PERSON THAT PURCHASED SUCH INTEREST IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER
THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN
ARE NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR PHYSICAL NOTES OTHER THAN A PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
TERMS OF THE INDENTURE. TERMS IN THIS LEGEND ARE USED AS USED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT.

NO BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF
PRINCIPAL OR INTEREST HEREON UNTIL SUCH BENEFICIAL INTEREST IS EXCHANGED OR TRANSFERRED FOR AN
INTEREST IN ANOTHER NOTE

 

 

EXHIBIT J

SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT

dated as of

[DATE], 2010

among

HARBINGER GROUP INC.,

THE OTHER GRANTORS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	Page	 
	SECTION 1. Definitions
	 	 	2	 
	SECTION 2. Grant of Transaction Liens
	 	 	12	 
	SECTION 3. General Representations and Warranties
	 	 	13	 
	SECTION 4. Further Assurances; General Covenants
	 	 	17	 
	SECTION 5. Recordable Intellectual Property
	 	 	19	 
	SECTION 6. Investment Property
	 	 	20	 
	SECTION 7. Deposit Accounts
	 	 	23	 
	SECTION 8. Cash Collateral Accounts
	 	 	23	 
	SECTION 9. Commercial Tort Claims
	 	 	24	 
	SECTION 10. Transfer Of Record Ownership
	 	 	24	 
	SECTION 11. Right to Vote Securities
	 	 	24	 
	SECTION 12. Certain Cash Distributions
	 	 	25	 
	SECTION 13. Remedies upon Actionable Default
	 	 	25	 
	SECTION 14. Application of Proceeds
	 	 	27	 
	SECTION 15. Fees and Expenses; Indemnification
	 	 	28	 
	SECTION 16. Authority to Administer Collateral
	 	 	29	 
	SECTION 17. Limitation on Duty in Respect of Collateral
	 	 	30	 
	SECTION 18. General Provisions Concerning the Collateral Agent
	 	 	30	 
	SECTION 19. Termination of Transaction Liens; Release of Collateral
	 	 	32	 
	SECTION 20. Additional Guarantors and Grantors
	 	 	32	 
	SECTION 21. New Obligations
	 	 	32	 
	SECTION 22. Notices
	 	 	32	 
	SECTION 23. No Implied Waivers; Remedies Not Exclusive
	 	 	32	 
	SECTION 24. Successors and Assigns
	 	 	32	 
	SECTION 25. Amendments and Waivers
	 	 	33	 
	SECTION 26. Choice of Law
	 	 	33	 
	SECTION 27. Waiver of Jury Trial
	 	 	33	 
	SECTION 28. Severability
	 	 	33	 
	SECTION 29. Counterparts; Electronic Delivery
	 	 	33	 
	SECTION 30. Rights Of Holders
	 	 	34	 

 

 

SCHEDULES:

	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	Schedule 1
	 	Equity Interests in Subsidiaries and Affiliates Owned by Original Grantors
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Schedule 2
	 	Other Investment Property Owned by Original Grantors
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Schedule 3
	 	Commercial Tort Claims

EXHIBITS:

	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	Exhibit A
	 	Form of Security Agreement Supplement
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Exhibit B
	 	Form of Perfection Certificate
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Exhibit C
	 	Form of Pari-Passu Joinder Agreement

ii

 

SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT

     This SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of [DATE],
2010 by and among Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (with its successors under the
Indenture, the “Issuer”, and collectively with any other Person that becomes a Grantor hereunder
from time to time pursuant to Section 20, the “Grantors”), in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent”).

     WHEREAS, the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”)
have entered into that certain indenture dated as of November 15, 2010 (as amended, amended and
restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), pursuant to which
the Issuer is issuing $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10.625% Notes due 2015 (the
“Notes”);

     WHEREAS, the Issuer, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee are parties to that certain
Collateral Trust Agreement dated as of even date herewith (as amended, amended and restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Trust Agreement”);

     WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, each Guarantor from time to time party hereto will
unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to the
Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties the prompt and complete payment and performance when
due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all obligations under the
Indenture and the Notes;

     WHEREAS, the Trustee has appointed Wells Fargo Bank, National Association to serve as
Collateral Agent under the Collateral Trust Agreement and, in such capacity, to enter into this
Agreement;

     WHEREAS, following the date hereof, if not prohibited by the Indenture, the Grantors may incur
New Obligations (including Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture)) which are secured
equally and ratably with the Grantors’ obligations in respect of the Notes in accordance with
Section 2 of this Agreement;

     WHEREAS, the Issuer and the other Grantors will receive substantial benefits from the
execution, delivery and performance of the obligations under the Indenture, the Notes and any New
Document, and each is, therefore, willing to enter into this Agreement; and

 

 

     WHEREAS, to secure the payment and performance of all of its Secured Obligations, each Grantor
has agreed (i) to pledge to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security
interest in the Collateral and (ii) to execute and deliver this Agreement;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Issuer, each other Grantor and
the Collateral Agent hereby agree as follows:

     SECTION 1. Definitions.

     (a) Terms Defined in Indenture. Terms defined in the Indenture and not
otherwise defined in subsection (b) or (c) of this Section have, as used herein (including in the
preamble and recitals hereto), the respective meanings provided for therein. The rules of
construction specified in Section 1.02 of the Indenture also apply to this Agreement.

     (b) Terms Defined in UCC. As used herein, each of the following terms has the
meaning specified in the UCC:

	 	 	 
	Term	 	UCC
	Account
	 	9-102
	Authenticate
	 	9-102
	Certificated Security
	 	8-102
	Chattel Paper
	 	9-102
	Commercial Tort Claim
	 	9-102
	Commodity Account
	 	9-102
	Commodity Customer
	 	9-102
	Deposit Account
	 	9-102
	Document
	 	9-102
	Entitlement Holder
	 	8-102
	Equipment
	 	9-102
	Financial Asset
	 	8-102 & 103
	General Intangibles
	 	9-102
	Instrument
	 	9-102
	Inventory
	 	9-102
	Investment Property
	 	9-102
	Letter-of-Credit Right
	 	9-102
	Record
	 	9-102
	Proceeds
	 	9-102
	Securities Account
	 	8-501
	Securities Intermediary
	 	8-102

2

 

	 	 	 
	Term	 	UCC
	Security
	 	8-102 & 103
	Security Entitlement
	 	8-102
	Supporting Obligations
	 	9-102
	Uncertificated Security
	 	8-102

     (c) Additional Definitions. The following additional terms, as used herein,
have the following meanings:

     “Actionable Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.

     “Available Portion” means, at any time when an Actionable Default exists, such portion of the
Collateral (which may be all or any part of the Collateral) with respect to which the Collateral
Agent shall have determined, in its reasonable discretion except as limited by mandatory provisions
of applicable law, to exercise rights to vote the same or to dispose of the same pursuant to
Section 11 or 13 of this Agreement. The Available Portion may be altered by the Collateral Agent
from time to time without limitation except as otherwise provided by mandatory provisions of
applicable law and shall be evidenced by such business records as the Collateral Agent may maintain
to its satisfaction with respect thereto.

     “Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

     “Cash Collateral Account” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8 hereto.

     “Cash Distributions” means dividends, interest and other distributions and payments (including
proceeds of liquidation, sale or other disposition) made or received in cash upon or with respect
to any Collateral.

     “Collateral” means all property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, on which a Lien is
granted or purports to be granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Documents.
When used with respect to a specific Grantor, the term “Collateral” means all its property on which
such a Lien is granted or purports to be granted.

     “Collateral Accounts” means the Cash Collateral Accounts, the Controlled Deposit Accounts and
the Controlled Securities Accounts.

     “Collateral Agent” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

3

 

     “Collateral Documents” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust
Agreement.

     “Collateral Trust Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

     “Control” has the meaning specified in UCC Section 8-106, 9-104, 9-105, 9-106 or 9-107, as may
be applicable to the relevant Collateral.

     “Controlled Deposit Account” means a Deposit Account (i) that is subject to a Deposit Account
Control Agreement or (ii) as to which the Collateral Agent is the Depositary Bank’s “customer” (as
defined in UCC Section 4-104).

     “Controlled Securities Account” means a Securities Account that (i) is maintained in the name
of a Grantor at an office of a Securities Intermediary located in the United States and (ii)
together with all Financial Assets credited thereto and all related Security Entitlements, is
subject to a Securities Account Control Agreement.

     “Copyright License” means any agreement now or hereafter in existence granting to any Grantor,
or pursuant to which any Grantor grants to any other Person, any right to use, copy, reproduce,
distribute, prepare derivative works, display or publish any records or other materials on which a
Copyright is in existence or may come into existence, including any exclusive Copyright license
agreement identified in Schedule 1 to any Copyright Security Agreement.

     “Copyrights” means all the following: (i) all copyrights under the laws of the United States
or any other country (whether or not the underlying works of authorship have been published), all
registrations and recordings thereof, all copyrightable works of authorship (whether or not
published), and all applications for copyrights under the laws of the United States or any other
country, including registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Copyright Office
or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or
any political subdivision thereof, including those described in Schedule 1 to any Copyright
Security Agreement, (ii) all renewals of any of the foregoing, (iii) all claims for, and rights to
sue for, past or future infringements of any of the foregoing, and (iv) all income, royalties,
damages and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect to any of the foregoing,
including damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof.

     “Copyright Security Agreement” means a Copyright Security Agreement, in form reasonably
satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, executed and delivered by a Grantor in favor of the
Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

4

 

     “Deposit Account Control Agreement” means, with respect to any Deposit Account of any Grantor
that is not an Excluded Account, a Deposit Account Control Agreement in form reasonably
satisfactory to the Collateral Agent among such Grantor, the Collateral Agent and the relevant
Depositary Bank.

     “Depositary Bank” means a bank at which a Controlled Deposit Account is maintained.

     “Equity Interest” means (i) in the case of a corporation, any shares of its capital stock,
(ii) in the case of a limited liability company, any membership interest therein, (iii) in the case
of a partnership, any partnership interest (whether general or limited) therein, (iv) in the case
of any other business entity, any participation or other interest in the equity or profits thereof,
(v) any warrant, option or other right to acquire any Equity Interest described in this definition
or (vi) any Security Entitlement in respect of any Equity Interest described in this definition.

     “Excluded Account” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Excluded
Property”.

     “Excluded Property” means, collectively,

     (i) motor vehicles, the perfection of a security interest in which is excluded from the
UCC in the relevant jurisdiction;

     (ii) voting Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiary, to the extent (but only to the
extent) required to prevent the Collateral from including more than 65% of all voting Equity
Interests in such Foreign Subsidiary;

     (iii) any interest in a joint venture or non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary to the extent and for
so long as the attachments of security interest created hereby herein would violate any joint
venture agreement, organizational document, shareholders agreement or equivalent agreement relating
to such joint venture or Subsidiary;

     (iv) any rights of Issuer or any Guarantor in any contract or license if under the terms
thereof, or any applicable law with respect thereto, the valid grant of a security interest therein
to the Collateral Agent is prohibited and such prohibition has not been waived or the consent of
the other party to such contract or license has not been obtained or, under applicable law, such
prohibition cannot be waived;

5

 

     (v) certain deposit accounts (such deposit accounts being “Excluded Accounts”), the
balance of which consists exclusively of (a) withheld income taxes and federal, state, local and
foreign employment taxes in such amounts as are required to be paid to the IRS or any other
applicable governmental authority and (b) amounts required to be paid over to an employee benefit
plan on behalf of or for the benefit of employees of Issuer or any Guarantor;

     (vi) other property that the Collateral Agent may determine from time to time that the
cost of obtaining a Lien thereon exceeds the benefits of obtaining such a Lien;

     (vii) any intent-to-use U.S. trademark application to the extent that, and solely during
the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or
enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark application or the mark that is the subject of such
application under applicable law;

     (viii) Equity Interests of Zap.Com Corporation until such time as Issuer determines that
such Equity Interests should be pledged as Collateral, such determination (which shall be
irrevocable) to be made by an officer’s certificate delivered by Issuer to the Collateral Agent;
and

     (ix) an amount in Cash Equivalents not to exceed $1,000,000 deposited for the purpose of
security leases of office space, furniture or equipment;

provided, however, that “Excluded Property” shall not (i) apply to any contract or license to the
extent the applicable prohibition is ineffective or unenforceable under the UCC (including Sections
9-406 through 9-409) or any other applicable law, or (ii) limit, impair or otherwise affect
Collateral Agent’s unconditional continuing security interest in and Lien upon any rights or
interests of Issuer or such Guarantor in or to moneys due or to become due under any such contract
or license (including any Accounts).

     “Existing Transfer Restrictions” means Transfer Restrictions existing with respect to any
Pledged Securities (a) by virtue of the fact that the Grantor is an “affiliate”, within the meaning
of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, of any issuer thereof, or that any Pledged Securities are
“restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and (b) under the
Spectrum Stockholder Agreement.

     “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary which is a “controlled foreign corporation” within
the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

     “Grantors” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

6

 

     “Holders” means the holders from time of the Notes (or any Additional Notes).

     “Indenture” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

     “Issuer” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

     “Intellectual Property” means all intellectual and similar property of any Grantor of every
kind and nature now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including inventions, designs,
Patents, Copyrights, Licenses, Trademarks, trade secrets, confidential or proprietary technical and
business information, know-how, show-how or other data or information, software and databases and
all embodiments or fixations thereof and related documentation, registrations and franchises, and
all additions, improvements and accessions to, and books and records describing or used in
connection with, any of the foregoing.

     “Intellectual Property Filing” means (i) with respect to any Patent, Patent License recorded
with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, Trademark or Trademark License recorded with the U.S.
Patent and Trademark Office, the filing of the applicable Patent Security Agreement or Trademark
Security Agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, together with an
appropriately completed recordation form, and (ii) with respect to any Copyright or exclusive
Copyright License, the filing of the applicable Copyright Security Agreement with the United States
Copyright Office, together with an appropriately completed recordation form, in each case
sufficient to record the Transaction Lien granted to the Collateral Agent in such Recordable
Intellectual Property.

     “Intellectual Property Security Agreement” means a Copyright Security Agreement, a Patent
Security Agreement or a Trademark Security Agreement.

     “Issuer Control Agreement” means an Issuer Control Agreement in form reasonably satisfactory
to the Collateral Agent (with any changes that the Collateral Agent shall have approved).

     “License” means any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other license or
sublicense agreement relating to Intellectual Property to which any Grantor is a party.

     “Majority Holders” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.

7

 

     “Mortgage” means a mortgage or deed of trust in form satisfactory to the Collateral Agent in
each case creating a Lien on real property in favor of the Collateral Agent (or a sub-agent
appointed pursuant to Section 18(b)) for the benefit of the Secured Parties and with such changes
in the form thereof as the Collateral Agent shall request for the purpose of conforming to local
practice for similar instruments in the jurisdiction where such real property is located.

     “New Document” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.

     “New Obligations” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.

     “New Representative” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.

     “Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

     “Original Grantor” means any Grantor that grants a Lien on any of its assets hereunder on the
date hereof.

     “own” refers to the possession of sufficient rights in property to grant a security interest
therein as contemplated by UCC Section 9-203, and “acquire” refers to the acquisition of any such
rights.

     “Pari-Passu Joinder Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

     “Patent License” means any agreement now or hereafter in existence granting to any Grantor, or
pursuant to which any Grantor grants to any other Person, any right with respect to any Patent or
any invention now or hereafter in existence, whether patentable or not, whether a patent or
application for patent is in existence on such invention or not, and whether a patent or
application for patent on such invention may come into existence or not, including any exclusive
Patent license agreement recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office identified in Schedule
1 to any Patent Security Agreement.

     “Patents” means (i) all letters patent and design letters patent of the United States or any
other country and all applications for letters patent or design letters patent of the United States
or any other country, including applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in
any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any
political subdivision thereof, including those described in Schedule 1 to any Patent Security
Agreement, (ii) all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations in

8

 

part, revisions and extensions of any of the foregoing, (iii) all claims for, and rights to
sue for, past or future infringements of any of the foregoing and (iv) all income, royalties,
damages and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect to any of the foregoing,
including damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof.

     “Patent Security Agreement” means a Patent Security Agreement, in form reasonably satisfactory
to the Collateral Agent, executed and delivered by a Grantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for
the benefit of the Secured Parties.

     “Perfection Certificate” means, with respect to any Grantor, a certificate substantially in
the form of Exhibit B (with any changes that the Collateral Agent shall have approved), completed
and supplemented with the schedules contemplated thereby, and signed by an officer of such Grantor.

     “Personal Property Collateral” means all property included in the Collateral except Real
Property Collateral.

     “Pledged”, when used in conjunction with any type of asset, means at any time an asset of such
type that is included (or that creates rights that are included) in the Collateral at such time.
For example, “Pledged Equity Interest” means an Equity Interest that is included in the Collateral
at such time.

     “Post-Petition Interest” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust
Agreement.

     “Real Property Collateral” means all real property (excluding leasehold interests in real
property) included in the Collateral.

     “Recordable Intellectual Property” means (i) any Patent registered with the United States
Patent and Trademark Office, and any Patent License recorded in the U.S. with respect to a Patent
so registered, (ii) any Trademark registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office,
and any Trademark License recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office with respect to a
Trademark so registered, (iii) any Copyright registered with the United States Copyright Office and
any exclusive Copyright License with respect to a Copyright so registered, and all rights in or
under any of the foregoing.

     “Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement dated as of
the Issue Date between the Issuer and the Initial Purchaser.

     “Rule 144” has the meaning specified in Section 3(c)(iii).

     “Rule 145” has the meaning specified in Section 3(c)(iii).

9

 

     “Rule 144/145 Securities” has the meaning specified in Section 3(c)(iii).

     “Secured Document” has the meaning assigned to the term “Document” as defined in the
Collateral Trust Agreement.

     “Secured Guarantee” means, with respect to each Guarantor, its guarantee of the Secured
Obligations.

     “Secured Obligations” means any and all “Obligations” as such term is defined in the
Collateral Trust Agreement.

     “Secured Parties” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust Agreement.

     “Securities Account Control Agreement” means, when used with respect to a Securities Account,
a Securities Account Control Agreement in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent
(with any changes that the Collateral Agent shall have approved) among the relevant Securities
Intermediary, the relevant Grantor and the Collateral Agent.

     “Security Agreement Supplement” means a Security Agreement Supplement, substantially in the
form of Exhibit A, signed and delivered to the Collateral Agent for the purpose of adding a Grantor
as a party hereto pursuant to Section 20 and/or adding additional property to the Collateral.

     “Spectrum” means Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.

     “Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the
Collateral Trust Agreement.

     “Spectrum Stockholder Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Trust
Agreement.

     “Trademark License” means any agreement now or hereafter in existence granting to any Grantor,
or pursuant to which any Grantor grants to any other Person, any right to use any Trademark,
including any agreement recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office identified in Schedule 1
to any Trademark Security Agreement.

     “Trademarks” means: (i) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business
names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, logos, brand names, trade dress,
prints and labels on which any of the foregoing have appeared or appear, package and other designs,
and all other source or business identifiers, and all general intangibles of like nature, and the

10

 

rights in any of the foregoing which arise under applicable law, (ii) the goodwill of the
business symbolized thereby or associated with each of them, (iii) all registrations and
applications in connection therewith, including registrations and applications in the United States
Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State
thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, including those described in
Schedule 1 to any Trademark Security Agreement, (iv) all renewals of any of the foregoing, (v) all
claims for, and rights to sue for, past or future infringements of any of the foregoing and (vi)
all income, royalties, damages and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect to any of
the foregoing, including damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof.

     “Trademark Security Agreement” means a Trademark Security Agreement, in form reasonably
satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (with any changes that the Collateral Agent shall have
approved), executed and delivered by a Grantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of
the Secured Parties.

     “Transaction Liens” means the Liens granted by the Grantors under the Collateral Documents.

     “Transfer Restriction” means, with respect to any Pledged Securities, any condition to or
restriction on the ability of the owner thereof to sell, assign or otherwise transfer such Pledged
Securities or enforce the provisions thereof or of any document related thereto whether set forth
in the any Pledged Security itself or in any document related thereto, including, without
limitation, (i) any requirement that any sale, assignment or other transfer or enforcement for such
Pledged Security be consented to or approved by any Person (including, without limitation, by the
issuer thereof or any other obligor thereon or pursuant to any trust or similar agreement or
arrangement), (ii) any limitations on the type or status, financial or otherwise, of any purchaser,
Collateral Agent, assignee or transferee of such Pledged Security, (iii) any requirement for the
delivery of any certificate, consent, agreement, opinion of counsel, notice or any other document
of any Person to the issuer of, any other obligor on or any registrar or transfer agent for, such
item of collateral, prior to the sale, pledge, assignment or other transfer or enforcement of such
item of collateral and (iv) any registration or qualification requirement or prospectus delivery
requirement for such item of collateral pursuant to any federal, state or foreign securities law
(including, without limitation, any such requirement arising under Section 5 of the Securities Act
as a result of such security being a “restricted security” or any of the Grantors being an
“affiliate” of the issuer of such security, as such terms are defined in Rule 144 under the
Securities Act, or as a result of the sale of such security being subject to paragraph (c) of Rule
145 under the Securities Act).

11

 

     “Trustee” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

     “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New
York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of
any Transaction Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a
jurisdiction other than New York, “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to
time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection,
effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

     SECTION 2. Grant of Transaction Liens.

     (a) The Issuer, in order to secure the Secured Obligations, and each other
Grantor listed on the signature pages hereof, in order to secure its Secured Guarantee, grants to
the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a continuing security interest in all
the following property of the Issuer or such other Grantor, as the case may be, whether now owned
or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and regardless of where located:

     (i) all Accounts;

     (ii) all Chattel Paper;

     (iii) all cash and Deposit Accounts;

     (iv) all Documents;

     (v) all Equipment;

     (vi) all General Intangibles (including, without limitation, (w) any Equity
Interests in other Persons that do not constitute Investment Property, (x) any
Intellectual Property and (y) any rights under contracts (including the Spectrum
Registration Rights Agreement) that the Issuer has with Spectrum);

     (vii) all Instruments;

     (viii) all Inventory;

     (ix) all Investment Property (including, without limitation, all Equity Interests
in Spectrum);

     (x) the Commercial Tort Claims described in Schedule 3;

12

 

     (xi) all Letter-of-Credit Rights;

     (xii) all books and records (including customer lists, credit files, computer
programs, printouts and other computer materials and records) of such Grantor pertaining
to any of its Collateral;

     (xiii) such Grantor’s ownership interest in (1) its Collateral Accounts, (2) all
Financial Assets credited to its Collateral Accounts from time to time and all Security
Entitlements in respect thereof, (3) all cash held in its Collateral Accounts from time to
time and (4) all other money in the possession of the Collateral Agent; and

     (xiv) all Proceeds of the Collateral described in the foregoing clauses (i)
through (xi);

provided that the Excluded Property shall be excluded from the foregoing security interests.

     (b) With respect to each right to payment or performance included in the
Collateral from time to time, the Transaction Lien granted therein includes a continuing security
interest in (i) any Supporting Obligation that supports such payment or performance and (ii) any
Lien that (x) secures such right to payment or performance or (y) secures any such Supporting
Obligation.

     (c) The Transaction Liens are granted as security only and shall not subject the
Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or transfer or in any way affect or modify, any
obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to any of the Collateral or any transaction in
connection therewith.

     SECTION 3. General Representations and Warranties. Each Grantor represents and warrants
that, as of the date hereof:

     (a) Such Grantor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under
the laws of the jurisdiction identified as its jurisdiction of organization in its Perfection
Certificate.

     (b) With respect to each Original Grantor, Schedule 1 lists all Equity Interests
in Subsidiaries and Affiliates owned by such Grantor as of the date hereof. Such Grantor holds all
such Equity Interests directly (i.e., not through a Subsidiary, a Securities Intermediary or any
other Person).

     (c) (i) With respect to each Original Grantor, (A) Part 1 of Schedule 2 lists,
as of the date hereof, all Securities owned by such Grantor (except Securities evidencing Equity
Interests in Subsidiaries and Affiliates) and (B) Part 2 of

13

 

Schedule 2 lists, as of the date hereof, all Securities Accounts to which Financial Assets are
credited in respect of which such Grantor owns Security Entitlements.

     (ii) Except for the Existing Transfer Restrictions, the Collateral is not subject
to any Transfer Restriction, and the Grantor will not cause or suffer to exist any
Transfer Restriction other than the Existing Transfer Restrictions with respect to any of
the Collateral.

     (iii) The Equity Interests listed on Part 3 of Schedule 2 hereto (the “Rule
144/145 Securities”) are or may be deemed restricted or control securities (as indicated
on Part 3 of Schedule 2) for purposes of Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”)
promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Grantor has indicated on Part
3 of Schedule whether the securities are or are not subject to any restrictions pursuant
to Rule 145 under the Securities Act (“Rule 145”).

     (iv) The Grantor has held such Rule 144/145 Securities and borne the full
economic risk thereof from or prior to the date(s) indicated on Part 3 of Schedule 2.

     (v) The Grantor will cooperate fully with the Collateral Agent with respect to
any sale by the Collateral Agent of any of the Rule 144/145 Securities, including full and
complete compliance with all requirements of Rule 144 and/or Rule 145 and will give to the
Collateral Agent all information and will do all things necessary, including the execution
of all documents, forms, instruments and other items, to comply with Rule 144 and/or Rule
145 for the complete and unrestricted sale and/or transfer of the Rule 144/145 Securities
and will exercise its commercially reasonable efforts to have the issuer of any Rule
144/145 Securities, upon the request of the Collateral Agent at the written direction of
the Majority Holders, take all such action as may be required to satisfy the public
information requirements of Rule 144(c).

     (vi) The Grantor will use its commercially reasonable efforts, upon the
Collateral Agent’s written request, to obtain and publish all information necessary to
satisfy Rule 144 and/or Rule 145 in the event any issuer of the Rule 144/145 Securities is
not current in its filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 at the time of a
foreclosure sale by the Collateral Agent.

     (d) Grantor owns no Commodity Account in respect of which such Grantor is the
Commodity Customer.

14

 

     (e) All Pledged Equity Interests owned by such Grantor are owned by it free and
clear of any Lien other than the Permitted Collateral Liens. All shares of capital stock included
in such Pledged Equity Interests (including shares of capital stock in respect of which such
Grantor owns a Security Entitlement) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully
paid and non-assessable. None of such Pledged Equity Interests is subject to any option to
purchase or similar right of any Person. Such Grantor is not and will not become a party to or
otherwise bound by any agreement (except the Secured Documents) which restricts in any manner the
rights of any present or future holder of any Pledged Equity Interest with respect thereto.

     (f) Such Grantor has good and marketable title to all its Collateral (subject to
exceptions that are, in the aggregate, not material), free and clear of any Lien other than
Permitted Collateral Liens.

     (g) Such Grantor has not performed any acts that might prevent the Collateral
Agent from enforcing any of the provisions of the Collateral Documents or that would in any
material respect limit the Collateral Agent in any such enforcement. No financing statement,
security agreement, mortgage or similar or equivalent document or instrument covering all or part
of the Collateral owned by such Grantor is on file or of record in any jurisdiction in which such
filing or recording would be effective to perfect or record a Lien on such Collateral, except
financing statements, mortgages or other similar or equivalent documents with respect to Permitted
Collateral Liens. After the date hereof, no Collateral owned by such Grantor will be in the
possession or under the Control of any other Person having a claim thereto or security interest
therein, other than a Permitted Collateral Lien.

     (h) The Transaction Liens on all Personal Property Collateral owned by such
Grantor (i) have been validly created, (ii) will attach to each item of such Collateral on the date
hereof (or, if such Grantor first obtains rights thereto on a later date, on such later date) and
(iii) when so attached, will secure all the Secured Obligations or such Grantor’s Secured
Guarantee, as the case may be.

     (i) When the relevant Mortgages have been duly executed and delivered, the
Transaction Liens on all Real Property Collateral owned by such Grantor as of the date hereof will
have been validly created and will secure all the Secured Obligations or such Grantor’s Secured
Guarantee, as the case may be. When such Mortgages have been duly recorded, such Transaction Liens
will rank prior to all other Liens (except Permitted Collateral Liens) on such Real Property
Collateral.

     (j) Such Grantor has delivered a Perfection Certificate to the Collateral Agent.
With respect to each Original Grantor, information set forth therein is

15

 

correct and complete as of the date hereof. Within 60 days after the date hereof, such
Original Grantor will furnish to the Collateral Agent a file search report from each UCC filing
office listed in its Perfection Certificate, showing the filing made at such filing office to
perfect the Transaction Liens on its Collateral.

     (k) When UCC financing statements describing the Collateral as “all personal
property” have been filed in the offices specified in such Perfection Certificate, the Transaction
Liens will constitute perfected security interests in the Personal Property Collateral owned by
such Grantor to the extent that a security interest therein may be perfected by filing pursuant to
the UCC, prior to all Liens and rights of others therein except Permitted Collateral Liens. When,
in addition to the filing of such UCC financing statements, the applicable Intellectual Property
Filings have been made with respect to such Grantor’s Recordable Intellectual Property (including
any future filings required pursuant to Sections 4(a) and 5(a)), the Transaction Liens will
constitute perfected security interests in all right, title and interest of such Grantor in its
Recordable Intellectual Property to the extent that security interests therein may be perfected by
such filings, prior to all Liens and rights of others therein except Permitted Collateral Liens.
Except for (i) the filing of such UCC financing statements, (ii) such Intellectual Property Filings
and (iii) the due recordation of the Mortgages, no registration, recordation or filing with any
governmental body, agency or official is required in connection with the execution or delivery of
the Collateral Documents or is necessary for the validity or enforceability thereof or for the
perfection or due recordation of the Transaction Liens or for the enforcement of the Transaction
Liens.

     (l) Such Grantor has taken, and will continue to take, all actions necessary
under the UCC to perfect its interest in any Accounts or Chattel Paper purchased or otherwise
acquired by it, as against its assignors and creditors of its assignors.

     (m) Such Grantor’s Collateral is insured as required by the Indenture.

     (n) To the best of such Grantor’s knowledge, all of such Grantor’s Inventory has
or will have been produced in compliance in all material respects with the applicable requirements
of the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended.

     (o) The execution and delivery by such Grantor of, and the performance by such
Grantor of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene (A) any provision of
applicable law, (B) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other organizational documents
in the case of a non-corporate Grantor) of such Grantor, (C) any agreement or other instrument
binding upon such Grantor or any of its subsidiaries or (D) any judgment, order or decree of any
governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries,
except, in the cases of (C) and (D), for contraventions that would not

16

 

have a material adverse effect on the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or the
Transaction Liens.

     (p) This Agreement has been duly authorized, validly executed and delivered by
such Grantor and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of such Grantor, enforceable against
such Grantor in accordance with its terms, except as (i) the enforceability hereof may be limited
by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting
creditors’ rights or remedies generally (regardless of whether considered in an action at law or in
equity) and (ii) the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by equitable principles of
general applicability.

     SECTION 4. Further Assurances; General Covenants. Each Grantor covenants as follows:

     (a) Such Grantor will, from time to time, at the Issuer’s expense, execute,
deliver, file and record any statement, assignment, instrument, document, agreement or other paper
and take any other action (including any Intellectual Property Filing) that from time to time may
be necessary or desirable, or that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to:

     (i) create, preserve, perfect, confirm or validate the Transaction Liens on such
Grantor’s Collateral;

     (ii) in the case of Pledged Deposit Accounts, Pledged Investment Property and
Pledged Letter-of-Credit Rights, cause the Collateral Agent to have Control thereof;

     (iii) enable the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties to obtain the
full benefits of the Collateral Documents; or

     (iv) enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce any of its rights,
powers and remedies with respect to any of such Grantor’s Collateral.

Such Grantor authorizes the Collateral Agent to execute and file such financing statements or
continuation statements in such jurisdictions with such descriptions of collateral (including “all
assets” or “all personal property” or other words to that effect) and other information set forth
therein as the Collateral Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable for the purposes set
forth in the preceding sentence. Each Grantor also ratifies its authorization for the Collateral
Agent to file in any such jurisdiction any initial financing statements or amendments thereto if
filed prior to the date hereof. The Collateral Agent is further authorized to file with the United
States Patent and Trademark Office or United States

17

 

Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country) such
documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing,
enforcing or protecting the security interests granted by each Grantor, without the signature of
any Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Collateral Agent as secured
party. The Issuer will pay the costs of, or incidental to, any Intellectual Property Filings and
any recording or filing of any financing or continuation statements or other documents recorded or
filed pursuant hereto.

     (b) Such Grantor will not (i) change its name or organizational form or
structure, (ii) change its location (determined as provided in UCC Section 9-307) or (iii) become
bound, as provided in UCC Section 9-203(d) or otherwise, by a security agreement entered into by
another Person, unless it shall have given the Collateral Agent at least 10 days’ prior written
notice thereof and taken all steps necessary to maintain the Transaction Liens in the Collateral of
such Grantor.

     (c) [Reserved.]

     (d) If any of its (A) Collateral (other than Collateral constituting Inventory)
with a value exceeding $1,000,000 or (B) Collateral constituting Inventory with a value exceeding
$10,000,000), individually or in the aggregate at any time outstanding, is in the possession or
control of a warehouseman, bailee or agent at any time, such Grantor will (i) notify such
warehouseman, bailee or agent of the relevant Transaction Liens, (ii) instruct such warehouseman,
bailee or agent to hold all such Collateral for the Collateral Agent’s account subject to the
Collateral Agent’s instructions (which shall permit such Collateral to be removed by such Grantor
in the ordinary course of business until the Collateral Agent notifies such warehouseman, bailee or
agent that an Actionable Default has occurred and is continuing), (iii) cause such warehouseman,
bailee or agent to Authenticate a Record acknowledging that it holds possession of such Collateral
for the Collateral Agent’s benefit and (iv)make such Authenticated Record available to the
Collateral Agent.

     (e) Such Grantor will not sell, lease, exchange, assign or otherwise dispose of,
or grant any option with respect to, any of its Collateral; provided that such Grantor may do any
of the foregoing unless (i) doing so would violate a covenant in the Indenture or (ii) an
Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either (A) the Collateral Agent shall
have notified such Grantor that its right to do so is terminated, suspended or otherwise limited or
(B) the maturity of any or all of the Secured Obligations shall have been accelerated.
Concurrently with any sale, lease or other disposition (except a sale or disposition to another
Grantor or a lease) permitted by the foregoing proviso, the Transaction Liens on the assets sold or
disposed of (but not in any Proceeds arising from such

18

 

sale or disposition) will cease immediately without any action by the Collateral Agent or any
other Secured Party. The Collateral Agent will, at the Issuer’s expense, execute and deliver to
the relevant Grantor such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence the fact
that any asset so sold or disposed of is no longer subject to a Transaction Lien.

     (f) Such Grantor will, promptly upon request, provide to the Collateral Agent
all information and evidence concerning such Grantor’s Collateral that the Collateral Agent may
reasonably request from time to time to enable it to enforce the provisions of the Collateral
Documents.

     (g) Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the
preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 4.14 of the Indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the
Collateral Agent a certificate executed by an executive officer of the Issuer certifying that all
Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (including fixture filings, as applicable) or other
appropriate filings, recordings or registrations, including all refilings or continuations thereof,
have been filed of record in each governmental, municipal or other appropriate office in each
jurisdiction identified pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 4 to the extent necessary to
protect and perfect the security interests granted hereunder for a period of not less than 18
months after the date of such certificate (except as noted therein with respect to any continuation
statements to be filed within such period).

     SECTION 5. Recordable Intellectual Property. Each Grantor covenants as follows:

     (a) With respect to Intellectual Property, upon the reasonable request of the
Collateral Agent, each Grantor hereby agrees to sign and deliver to the Collateral Agent
Intellectual Property Security Agreements with respect to all Recordable Intellectual Property then
owned by it. Thereafter, upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, each Grantor hereby
agrees to sign and deliver to the Collateral Agent an appropriate Intellectual Property Security
Agreement covering any Recordable Intellectual Property owned by it that is not covered by any
previous Intellectual Property Security Agreement so signed and delivered by it. In each case, it
will promptly make all Intellectual Property Filings necessary to record the Transaction Liens on
such Recordable Intellectual Property.

     (b) Grantor will notify the Collateral Agent promptly if it knows that any
application or registration relating to any material Recordable Intellectual Property owned or
licensed by it may become abandoned or dedicated to the public, or of any material adverse
determination or development (including the institution of, or any material adverse determination
or development in, any

19

 

proceeding in the United States Copyright Office, the United States Patent and Trademark
Office or any court) regarding such Grantor’s ownership of such Recordable Intellectual Property,
its right to register or patent the same, or its right to keep and maintain the same. If any of
such Grantor’s rights to any material Recordable Intellectual Property are materially infringed,
misappropriated or diluted by a third party, such Grantor will notify the Collateral Agent within
30 days after it learns thereof and will, unless such Grantor shall reasonably determine that such
action would be of negligible value, economic or otherwise, promptly sue for infringement,
misappropriation or dilution and to recover any and all damages for such infringement,
misappropriation or dilution, and take such other actions as such Grantor shall reasonably deem
appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Recordable Intellectual Property.

     (c) Upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent at the written direction
of the Majority Holders, each Grantor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all
requisite consents or approvals by the licensor of each Copyright License, Patent License or
Trademark License that is material to such Grantor’s business and under which such Grantor is a
licensee to effect the assignment of all such Grantor’s right, title and interest thereunder to the
Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, or its designee.

     SECTION 6. Investment Property. Each Grantor represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

     (a) Certificated Securities. On the date hereof (in the case of an Original
Grantor) or the date on which it signs and delivers its first Security Agreement Supplement (in the
case of any other Grantor), such Grantor will deliver to the Collateral Agent as Collateral
hereunder all certificates representing Pledged Certificated Securities then owned by such Grantor.
Thereafter, whenever such Grantor acquires any other certificate representing a Pledged
Certificated Security, such Grantor will promptly (and in any case, within 10 Business Days)
deliver such certificate to the Collateral Agent as Collateral hereunder. The provisions of this
subsection are subject to the limitation in Section 6(j) in the case of voting Equity Interests in
a Foreign Subsidiary.

     (b) Uncertificated Securities. On the date hereof (in the case of an Original
Grantor) or the date on which it signs and delivers its first Security Agreement Supplement (in the
case of any other Grantor), such Grantor will enter into (and cause the relevant issuer to enter
into) an Issuer Control Agreement in respect of each Pledged Uncertificated Security then owned by
such Grantor, where the issuer of such Uncertificated Security is a Subsidiary of such Grantor (and
use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the relevant issuer to enter into an Issuer Control
Agreement in respect of each Pledged Uncertificated Security

20

 

then owned by such Grantor, where the issuer of such Uncertificated Security is not a
Subsidiary of such Grantor), and deliver such Issuer Control Agreement to the Collateral Agent
(which shall enter into the same). Thereafter, whenever such Grantor acquires any other Pledged
Uncertificated Security, such Grantor will enter into (and cause the relevant issuer to enter into)
an Issuer Control Agreement in respect of such Pledged Uncertificated Security, where the issuer of
such Uncertificated Security is a Subsidiary of such Grantor (and use commercially reasonable
efforts to cause the relevant issuer to enter into an Issuer Control Agreement in respect of each
Pledged Uncertificated Security then owned by such Grantor, where the issuer of such Uncertificated
Security is not a Subsidiary of such Grantor), and deliver such Issuer Control Agreement to the
Collateral Agent (which shall enter into the same). The provisions of this subsection are subject
to the limitation in Section 6(j) in the case of voting Equity Interests in a Foreign Subsidiary.

     (c) Security Entitlements. On the date hereof (in the case of an Original
Grantor) or the date on which it signs and delivers its first Security Agreement Supplement (in the
case of any other Grantor), such Grantor will, with respect to each Security Entitlement then owned
by it, enter into (and cause the relevant Securities Intermediary to enter into) a Securities
Account Control Agreement in respect of such Security Entitlement and the Securities Account to
which the underlying Financial Asset is credited and will deliver such Securities Account Control
Agreement to the Collateral Agent (which shall enter into the same). Thereafter, whenever such
Grantor acquires any other Security Entitlement, such Grantor will, as promptly as practicable,
cause the underlying Financial Asset to be credited to a Controlled Securities Account.

     (d) Perfection as to Certificated Securities. When such Grantor delivers the
certificate representing any Pledged Certificated Security owned by it to the Collateral Agent and
complies with Section 6(h) in connection with such delivery, (i) the Transaction Lien on such
Pledged Certificated Security will be perfected, subject to no prior Liens or rights of others,
(ii) the Collateral Agent will have Control of such Pledged Certificated Security and (iii) the
Collateral Agent will be a protected purchaser (within the meaning of UCC Section 8-303) thereof.

     (e) Perfection as to Uncertificated Securities. When such Grantor, the
Collateral Agent and the issuer of any Pledged Uncertificated Security owned by such Grantor enter
into an Issuer Control Agreement with respect thereto, (i) the Transaction Lien on such Pledged
Uncertificated Security will be perfected, subject to no prior Liens or rights of others, (ii) the
Collateral Agent will have Control of such Pledged Uncertificated Security and (iii) the Collateral
Agent will be a protected purchaser (within the meaning of UCC Section 8-303) thereof.

21

 

     (f) Perfection as to Security Entitlements. So long as the Financial Asset
underlying any Security Entitlement owned by such Grantor is credited to a Controlled Securities
Account, (i) the Transaction Lien on such Security Entitlement will be perfected, subject to no
prior Liens or rights of others (except Liens and rights of the relevant Securities Intermediary
that are Permitted Collateral Liens), (ii) the Collateral Agent will have Control of such Security
Entitlement and (iii) no action based on an adverse claim to such Security Entitlement or such
Financial Asset, whether framed in conversion, replevin, constructive trust, equitable lien or
other theory, may be asserted against the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party.

     (g) Agreement as to Applicable Jurisdiction. In respect of all Security
Entitlements owned by such Grantor, and all Securities Accounts to which the related Financial
Assets are credited, the Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction (determined as provided in UCC
Section 8-110(e)) will at all times be located in the United States.

     (h) Delivery of Pledged Certificates. All certificates representing Pledged
Certificated Securities, when delivered to the Collateral Agent, will be in suitable form for
transfer by delivery, or accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in
blank, with signatures appropriately guaranteed, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to the Collateral Agent.

     (i) Communications. Each Grantor will promptly give to the Collateral Agent
copies of any notices and other communications received by it with respect to (i) Pledged
Securities registered in the name of such Grantor or its nominee and (ii) Pledged Security
Entitlements as to which such Grantor is the Entitlement Holder.

     (j) Foreign Subsidiaries. A Grantor will not be obligated to comply with the
provisions of this Section at any time with respect to any voting Equity Interest in a Foreign
Subsidiary if and to the extent (but only to the extent) that such voting Equity Interest is
excluded from the Transaction Liens at such time pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition of
“Excluded Property” and/or the comparable provisions of one or more Security Agreement Supplements.

     (k) Compliance with Applicable Foreign Laws. If and so long as the Collateral
includes (i) any Equity Interest in, or other Investment Property issued by, a legal entity
organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States or (ii) any Security
Entitlement in respect of a Financial Asset issued by such a foreign legal entity, the relevant
Grantor will upon request of the Collateral Agent, use its commercially reasonable efforts to take
all such action as may be required under the laws of such foreign jurisdiction to ensure that the
Transaction

22

 

Lien on such Collateral ranks prior to all Liens and rights of others therein to the extent
permitted by such law.

     (l) Certification of Limited Liability Company and Partnership Interests. Any
limited liability company and any partnership controlled by any Grantor shall either (a) not
include in its operative documents any provision that any Equity Interests in such limited
liability company or such partnership be a “security” as defined under Article 8 of the Uniform
Commercial Code, or (b) certificate any Equity Interests in any such limited liability company or
such partnership. To the extent an interest in any limited liability company or partnership
controlled by any Grantor and pledged hereunder is certificated or becomes certificated, each such
certificate shall be delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 6(a) and such Grantor
shall fulfill all other requirements under Section 6 applicable in respect thereof.

     SECTION 7. Deposit Accounts. Each Grantor represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

     (a) All cash other than cash held in any Excluded Account owned by such Grantor
will be deposited, upon or promptly after the receipt thereof, in one or more Controlled Deposit
Accounts.

     (b) In respect of each Controlled Deposit Account, the Depositary Bank’s
jurisdiction (determined as provided in UCC Section 9-304) will at all times be a jurisdiction in
which Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code is in effect.

     (c) So long as the Collateral Agent has Control of a Controlled Deposit Account,
the Transaction Lien on such Controlled Deposit Account will be perfected, subject to no prior
Liens or rights of others (except (x) the Depositary Bank’s right to deduct its normal operating
charges and any uncollected funds previously credited thereto and (y) nonconsensual Permitted
Collateral Liens).

     SECTION 8. Cash Collateral Accounts. If and when required for purposes hereof or of any
Secured Document, the Collateral Agent will establish with respect to each Grantor an account (its
“Cash Collateral Account”), in the name and under the exclusive control of the Collateral Agent,
into which all amounts owned by such Grantor that are to be deposited therein pursuant to the
applicable Secured Document shall be deposited from time to time. Funds held in any Cash
Collateral Account may, until withdrawn, be invested and reinvested in such Cash Equivalents as the
relevant Grantor shall request in writing from time to time; provided that if an Actionable Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may select such Cash Equivalents.
Subject to Section 14, withdrawal of funds on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account shall

23

 

be permitted if, as and when expressly so provided in or in respect of the applicable
provision of the Secured Document pursuant to which such Cash Collateral Account was required to be
established.

     SECTION 9. Commercial Tort Claims. Each Grantor represents, warrants and covenants as
follows:

     (a) In the case of an Original Grantor, Schedule 3 accurately describes, with
the specificity required to satisfy Official Comment 5 to UCC Section 9-108, each Commercial Tort
Claim with respect to which such Original Grantor is the claimant as of the date hereof other than
any Commercial Tort Claim with a value of less than $5,000,000. In the case of any other Grantor,
Schedule 3 to its first Security Agreement Supplement will accurately describe, with the
specificity required to satisfy said Official Comment 5, each Commercial Tort Claim with respect to
which such Grantor is the claimant as of the date on which it signs and delivers such Security
Agreement Supplement.

     (b) If any Grantor acquires a Commercial Tort Claim with a value of $5,000,000
or more after the date hereof (in the case of an Original Grantor) or the date on which it signs
and delivers its first Security Agreement Supplement (in the case of any other Grantor), such
Grantor will promptly sign and deliver to the Collateral Agent a Security Agreement Supplement
granting a security interest in such Commercial Tort Claim (which shall be described therein with
the specificity required to satisfy said Official Comment 5) to the Collateral Agent for the
benefit of the Secured Parties.

     SECTION 10. Transfer Of Record Ownership. At any time when an Actionable Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may (and to the extent that action by it is
required, the relevant Grantor, if directed to do so by the Collateral Agent, will as promptly as
practicable) cause each of the Pledged Securities (or any portion thereof specified in such
direction) to be transferred of record into the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee. Each
Grantor will take any and all actions reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to facilitate
compliance with this Section. If the provisions of this Section are implemented, Section 6(b)
shall not thereafter apply to any Pledged Security that is registered in the name of the Collateral
Agent or its nominee. The Collateral Agent will promptly give to the relevant Grantor copies of
any notices and other communications received by the Collateral Agent with respect to Pledged
Securities registered in the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee.

     SECTION 11. Right to Vote Securities. (a) Unless an Actionable Default shall have occurred
and be continuing (and the Collateral Agent has given written notice as provided in Section 11(b)),
each Grantor will have the right, from time to time, to vote and to give consents, ratifications
and waivers with respect to any

24

 

Pledged Security owned by it and the Financial Asset underlying any Pledged Security
Entitlement owned by it, and the Collateral Agent will, upon receiving a written request from such
Grantor, deliver to such Grantor or as specified in such request such proxies, powers of attorney,
consents, ratifications and waivers in respect of any such Pledged Security that is registered in
the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee or any such Pledged Security Entitlement as to
which the Collateral Agent or its nominee is the Entitlement Holder, in each case as shall be
specified in such request and be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral
Agent.

     (b) If an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the
Collateral Agent has received written instruction from the Majority Holders, the Collateral Agent
will, upon giving written notice to the applicable Grantor of its intention to exercise such
rights, have the exclusive right to the extent permitted by law to vote, to give consents,
ratifications and waivers and to take any other action with respect to the Available Portion of
Collateral, with the same force and effect as if the Collateral Agent were the absolute and sole
owner thereof, and each Grantor will take all such action as the Collateral Agent may reasonably
request from time to time to give effect to such right. For the avoidance of doubt, each Grantor
shall retain the right to vote, give consents, ratifications and waivers and to take any other
action with respect to such Available Portion of Collateral in the event that (i) the Collateral
Agent does not give written notice referred to above of its intention to exercise such rights or
(ii) all Actionable Defaults shall no longer be continuing, in each case so long as not otherwise
prohibited by the terms of the Indenture or hereof.

     SECTION 12. Certain Cash Distributions. Cash Distributions with respect to assets held in a
Collateral Account shall be deposited and held therein, or withdrawn therefrom, as provided in
Section 8. Cash Distributions with respect to any Pledged Equity Interest or Pledged Debt that is
not held in a Collateral Account (whether held in the name of a Grantor or in the name of the
Collateral Agent or its nominee) shall be deposited, promptly upon receipt thereof, in a Controlled
Deposit Account of the relevant Grantor; provided that, if an Actionable Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may deposit, or direct the recipient thereof to
deposit, each such Cash Distribution in the relevant Grantor’s Cash Collateral Account.

     SECTION 13. Remedies upon Actionable Default. (a) If an Actionable Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may exercise (or cause its sub-agents to exercise)
any or all of the remedies available to it (or to such sub-agents) under the Collateral Documents
with respect to the Available Portion of the Collateral.

25

 

     (b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if an Actionable Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may exercise on behalf of the Secured
Parties all the rights of a secured party under the UCC (whether or not in effect in the
jurisdiction where such rights are exercised) with respect to any Personal Property Collateral and,
in addition, the Collateral Agent may, without being required to give any notice, except as herein
provided or as may be required by mandatory provisions of law, sell or otherwise dispose of the
Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange,
broker’s board or at any of the Collateral Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for
future delivery, at such time or times and at such price or prices and upon such other terms as the
Collateral Agent may deem commercially reasonable, irrespective of the impact of any such sales on
the market price of the Collateral. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, any Secured
Party may be the purchaser of any or all of the Collateral at any such sale and (with the consent
of the Collateral Agent, which may be withheld in its discretion) shall be entitled, for the
purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of
the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply all of any part of the Secured
Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price of any Collateral payable at such sale.
Upon any sale of Collateral by the Collateral Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted
by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Collateral Agent or of the officer
making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so
sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part
of the purchase money paid to the Collateral Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for
the misapplication thereof. Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold
absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives
(to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay or appraisal that it now has or may
at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.
The Collateral Agent shall not be obliged to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of
sale having been given. The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to
time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further
notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. To the maximum extent
permitted by law, each Grantor hereby waives any claim against any Secured Party arising because
the price at which any Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price
that might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Collateral Agent accepts the first
offer received and does not offer such Collateral to more than one offeree. The Collateral Agent
may disclaim any warranty, as to title or as to any other matter, in connection with such sale or
other disposition, and its doing so shall not be considered adversely to affect the commercial
reasonableness of such sale or other disposition.

26

 

     (c) If the Collateral Agent sells any of the Collateral upon credit, the
Grantors will be credited only with payment actually made by the purchaser, received by the
Collateral Agent and applied in accordance with Section 14 hereof. In the event the purchaser
fails to pay for the Collateral, the Collateral Agent may resell the same, subject to the same
rights and duties set forth herein.

     (d) Notice of any such sale or other disposition shall be given to the relevant
Grantor(s) as (and if) required by Section 16.

     (e) For the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent to exercise rights and
remedies under this Agreement at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to
exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent an
irrevocable license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to the Grantors),
to use, license or sublicense any of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property now owned
or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and including in such license access to all media in which
any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used
for the compilation or printout thereof. The use of such license by the Collateral Agent may be
exercised only upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Actionable Default; provided,
however, that any license, sublicense or other transaction entered into by the Collateral Agent in
accordance herewith shall be binding upon each Grantor notwithstanding any subsequent cure of an
Actionable Default.

     (f) The foregoing provisions of this Section shall apply to Real Property
Collateral only to the extent permitted by applicable law and the provisions of any applicable
Mortgage or other document.

     (g) Each Grantor hereby covenants that on the earlier to occur of (i) the
occurrence of a default under any Secured Document, (ii) such time as Spectrum becomes a
“well-known seasoned issuer” as defined under the Securities Act rules and regulations, and (iii)
at any time that the Liquid Collateral Coverage Ratio is less than 1.75 to 1, the Issuer will be
required to exercise all of its contractual rights and use its commercially reasonable efforts to,
as promptly as possible, cause Spectrum to file and become effective a shelf registration that
shall be in form suitable for use by the Collateral Agent in connection with any disposition of
Spectrum Equity Interests constituting part of the Collateral in connection with any exercise of
remedies, and to keep such shelf registration statement effective at all times until the earlier of
the time (i) the Secured Obligations are repaid in full or (ii) all Spectrum Equity Interests
pledged as Collateral hereunder have been disposed of by the Collateral Agent.

     SECTION 14. Application of Proceeds. (a) If an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, the Collateral Agent may apply (i) any

27

 

cash held in the Collateral Accounts and (ii) the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of
all or any part of the Collateral, in accordance with the Collateral Trust Agreement.

     (b) In making the payments and allocations required by this Section, the
Collateral Agent may rely upon information supplied to it pursuant to Section 18(c). All
distributions made by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section shall be final (except in the
event of manifest error) and the Collateral Agent shall have no duty to inquire as to the
application by any Secured Party of any amount distributed to it.

     SECTION 15. Fees and Expenses; Indemnification. (a) The Issuer will forthwith upon demand
pay to the Collateral Agent:

     (i) the amount of any taxes that the Collateral Agent may have been required to
pay by reason of the Transaction Liens or to free any Collateral from any other Lien
thereon;

     (ii) the amount of any and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses,
including transfer taxes and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and other experts,
that the Collateral Agent may incur in connection with (x) the administration or
enforcement of the Collateral Documents, including such expenses as are incurred to
preserve the value of the Collateral or the validity, perfection, rank or value of any
Transaction Lien, (y) the collection, sale or other disposition of any Collateral or (z)
the exercise by the Collateral Agent of any of its rights or powers under the Collateral
Documents;

     (iii) the amount of any fees that the Issuer shall have agreed in writing to pay
to the Collateral Agent and that shall have become due and payable in accordance with such
written agreement; and

     (iv) the amount required to indemnify the Collateral Agent for, or hold it
harmless and defend it against, any loss, liability or expense (including the reasonable
and documented fees and expenses of its counsel and any experts or sub-agents appointed by
it hereunder) incurred or suffered by the Collateral Agent in connection with the
Collateral Documents, except to the extent that such loss, liability or expense arises
from the Collateral Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or a breach of any duty
that the Collateral Agent has under this Agreement (after giving effect to Sections 17
and 18).

     (b) If any transfer tax, documentary stamp tax or other tax is payable in
connection with any transfer or other transaction provided for in the Collateral

28

 

Documents, the Issuer will pay such tax and provide any required tax stamps to the Collateral
Agent or as otherwise required by law.

     (c) The Issuer shall indemnify each of the Secured Parties, their respective
affiliates and the respective directors, officers, agents and employees of the foregoing (each an
“Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all liabilities, losses,
damages, costs and expenses of any kind (including reasonable expenses of investigation by
engineers, environmental consultants and similar technical personnel and reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel) arising out of, or in connection with any and all environmental
liabilities. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor waives all rights for
contribution and all other rights of recovery with respect to liabilities, losses, damages, costs
and expenses arising under or related to environmental laws that it might have by statute or
otherwise against any Indemnitee.

     SECTION 16. Authority to Administer Collateral. Each Grantor irrevocably appoints the
Collateral Agent its true and lawful attorney, with full power of substitution, in the name of such
Grantor, any Secured Party or otherwise, for the sole use and benefit of the Secured Parties, but
at the Borrower’s expense, to the extent permitted by law to exercise, at any time and from time to
time while an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all or any of the following
powers with respect to all or any of such Grantor’s Collateral:

     (a) to demand, sue for, collect, receive and give acquittance for any
and all monies due or to become due upon or by virtue thereof,

     (b) to settle, compromise, compound, prosecute or defend any action or
proceeding with respect thereto,

     (c) to sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of the same or the
proceeds or avails thereof, as fully and effectually as if the Collateral Agent were the
absolute owner thereof, and

     (d) to extend the time of payment of any or all thereof and to make any
allowance or other adjustment with reference thereto;

provided that, except in the case of Personal Property Collateral that is perishable or threatens
to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, the
Collateral Agent will give the relevant Grantor at least ten days’ prior written notice of the time
and place of any public sale thereof or the time after which any private sale or other intended
disposition thereof will be made. Any such notice shall (i) contain the information specified in
UCC Section

29

 

9-613, (ii) be Authenticated and (iii) be sent to the parties required to be notified pursuant to
UCC Section 9-611(c); provided that, if the Collateral Agent fails to comply with this sentence in
any respect, its liability for such failure shall be limited to the liability (if any) imposed on
it as a matter of law under the UCC.

     SECTION 17. Limitation on Duty in Respect of Collateral. Beyond the exercise of reasonable
care in the custody and preservation thereof, the Collateral Agent will have no duty as to any
Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any sub-agent or bailee
selected by it in good faith or any income therefrom or as to the preservation of rights against
prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto. The Collateral Agent will be deemed to have
exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession or
control if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its
own property, and will not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage to any Collateral, or
for any diminution in the value thereof, by reason of any act or omission of any sub-agent or
bailee selected by the Collateral Agent in good faith, except to the extent that such liability
arises from the Collateral Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

     SECTION 18. General Provisions Concerning the Collateral Agent.

     (a) The provisions of Article 7 of the Indenture shall inure to the benefit of
the Collateral Agent, and shall be binding upon all Grantors and all Secured Parties, in connection
with this Agreement and the other Collateral Documents. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, (i) the Collateral Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties,
regardless of whether an Actionable Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) the Collateral
Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary
powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Collateral Documents
that the Collateral Agent is required to exercise in accordance with the Collateral Trust
Agreement, and (iii) except as expressly set forth in the Indenture, the Collateral Agent shall not
have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for any failure to disclose, any information
relating to any Grantor that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Collateral Agent
or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the
existence, genuineness or value of any Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or
enforceability of any Transaction Lien, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any
action or omission to act on its part under the Collateral Documents. The Collateral Agent shall be
deemed not to have knowledge of any Actionable Default unless and until written notice thereof is
given to the Collateral Agent by any Grantor or a Secured Party.

30

 

     (b) Sub-Agents and Related Parties. The Collateral Agent may perform any of its
duties and exercise any of its rights and powers through one or more sub-agents appointed by it.
The Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any of its duties and exercise any of its
rights and powers through its Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of Section 17 and this
Section shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Collateral Agent and
any such sub-agent.

     (c) Information as to Secured Obligations and Actions by Secured Parties. For
all purposes of the Collateral Documents, including determining the amounts of the Secured
Obligations, or whether any action has been taken under any Secured Document, the Collateral Agent
will be entitled to rely on information from (i) its own records for information as to the Secured
Parties, their Secured Obligations and actions taken by them, (ii) any Secured Party (or any
trustee, agent or similar representative designated pursuant to Section 21 to supply such
information) for information as to its Secured Obligations and actions taken by it, to the extent
that the Collateral Agent has not obtained such information from its own records, and (iii) the
Issuer, to the extent that the Collateral Agent has not obtained information from the foregoing
sources.

     (d) Refusal to Act. The Collateral Agent may refuse to act on any notice,
consent, direction or instruction from any Secured Parties or any agent, trustee or similar
representative thereof that, in the Collateral Agent’s opinion, (i) is contrary to law or the
provisions of any Collateral Document, (ii) may expose the Collateral Agent to liability (unless
the Collateral Agent shall have been indemnified, to its reasonable satisfaction, for such
liability by the Secured Parties that gave such notice, consent, direction or instruction) or (iii)
is unduly prejudicial to Secured Parties not joining in such notice, consent, direction or
instruction.

     (e) The provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Indenture relating
to the Collateral Agent including, without limitation, the provisions relating to resignation or
removal of the Collateral Agent, reimbursement of expenses, exculpatory rights, rights to
indemnification and the powers and duties and immunities of the Collateral Agent are incorporated
herein by this reference and shall survive any termination of the Collateral Trust Agreement or the
Indenture, as applicable.

     (f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated herein, to the extent the
provisions hereunder provide for the Collateral Agent to make any request to any Grantor to take or
refrain from taking any action, the Collateral Agent shall have no duty to make any such request,
unless instructed in writing to do so by the Majority Holders.

31

 

     SECTION 19. Termination of Transaction Liens; Release of Collateral. (a) The Transaction
Liens on the Collateral will be released as provided in Section 7.01 of the Collateral Trust
Agreement.

     (b) Upon any termination of a Transaction Lien or release of Collateral, the
Collateral Agent will, at the expense of the relevant Grantor, execute and deliver to such Grantor
such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence the termination of such
Transaction Lien or the release of such Collateral, as the case may be.

     SECTION 20. Additional Guarantors and Grantors. Any Subsidiary may become a party hereto by
signing and delivering to the Collateral Agent a Security Agreement Supplement, whereupon such
Subsidiary shall become a “Guarantor” and a “Grantor” as defined herein. The rights and
obligations of each Grantor shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of
any new Grantor as a party to this Agreement.

     SECTION 21. New Obligations. On or after the date of this Agreement, the Issuer may from
time to time designate additional obligations as New Obligations by delivering to the Collateral
Agent a fully executed Pari-Passu Joinder Agreement (except in the case of Additional Notes) and
otherwise complying with Section 2.02 of the Collateral Agreement.

     SECTION 22. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be
delivered as provided in Section 8.03 of the Collateral Trust Agreement.

     SECTION 23. No Implied Waivers; Remedies Not Exclusive. No failure by the Collateral Agent
or any Secured Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising and no course of dealing with respect
to, any right or remedy under any Collateral Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall
any single or partial exercise by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party of any right or remedy
under any Secured Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other right or remedy. The rights and remedies specified in the Secured Documents are cumulative
and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

     SECTION 24. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is for the benefit of the Collateral
Agent and the Secured Parties. If all or any part of any Secured Party’s interest in any Secured
Obligation is assigned or otherwise transferred, the transferor’s rights hereunder, to the extent
applicable to the obligation so transferred, shall be automatically transferred with such
obligation. This Agreement shall be binding on the Grantors and their respective successors and
assigns.

32

 

     SECTION 25. Amendments and Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this
Agreement, and no consent to any departure by any Grantor herefrom, shall in any event be effective
unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Collateral Agent (acting pursuant to, and in
accordance with, the Collateral Trust Agreement) and, with respect to any amendment, the Issuer on
behalf of the Grantors (to the extent required by the Collateral Trust Agreement), and then such
waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for
which given..

     SECTION 26. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed
by the laws of the State of New York, except as otherwise required by mandatory provisions of law
and except to the extent that remedies provided by the laws of any jurisdiction other than the
State of New York are governed by the laws of such jurisdiction.

     SECTION 27. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED
BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY COLLATERAL DOCUMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED
THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH
PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR
OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF
LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO
ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS
SECTION.

     SECTION 28. Severability. If any provision of any Collateral Document is invalid or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (i) the other
provisions of the Collateral Documents shall remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction
and shall be liberally construed in favor of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties in order
to carry out the intentions of the parties thereto as nearly as may be possible and (ii) the
invalidity or unenforceability of such provision in such jurisdiction shall not affect the validity
or enforceability thereof in any other jurisdiction.

     SECTION 29. Counterparts; Electronic Delivery. This Agreement may be executed in any number
of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which shall constitute one
instrument. Delivery of an executed signature

33

 

page to this Agreement by facsimile or electronic means in PDF format shall be as effective as
delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

     SECTION 30. Rights Of Holders. No Holder or holder of any New Obligations shall have any
independent rights hereunder other than those rights granted to individual Holders pursuant to
Section [6.07] of the Indenture or comparable provision for holders of New Obligations under any
New Document; provided that nothing in this subsection shall limit any rights granted to the
Trustee under the Notes or the Indenture or any New Representative under any New Document.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank.]

34

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their
respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	HARBINGER GROUP INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL 

   ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

 

 

EXHIBIT K

COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT

Dated as of [DATE], 2010

by and among

HARBINGER GROUP INC.,

THE OTHER TRUSTORS PARTY HERETO

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee under the Indenture,

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Collateral Agent

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	Page	 
	ARTICLE 1
  Definitions And Other Matters	 	 	 	 
	 
	Section 1.01. Rules of Interpretation
	 	 	2	 
	Section 1.02. Defined Terms
	 	 	2	 
	 
	ARTICLE 2 
  The Trust Estate	 	 	 	 
	 
	Section 2.01. Declaration of Trust
	 	 	8	 
	Section 2.02. New Facilities
	 	 	9	 
	Section 2.03. Acknowledgment of Security Interests
	 	 	10	 
	 
	ARTICLE 3
  Actionable Default; Remedies; Administration of Trust Property	 	 	 	 
	 
	Section 3.01. Notice of Default; Written Instructions
	 	 	11	 
	Section 3.02. Remedies
	 	 	11	 
	Section 3.03. Administration of Trust Property
	 	 	11	 
	Section 3.04. Power of Attorney
	 	 	12	 
	Section 3.05. Right to Initiate Judicial Proceedings, Etc.
	 	 	13	 
	Section 3.06. Appointment of a Receiver
	 	 	13	 
	Section 3.07. Exercise of Powers
	 	 	13	 
	Section 3.08. Control by the Majority Holders
	 	 	14	 
	Section 3.09. Remedies Not Exclusive
	 	 	14	 
	Section 3.10. Waiver of Certain Rights
	 	 	15	 
	Section 3.11. Limitation on Collateral Agent’s Duties in Respect of Collateral
	 	 	15	 
	Section 3.12. Limitation by Law
	 	 	15	 
	Section 3.13. Absolute Rights of Secured Parties
	 	 	16	 
	 
	ARTICLE 4 
  Trust Account, Application of Moneys	 	 	 	 
	 
	Section 4.01. The Trust Account
	 	 	16	 
	Section 4.02. Control of Trust Account
	 	 	16	 
	Section 4.03. Investment of Funds Deposited in Trust Account
	 	 	16	 
	Section 4.04. Application of Moneys in Trust Account
	 	 	17	 
	Section 4.05. Application of Moneys Distributable to Secured Parties
	 	 	18	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	Page	 
	ARTICLE 5
  Agreements with the Collateral Agent	 	 	 	 
	 
	Section 5.01. Delivery of Documents
	 	 	18	 
	Section 5.02. Information as to Secured Parties
	 	 	18	 
	Section 5.03. Compensation and Expenses
	 	 	19	 
	Section 5.04. Stamp and Other Similar Taxes
	 	 	19	 
	Section 5.05. Filing Fees, Excise Taxes, Etc.
	 	 	20	 
	Section 5.06. Indemnification
	 	 	20	 
	Section 5.07. Further Assurances; Notation on Financial Statements
	 	 	20	 
	 
	ARTICLE 6 
  The Collateral Agent	 	 	 	 
	 
	Section 6.01. Acceptance of Trust, Powers of the Collateral Agent
	 	 	20	 
	Section 6.02. Exculpatory Provisions
	 	 	21	 
	Section 6.03. Delegation of Duties
	 	 	22	 
	Section 6.04. Reliance by Collateral Agent
	 	 	22	 
	Section 6.05. Limitations on Duties of Collateral Agent
	 	 	23	 
	Section 6.06. Moneys to Be Held in Trust
	 	 	23	 
	Section 6.07. Resignation and Removal of the Collateral Agent
	 	 	24	 
	Section 6.08. Status of Successors to the Collateral Agent
	 	 	25	 
	Section 6.09. Merger of the Collateral Agent
	 	 	25	 
	Section 6.10. Co-Trustee, Separate Trustee
	 	 	25	 
	 
	ARTICLE 7 
  Release of Collateral	 	 	 	 
	 
	Section 7.01. Conditions to Release; Release Procedure
	 	 	27	 
	 
	ARTICLE 8 
  Miscellaneous	 	 	 	 
	 
	Section 8.01. Amendments, Supplements and Waivers
	 	 	29	 
	Section 8.02. Voting
	 	 	31	 
	Section 8.03. Notices
	 	 	32	 
	Section 8.04. Headings
	 	 	33	 
	Section 8.05. Severability
	 	 	33	 
	Section 8.06. Treatment of Payee or Indorsee by Collateral Agent
	 	 	33	 
	Section 8.07. Dealings with the Trustors
	 	 	33	 
	Section 8.08. Claims Against the Collateral Agent
	 	 	33	 
	Section 8.09. Binding Effect; Successors and Assigns
	 	 	33	 
	Section 8.10. Governing Law
	 	 	34	 
	Section 8.11. Consent to Jurisdiction
	 	 	34	 
	Section 8.12. Waiver of Jury Trial
	 	 	34	 

ii

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	Page	 
	Section 8.13. Force Majeure
	 	 	35	 
	Section 8.14. Consequential Damages
	 	 	35	 
	Section 8.15. Counterparts
	 	 	35	 
	Section 8.16. Incorporation by Reference
	 	 	35	 
	Section 8.17. USA PATRIOT Act
	 	 	35	 
	Section 8.18. Rights Of Holders
	 	 	36	 

Exhibit A  —  Form of Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement

Exhibit B  —  Form of Joinder to Collateral Trust Agreement

iii

 

     This COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT, dated as of [DATE], 2010 (as amended, amended and restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”) among Harbinger Group Inc.,
a Delaware corporation (together with its successors, the “Company”), the Additional Trustors (as
defined in Section 5.07(b)) (and together with the Company, the “Trustors”), Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (in such capacity, together
with its successors and assigns from time to time, the “Indenture Trustee”), Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as collateral agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and
assigns from time to time, the “Collateral Agent”) for the Secured Parties, and each New
Representative party hereto from time to time.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:

     WHEREAS, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of November 15, 2010 (as amended, amended and
restated, supplemented, replaced, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, the
“Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors, the other Trustors party thereto from time to
time, the Indenture Trustee and the Collateral Agent, the Company intends to issue an aggregate
original principal amount of $350,000,000 of its 10.625% senior secured notes due 2015 (together
with any Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture) issued pursuant to and in compliance with
the Indenture, the “Notes”);

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Guarantors may, from time to time, incur additional indebtedness
permitted to be secured on an equal and ratable basis with the obligations under the Note Documents
(as defined below), which indebtedness the Company shall designate as having a first priority
security interest in the Collateral and shall be incurred under a credit facility, indenture or
similar debt facility (each, a “New Facility”), in each case in accordance with this Agreement and
the then-extant Documents. For the avoidance of doubt, only additional indebtedness for which each
of the requirements specified in Section 2.02 hereof have been satisfied shall constitute a New
Facility for any purpose of this Agreement;

     WHEREAS, the Liens securing the obligations of the applicable Trustors in respect of any New
Facility shall be granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents (as defined below);

     WHEREAS, the Collateral Agent has agreed to act on behalf of all Secured Parties with respect
to the Collateral; and

     WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the issuance of the Notes that the Company and the
Collateral Agent enter into this Agreement and the Collateral Documents in order to secure the
payment and performance of the Obligations (as defined below).

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein set forth,
the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby
agree as follows:

 

 

ARTICLE 1

Definitions And Other Matters

     Section 1.01. Rules of Interpretation. (a) The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and
words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and
not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

     (b) The use in this Agreement or any of the Collateral Documents of the word “include” or
“including,” when following any general statement, term or matter, will not be construed to limit
such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following
such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not nonlimiting language (such as “without
limitation” or “but not limited to” or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but
will be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that fall within the broadest possible scope
of such general statement, term or matter. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same
meaning and effect as the word “shall.”

     (c) References to “Sections,” “clauses,” “recitals” and the “preamble” will be to Sections,
clauses, recitals and the preamble, respectively, of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically
provided. References to “Articles” will be to Articles of this Agreement unless otherwise
specifically provided. References to “Exhibits” and “Schedules” will be to Exhibits and Schedules,
respectively, to this Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided.

     (d) This Agreement and the Collateral Documents will be construed without regard to the
identity of the party who drafted it and as though the parties participated equally in drafting it.
Consequently, each of the parties acknowledges and agrees that any rule of construction that a
document is to be construed against the drafting party will not be applicable either to this
Agreement or the other Collateral Documents.

     Section 1.02. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and the plural
forms of the terms defined):

     “Actionable Default” means the occurrence of any of the following:

     (a) an “Event of Default” under and as defined in the Indenture; or

     (b) any event or condition which, under the terms of any New Facility, causes, or permits
holders of the New Obligations with respect to such New Facility to cause, such New Obligations to
become immediately due and payable;

provided that, upon delivery of a Notice of Actionable Default, the Collateral Agent may assume
that an Actionable Default shall be continuing unless the Notice of Actionable Default delivered
with respect thereto shall have been withdrawn in a writing delivered to the Collateral Agent by
the requisite holders of the Series of Obligations to which such Notice of Actionable Default
relates (determined under the Documents governing such Series), or by the Representative with
respect to such Series of Obligations, prior to the

2

 

 first date on which the Collateral Agent
commences the exercise of any remedy with respect to the Collateral following the receipt of such
Notice of Actionable Default.

     “Additional Trustor” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 5.07(b).

     “Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.

     “Bankruptcy Code” means the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. §101 et seq.), as amended
from time to time, and any successor statute.

     “Bankruptcy Proceeding” means that the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any, shall
generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to
pay its debts generally, or there shall be an assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to
the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any, whether or not voluntary; or any case shall be
commenced by or against the Company, any Additional Trustor, if any under the Bankruptcy Code or
any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors, whether or not voluntary; or any
proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any, seeking
to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets
or liabilities, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or
composition of it or its debts, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving
bankruptcy or insolvency, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a
receiver, trustee, administrator or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of
its property and assets, whether or not voluntary; or any event or action analogous to or having a
substantially similar effect to any of the events or actions set forth above in this definition
(other than a solvent reorganization) shall occur under the law of any jurisdiction applicable to
the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any; or the Company or any Additional Trustor, if any,
shall take any corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other similar action to
authorize any of the actions set forth above in this definition.

     “Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks
in the City of New York are authorized by law to close.

     “Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares of stock of a
corporation, partnership interests or other equivalent interests (however designated, whether
voting or non-voting) in such Person’s equity, entitling the holder to receive a share of the
profits and losses, and a distribution of assets, after liabilities, of such Person.

     “Collateral” means all of the assets or property of the Company or any Additional Trustor,
whether real, personal or mixed, with respect to which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted
as security for any Obligations.

     “Collateral Agent” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.

     “Collateral Agent’s Fees” means all fees, costs and expenses of the Collateral Agent (or any
co-trustee or agent thereof) of the type described in Sections 5.03, 5.04, 5.05 and 5.06 of
this Agreement.

3

 

     “Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, each Security Agreement
Supplement (as defined in the Security Agreement) and any other agreement, document or instrument
pursuant to which a Lien is granted securing any
Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed, as each
may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

     “Collateral Trust Joinder” means a joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

     “Company” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.

     “Distribution Dates” means the dates fixed by the Collateral Agent (the first of which shall
occur within 90 days after receipt of a Notice of Actionable Default that has not theretofore been
withdrawn and the balance of which shall be monthly thereafter) for the distribution of all moneys
held by the Collateral Agent in the Trust Account.

     “Documents” means, collectively, the Note Documents and the New Documents.

     “Equity Interests” means (i) in the case of a corporation, any shares of its capital stock,
(ii) in the case of a limited liability company, any membership interest therein, (iii) in the case
of a partnership, any partnership interest (whether general or limited) therein, (iv) in the case
of any other business entity, any participation or other interest in the equity or profits thereof,
(v) any warrant, option or other right to acquire any Equity Interest described in this definition
or (vi) any Security Entitlement in respect of any Equity Interest described in this definition.

     “Guarantor” means each “Guarantor” as defined in the Indenture.

     “Indenture” has the meaning set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.

     “Indenture Trustee” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.

     “Lien” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

     “Majority Holders” means, as of any date, (a) at any time when no New Facility is outstanding,
Secured Parties owed or holding more than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of indebtedness
constituting Note Obligations, or such other requisite percentage or number of holders of Note
Obligations (or the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the holders of Note Obligations) as is
permitted by, and in accordance with, the Indenture; or (b) otherwise, Secured Parties owed or
holding more than 50% of the aggregate of the sum of, without duplication: (i) the aggregate
principal amount of indebtedness constituting Note Obligations, (ii) the aggregate principal amount
of the loans and other advances outstanding under each New Facility and (iii) other than in
connection with the exercise of remedies, the aggregate amount of all outstanding unexpired or
uncanceled commitments to extend credit (if any) under each New Facility outstanding at such time
that, when funded, would constitute New Obligations; provided, however, that, in the case of
clauses (ii) and (iii) above, if any New Secured Party shall be a “defaulting

4

 

lender” (howsoever
defined in the relevant New Document at such time), there shall be excluded from the determination
of Majority Holders: (A) the aggregate principal amount of loans and other advances owing to such
New Secured Party under such New Document at such time, and (B) such New Secured Party’s pro rata
share of the outstanding commitments to extend credit (if any) under such New Document at such
time unless another lender has or is obligated to assume the defaulting lender’s rights and
obligations under the applicable New Documents. For purposes of this definition, (x) votes will be
determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.02 and (y) any Obligations registered in
the name of, or owned or held by the Company, any Guarantor or any Additional Trustor or any of
their respective affiliates shall be disregarded.

     “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

     “New Documents” means, collectively, with respect to any New Facility, the agreements,
documents and instruments providing for or evidencing any related New Obligations, including the
definitive documentation in respect of such New Facility, the Collateral Documents, to the extent
such are effective at the relevant time, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified,
renewed or extended from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

     “New Facility” has the meaning set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.

     “New Obligations” means all obligations of any of the Trustors from time to time arising under
or in respect of the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and
interest (including any Post-Petition Interest) on the indebtedness for borrowed money outstanding
under each New Facility, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more
dates set for prepayment or otherwise, and (ii) all other monetary obligations, including fees,
costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise
(including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any Bankruptcy Proceeding with
respect to any Trustor, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of the
Trustors under the New Documents owing to the New Secured Parties (in their capacity as such). For
the avoidance of doubt, as of the date hereof, there are no New Obligations outstanding.

     “New Representative” means (a) any agent or trustee for or other representative of the lenders
or holders of obligations, as applicable, under a New Facility, together with its successors and
permitted assigns, or (b) any New Secured Party, solely to the extent that such New Secured Party
(i) is the sole lender or other holder of obligations under a particular New Facility and (ii) is
not represented by an agent, trustee or other representative.

     “New Secured Parties” means, at any relevant time, subject to Section 2.02, the holders of
any New Obligations at that time, including each applicable New Representative.

5

 

     “Note Documents” means, collectively, the Indenture, the Notes, each Note Guaranty, the
Collateral Documents and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments providing for or
evidencing any Note Obligation, any other document or instrument executed or delivered at any time
in connection with any Note Obligation, including pursuant to the Collateral Documents, to the
extent such are effective at the relevant time, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented,
modified, renewed or extended from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

     “Note Guaranty” means each “Note Guaranty” as defined in the Indenture.

     “Note Obligations” means all “Obligations” (as defined in the Indenture) in respect of
indebtedness incurred under the Indenture and all other obligations of the Company, the Guarantors
and the other Additional Trustors, if any, from time to time arising under or in respect of the due
and punctual payment of (a) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including any
Post-Petition Interest) on the Notes, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon
one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, and (b) all other monetary obligations,
including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent,
fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any Bankruptcy
Proceeding with respect to the Company, any Guarantor or any Additional Trustor, regardless of
whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of the Company, the Guarantors and the Additional
Trustors, if any, under the Indenture and the other Note Documents owing to the Note Secured
Parties (in their capacity as such).

     “Note Secured Parties” means, at any relevant time, the holders of Note Obligations at that
time, including, without limitation, the Collateral Agent, the Indenture Trustee and the holders of
Notes.

     “Notes” has the meaning set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.

     “Notice of Actionable Default” means a written notice delivered to the Collateral Agent by the
requisite holders of a Series of Obligations in accordance with the Documents governing such Series
(or by the Representative with respect to such Series with the written consent of the requisite
holders of a Series of Obligations in accordance with the Documents governing such Series) stating
that an Actionable Default with respect to such Series has occurred.

     “Obligations” means (a) the Note Obligations and (b) subject to Section 2.02, the New
Obligations.

     “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate with respect to compliance with a condition or
covenant provided for in this Agreement, signed on behalf of the Company by the Company’s principal
executive officer, principal financial officer, chief operating officer or treasurer, including:

     (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate has read such covenant or condition;

6

 

     (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon
which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate are based;

     (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or
investigation as is reasonably necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to
whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

     (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or
covenant has been satisfied.

     “Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), joint
stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company or other
entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

     “Post-Petition Interest” means any interest or entitlement to fees or expenses that accrues
after the commencement of any Bankruptcy Proceeding with respect to any Trustor, whether or not
allowed or allowable in any such Bankruptcy Proceeding.

     “Representative” means (a) with respect to the Note Obligations, the Indenture Trustee and (b)
with respect to each Series of New Obligations, the New Representative with respect thereto.

     “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc. and its
successors.

     “Secured Parties” means, collectively, the Note Secured Parties and any New Secured Parties.

     “Securities” means any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting trust certificates,
certificates of interests or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options,
warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences or indebtedness, secured or unsecured,
convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as
“securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim
certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire,
any of the foregoing.

     “Security Agreement” means the Security and Pledge Agreement, dated as of [DATE], 2010, and
any successor or replacement thereof, among the Company, the Collateral Agent (or any successor or
replacement agent) and the other grantors from time to time party thereto.

     “Series”, when used with respect to any Obligations, refers to whether such Obligations are
Note Obligations or New Obligations (and, if such Obligations are New Obligations, “Series” refers
to the New Facility pursuant to which such New Obligations have been incurred).

7

 

     “Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement,
dated as of February 9, 2010, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd.,
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd.,
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., Avenue International Master, L.P., Avenue Investments, L.P., Avenue
Special Situations Fund IV, L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund V, L.P. and Avenue-CDP Global
Opportunities Fund, L.P.

     “Spectrum Stockholder Agreement” means that certain Stockholder Agreement, dated as of
February 9, 2010, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital
Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. and Spectrum Brands
Holdings, Inc.

     “Subsidiary” means with respect to any Person, any corporation, association or other business
entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by,
or, in the case of a partnership, the sole general partner or the managing partner or the only
general partners of which are, such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or a
combination thereof).

     “Trust Estate” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.01(a).

     “Trustors” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.

     “U.S. Government Obligations” means obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or
insured by the United States of America or by any agent or instrumentality thereof, provided that
the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof.

     “Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind
ordinarily having the power to vote for the election of directors, managers or other voting members
of the governing body of such Person.

ARTICLE 2

The Trust Estate

     Section 2.01. Declaration of Trust. (a) To secure the payment and performance of the
Obligations and in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements set forth herein, each
of the Trustors hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, and the Collateral Agent hereby accepts and
agrees to hold, in trust under this Agreement for the benefit of all present and future Secured
Parties, all of such Trustor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral for the
benefit of all present and future Secured Parties, together with all of the Collateral Agent’s
right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral Documents, and all interests, rights,
powers and remedies of the Collateral Agent thereunder or in respect thereof and all cash and
non-cash proceeds thereof constituting Collateral (collectively, the “Trust Estate”).

8

 

     (b) The Collateral Agent and its successors and assigns under this Agreement will hold the
Trust Estate in trust for the benefit solely and exclusively of all present and future Secured
Parties as security for the payment of all present and future Obligations; provided, however, that
if at any time the Company, the Guarantors and the Additional Trustors, if any, and their
successors or assigns, shall satisfy all of the conditions set forth in Section 7.01 in connection
with the release of all Collateral, then this Agreement, and the estates and rights assigned in the
Collateral Documents, shall cease, terminate and be void; otherwise they shall remain and be in
full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms; provided, further, that
notwithstanding the foregoing, all provisions set forth in Sections 5.03, 5.04, 5.05 and 5.06
that are enforceable by the Collateral Agent or any of its co-trustees or agents (whether in an
individual or representative capacity) will remain enforceable in accordance with their terms.

     (c) The parties to this Agreement further covenant and declare that the Trust Estate will be
held and distributed by the Collateral Agent, subject to the further covenants, conditions and
agreements hereinafter set forth.

     Section 2.02. New Facilities. (a) The Collateral Agent will act as agent hereunder for, and
perform its duties set forth in this Agreement on behalf of, each holder of Obligations in respect
of indebtedness that is issued or incurred after the date hereof that:

     (i) holds New Obligations that are identified as such in accordance with the
procedures set forth in clause (b) of this Section 2.02; and

     (ii) signs, through its designated New Representative identified pursuant to clause
(b) of this Section 2.02, a Collateral Trust Joinder and delivers the same to the
Collateral Agent.

     (b) The Company or any other Trustor will be permitted to incur indebtedness in respect of a
New Facility and to designate as an additional holder of Obligations hereunder the lenders, agents
and each New Representative, as applicable, under such New Facility, in each case only to the
extent such indebtedness is designated by the Company in accordance with this Section 2.02(b) and
only to the extent such incurrence is permitted under the terms of the Documents. The Company may
only effect such designation by delivering to the Collateral Agent (with copies to the Indenture
Trustee and to each previously identified New Representative), each of the following:

     (i) on or prior to the date on which such New Facility is incurred, an Officer’s
Certificate stating that each applicable Trustor intends to incur additional indebtedness
under such New Facility, and certifying that (A) such incurrence is permitted and does not
violate or result in any default under the Note Documents or any then existing New
Documents (other than any incurrence of Obligations that would simultaneously repay all
Obligations under the applicable Documents, under which such default would arise), (B) the
definitive documentation associated with such New Facility contains a written agreement of
the holders of such indebtedness, for the enforceable benefit of all holders of existing
and future Obligations, each existing and future Indenture Trustee and each existing and
future New Representative substantially as follows: (x) that all

9

 

Obligations will be and
are secured equally and ratably by all Liens at any time granted by any Trustor to the
Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to secure any Obligations,
whether or not upon property otherwise constituting collateral to such Obligations and
that all Liens granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents will be enforceable by the
Collateral Agent for the benefit of all holders of Obligations equally and ratably as
contemplated by this Agreement (provided, that if provided by the terms thereof or with
the consent of the holders thereof, a Series of New Obligations may be secured by Liens
(which shall be equal and ratable with the Liens securing the Note Obligations) on assets
and properties comprising less (but not more) than all of the assets and properties upon
which Liens have been granted to secure the Note Obligations), and (y) consenting to and
directing the Collateral Agent to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the
Collateral Documents and (C) the Company and each other Trustor has duly authorized,
executed (if applicable) and recorded (or caused to be recorded), or intends to authorize,
execute and record (if applicable), in each appropriate governmental office all relevant
filings and recordations, if any, reasonably necessary to ensure that the New Obligations
in respect of such New Facility are secured by the Collateral to the extent set forth in
and required
by the New Documents and in accordance with this Agreement and the Collateral
Documents;

     (ii) a written notice specifying the name and address of the New Representative in
respect of such New Facility for purposes of Section 8.03; and

     (iii) a copy of the executed Collateral Trust Joinder referred to in clause (a)
above, executed by the applicable New Representative (on behalf of each New Secured Party
represented by it).

     (c) Although the Grantors shall be required to deliver a copy of each of the foregoing
documents described in clauses (i) through (iii) of Section 2.02(b) to the Indenture Trustee and
each then existing New Representative, the failure to so deliver a copy of any such document to the
Indenture Trustee and any such New Representative (other than the certification described in clause
(i) of Section 2.02(b) and the Collateral Trust Joinder referred to in clause (iii) of Section
2.02(b), which shall in all cases be required and which shall be delivered to each of the
Indenture Trustee and each then existing New Representative on or prior to the incurrence of
indebtedness under the applicable New Facility) shall not affect the status of such New Facility as
New Obligations or Obligations entitled to the benefits of this Agreement and the Collateral
Documents if the other requirements of this Section 2.02 are satisfied.

     Section 2.03. Acknowledgment of Security Interests. (a) Each of the Indenture Trustee (for
itself and on behalf of each Note Secured Party), each New Representative (for itself and on behalf
of each New Secured Party represented by it), each Trustor and the Collateral Agent acknowledges
and agrees that, pursuant to the Collateral Documents, each of the Trustors has granted to the
Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all such Trustor’s
rights, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral to secure the payment and performance of
all present and future Obligations. Each of the Indenture Trustee (for itself and on behalf of
each Note Secured Party), each New Representative (for itself and on behalf of each New Secured
Party

10

 

represented by it), each Trustor and the Collateral Agent acknowledges and agrees that,
pursuant to the Collateral Documents, the aforementioned security interest granted to the
Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall (subject to Section 7.01) for all
purposes and at all times secure the Note Obligations and the New Obligations (if any) on an equal
and ratable basis, except as is otherwise contemplated in the first proviso contained in Section
2.02(b)(i).

     (b) The Collateral Agent and its successors and assigns under this Agreement will act for the
benefit solely and exclusively of all present and future Secured Parties and will hold the
Collateral and the Liens thereon as security for the payment and performance of all present and
future Obligations, in each case, under terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Collateral
Documents.

ARTICLE 3

Actionable Default; Remedies; Administration of Trust Property

     Section 3.01. Notice of Default; Written Instructions. (a) Upon receipt of a Notice of
Actionable Default, the Collateral Agent shall, within five days thereafter,
notify the Indenture Trustee and each New Representative that an Actionable Default exists.

     (b) Upon receipt of any written directions pursuant to Section 3.08(a), the Collateral Agent
shall, within five days thereafter, send a copy thereof to the Indenture Trustee and each New
Representative.

     Section 3.02. Remedies. (a) Upon the receipt of a Notice of Actionable Default and so long
as such Notice of Actionable Default shall not have been withdrawn in a writing delivered to the
Collateral Agent by the requisite holders of the Series of Obligations to which such Notice of
Actionable Default relates (determined under the Documents governing such Series), or by the
Representative with respect to such Series, the Collateral Agent may exercise the rights and
remedies provided in this Agreement and in the Collateral Documents.

     (b) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trustors hereby waive presentment, demand,
protest or any notice of any kind in connection with this Agreement, any Collateral or any
Collateral Document.

     Section 3.03. Administration of Trust Property. (a) Each Secured Party (acting through the
Indenture Trustee or its New Representative, as applicable) hereby appoints the Collateral Agent to
serve as collateral trustee and agent hereunder on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
Subject to, and in accordance with, this Agreement, the Collateral Agent will serve as collateral
trustee and agent hereunder, for the benefit solely and exclusively of the present and future
Secured Parties, and will:

     (i) accept, enter into, hold, maintain, administer and enforce all Collateral
Documents, including all Collateral subject thereto, and all Liens created thereunder,
perform its obligations under the Collateral Documents and

11

 

protect, exercise and enforce
the interests, rights, powers and remedies granted or available to it under, pursuant to
or in connection with the Collateral Documents;

     (ii) take all lawful and commercially reasonable actions permitted under the
Collateral Documents that it may deem necessary or advisable to protect or preserve its
interest in the Collateral subject thereto and such interests, rights, powers and
remedies;

     (iii) deliver and receive notices pursuant to the Collateral Documents;

     (iv) sell, assign, collect, assemble, foreclose on, institute legal proceedings with
respect to, or otherwise exercise or enforce the rights and remedies of a secured party
(including a mortgagee, trust deed beneficiary and insurance beneficiary or loss payee)
with respect to the Collateral under the Collateral Documents and its other interests,
rights, powers and remedies;

     (v) remit as provided in Section 4.04 all cash proceeds received by the Collateral
Agent from the collection, foreclosure or enforcement of its interest in the Collateral
under the Collateral Documents or any of its other interests, rights, powers or remedies;

     (vi) execute and deliver amendments to this Agreement and the Collateral Documents as
from time to time authorized pursuant to Section 8.01 accompanied by an Officer’s
Certificate to the effect that the amendment was permitted under Section 8.01; and

     (vii) release or subordinate any Lien granted to it by any Collateral Document upon
any Collateral if and as required by Section 7.01.

     (b) Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and consents to the undertaking of the
Collateral Agent set forth in Section 3.03(a) and agrees to each of the other provisions of this
Agreement applicable to the Collateral Agent.

     Section 3.04. Power of Attorney. Each Trustor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints
the Collateral Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as their
true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power and authority in the name of such Trustor, or in
its own name, from time to time acting at the written direction of the Trustors upon the occurrence
and during the continuance of an Actionable Default, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of
this Agreement and the Collateral Documents, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute
any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes
hereof and thereof and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby gives the
Collateral Agent the power and right on behalf of such Trustor, without notice to or assent by any
Trustor to do the following:

     (a) to ask for, demand, sue for, collect, receive, recover, compromise and give acquittance
and receipts for any and all moneys due or to become due upon or by virtue hereof and thereof;

12

 

     (b) to receive, take, endorse, assign and deliver any and all checks, notes, drafts,
acceptances, documents and other negotiable and non-negotiable instruments and chattel paper taken
or received by the Collateral Agent in connection herewith and therewith;

     (c) to commence, file, institute, prosecute, defend, settle, compromise or adjust any claim,
suit, action or proceeding with respect hereto and thereto or in connection herewith and therewith;

     (d) to sell, transfer, assign or otherwise deal in or with the Collateral or any part thereof
as fully and effectually as if the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof; and

     (e) to do, at its option and at the expense and for the account of such Trustor, at any time
or from time to time, all acts and things that the Collateral Agent deems necessary to protect or
preserve the Collateral or the Trust Estate and to realize upon the Collateral.

     Section 3.05. Right to Initiate Judicial Proceedings, Etc. Upon the receipt of a Notice of
Actionable Default and so long as such Notice of Actionable Default shall not have been withdrawn
in a writing delivered to the Collateral Agent by the requisite holders of the Series of
Obligations to which such Notice of Actionable Default relates
(determined under the Documents governing such Series) or by the Representative with respect
to such Series:

     (a) the Collateral Agent shall have the right and power to institute and maintain such suits
and proceedings as it may deem appropriate to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this
Agreement and each Collateral Document to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law; and

     (b) the Collateral Agent may, either after entry or without entry, proceed by suit or suits at
law or in equity to enforce such rights and to foreclose upon the Collateral and to sell all or,
from time to time, any of the Trust Estate under the judgment or decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

     Section 3.06. Appointment of a Receiver. If a receiver of the Trust Estate shall be
appointed in judicial proceedings, the Collateral Agent may be appointed as such receiver.
Notwithstanding the appointment of a receiver, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to retain
possession and control of all cash held by or deposited with it or its agents pursuant to any
provision of this Agreement or any Collateral Document.

     Section 3.07. Exercise of Powers. All of the powers, remedies and rights of the Collateral
Agent as set forth in this Agreement may be exercised by the Collateral Agent in respect of any
Collateral Document as though set forth at length therein and all the powers, remedies and rights
of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties as set forth in any Collateral Document may be
exercised from time to time as herein and therein provided.

13

 

     Section 3.08. Control by the Majority Holders. (a) Subject to Section 3.08(b), if an
Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing and if the Collateral Agent shall have
received a Notice of Actionable Default with respect thereto, the Majority Holders shall have the
right, by an instrument in writing executed and delivered to the Collateral Agent, to direct the
time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any right or remedy available to the
Collateral Agent, or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Collateral Agent, or for the
appointment of a receiver, or for the taking of any action authorized by Article 3 of this
Agreement.

     (b) The Collateral Agent shall not follow any written directions received pursuant to Section
3.08(a) to the extent such written directions are known by the Collateral Agent to be in conflict
with any provisions of law or if the Collateral Agent shall have received from independent counsel
an unqualified opinion to the effect that following such written directions would result in a
breach of a provision or covenant contained in the Indenture or impose individual liability on the
Collateral Agent.

     (c) Nothing in this Section 3.08 shall impair the right of the Collateral Agent in its
discretion to take or omit to take any action deemed proper by the Collateral Agent and which
action or omission is not inconsistent with the direction of the Secured Parties entitled to direct
the Collateral Agent with respect to such action as provided for in this Agreement; provided,
however, that the Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is
discretionary with the Collateral Agent under the provisions of this Agreement or under any
Collateral Document.

     (d) For the avoidance of doubt, the Majority Holders when taking, or in directing the
Collateral Agent to take, any action with respect of the Collateral, the Majority Holders may elect
to take such action (or to direct the Collateral Agent to take such action) with respect to all or
any part of the Collateral, except as limited by mandatory provisions of applicable law.

     Section 3.09. Remedies Not Exclusive. (a) No remedy conferred upon or reserved to the
Collateral Agent in this Agreement or in any Collateral Document is intended to be exclusive of any
other remedy or remedies, but every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to
every other remedy conferred in this Agreement or in any Collateral Document or now or hereafter
existing at law or in equity or by statute.

     (b) No delay or omission of the Collateral Agent to exercise any right, remedy or power
accruing upon any Actionable Default shall impair any such right, remedy or power or shall be
construed to be a waiver of any such Actionable Default or an acquiescence therein; and every
right, power and remedy given by this Agreement or any Collateral Document to the Collateral Agent
may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient by the Collateral Agent.

     (c) In case the Collateral Agent shall have proceeded to enforce any right, remedy or power
under this Agreement or any Collateral Document and the proceeding for the enforcement thereof
shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined adversely to
the Collateral Agent, then and in every such case the Trustors, the Collateral Agent and the
Secured Parties shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, severally and respectively
be restored to their former

14

 

positions and rights, under this Agreement and under such Collateral
Document with respect to the Trust Estate and in all other respects, and thereafter all rights,
remedies and powers of the Collateral Agent shall continue as though no such proceeding had been
taken.

     (d) All rights of action and rights to assert claims upon or under this Agreement and the
Collateral Documents may be enforced by the Collateral Agent without the possession of any Document
or the production thereof in any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or
proceeding instituted by the Collateral Agent shall be brought in its name as Collateral Agent and
any recovery of judgment shall be held as part of the Trust Estate.

     Section 3.10. Waiver of Certain Rights. The Trustors, to the extent they may lawfully do so,
on behalf of themselves and all who may claim through or under them, including, without limitation,
any and all subsequent creditors, vendees, assignees and lienors, expressly waive and release any,
every and all rights to demand or to have any marshaling of the Trust Estate upon any sale, whether
made under any power of sale herein granted or pursuant to judicial proceedings or upon any
foreclosure or any enforcement of this Agreement and consents and agrees that all the Trust Estate
may at any such sale be offered and sold as an entirety.

     Section 3.11. Limitation on Collateral Agent’s Duties in Respect of Collateral. Beyond its
duties set forth in this Agreement as to the custody thereof and the accounting to the Trustors and
the Secured Parties for moneys received by it hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall not have any
duty to the Trustors and the Secured Parties as to any Collateral in its possession or control or
in the possession or control of any agent or
nominee of it or any income thereon or as to the preservation of rights against prior parties
or any other rights pertaining thereto. To the extent, however, that the Collateral Agent or any
agent or nominee thereof maintains possession or control of any of the Collateral, the Collateral
Agent shall, and shall instruct such agent or nominee to, grant the Trustors access to and use of
such Collateral that the Trustors require for the normal conduct of their business; provided that
such rights may be limited as provided in this Agreement and the other Collateral Documents after
the Collateral Agent shall have received a Notice of Actionable Default.

     Section 3.12. Limitation by Law. All rights, remedies and powers provided by this Article 3
may be exercised only to the extent that the exercise thereof does not violate any applicable
provision of law in the premises, and all the provisions of this Article 3 are intended to be
subject to all applicable mandatory provisions of law that may be controlling in the premises and
to be limited to the extent necessary so that they will not render this Agreement invalid,
unenforceable in whole or in part or not entitled to be recorded, registered, or filed under the
provisions of any applicable law.

     Section 3.13. Absolute Rights of Secured Parties. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement (other than Section 3.02) or any provision of any Collateral Document, the right of
each Secured Party, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payments of the Obligations
held by such Secured Party on or after the due date thereof as therein expressed, to seek adequate
protection in respect of its interest in this Agreement and the Collateral, to institute suit for
the enforcement of such payment on or

15

 

after such due date, or to assert its position and views as a
secured creditor in a Bankruptcy Proceeding, or the obligation of the Trustors, which is also
absolute and unconditional, to pay in full and otherwise perform all Obligations at the time and
place expressed therein shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Secured
Party.

ARTICLE 4

Trust Account, Application of Moneys

     Section 4.01. The Trust Account. On the date hereof there shall be established and, at
all times thereafter until the trusts created by this Agreement shall have terminated, there shall
be maintained with the Collateral Agent an account that shall be entitled the “[ACCOUNT NAME]” (the
“Trust Account”). The Trust Account shall be established and maintained by the Collateral Agent at
its designated corporate trust offices. All moneys that are received by the Collateral Agent after
the occurrence of an Actionable Default in connection with any collection, sale, foreclosure or
other realization upon any Collateral shall be deposited in the Trust Account and thereafter shall
be held and applied by the Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. To the
extent necessary, appropriate or desirable, the Collateral Agent from time to time may establish
sub-accounts as part of the Trust Account for the purpose of better identifying and maintaining
proceeds of Collateral, all of which sub-accounts shall be treated as and be deemed equivalent to,
the Trust Account for all purposes hereof.

     Section 4.02. Control of Trust Account. All right, title and interest in and to the Trust
Account shall vest in the Collateral Agent, and funds on deposit in the Trust
Account shall constitute part of the Trust Estate. The Trust Account shall be subject to the
exclusive dominion and control of the Collateral Agent.

     Section 4.03. Investment of Funds Deposited in Trust Account. At the written direction of
the Majority Holders, the Collateral Agent shall invest and reinvest moneys on deposit in the Trust
Account at any time in:

     (a) U.S. Government Obligations or certificates representing an ownership interest in U.S.
Government;

     (b) (i) demand deposits, (ii) time deposits and certificates of deposit with maturities of one
year or less from the date of acquisition, (iii) bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding
one year from the date of acquisition, and (iv) overnight bank deposits, in each case with any bank
or trust company organized or licensed under the laws of the United States or any state thereof
having capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $500 million whose short-term debt is
rated “A-2” or higher by S&P or “P-2” or higher by Moody’s;

     (c) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities
of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) above entered into with any financial institution
meeting the qualifications specified in clause (b) above;

16

 

     (d) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or A-1 by S&P and maturing within six
months after the date of acquisition; and

     (e) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which consist of investments of the type
described in clauses (a) through (d) above;

provided that the Majority Holders shall not be entitled to direct the making of any such
investment or reinvestment to the extent that the Trustors would not be permitted to hold such
investment under the terms of any Documents. All such investments and the interest and income
received thereon and therefrom and the net proceeds realized on the sale thereof shall be held in
the Trust Account, as applicable, as part of the Trust Estate.

     Section 4.04. Application of Moneys in Trust Account. All moneys held by the Collateral
Agent in the Trust Account shall, to the extent available for distribution, be distributed (or
deposited in a separate account for the benefit of the Indenture Trustee and each New
Representative pursuant to Section 4.05) by the Collateral Agent as follows:

     First: To the Collateral Agent in an amount equal to the Collateral Agent’s Fees
that are unpaid as of the relevant Distribution Date and to any Secured Party that has theretofore
advanced or paid any Collateral Agent’s Fees in an amount equal to the amount thereof so advanced
or paid by such Secured Party prior to such Distribution Date;

     Second: to the Indenture Trustee and each New Representative (if any) equally and
ratably (in the same proportion that the unpaid Obligations of the Indenture Trustee or such New
Representative, as applicable, bear to all unpaid Obligations on the relevant Distribution Date)
for application to the payment in full of all outstanding Obligations (other than Obligations paid
pursuant to clause first above) that are then due and payable to the Secured Parties (which shall
then be applied or held by the Indenture Trustee and each such New Representative in such order as
may be provided in the applicable
Documents); provided that any moneys held in the Trust Account that were received in
connection with any collection, sale, foreclosure or other realization upon any assets or
properties that do not constitute Collateral with respect to one or more Series of New Obligations
shall be distributed pursuant to this clause Second to the Indenture Trustee and each New
Representative with respect to each Series of New Obligations that is secured by such assets or
properties, equally and ratably (in the same proportion that the unpaid Obligations of the
Indenture Trustee or such New Representative, as applicable, bear to all unpaid Obligations secured
by such assets or properties on the relevant Distribution Date); and

     Third: Any surplus then remaining shall be paid to the respective Trustor, its
successors or assigns, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

     In connection with the application of proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.04, except as
otherwise directed in writing by the Majority Holders, the Collateral Agent may sell any non-cash
proceeds for cash prior to the application of the proceeds thereof.

     Section 4.05. Application of Moneys Distributable to Secured Parties. If at any time any
moneys collected or received by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement or any Collateral
Document are distributable pursuant to Section 4.04 to the

17

 

Indenture Trustee or any New
Representative, and if the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative shall notify the Collateral
Agent that no provision is made under the Note Documents or New Documents, as applicable, (a) for
the application by the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative, as applicable, of such amounts
so distributable (whether by virtue of the Note Obligations or the applicable New Obligations not
having become due and payable or otherwise) or (b) for the receipt and the holding by the Indenture
Trustee or such New Representative, as applicable, of such amounts pending the application thereof,
then the Collateral Agent shall invest, at the written direction of the Majority Holders, all such
amounts applicable to the Note Obligations or the New Obligations in obligations of the kinds
referred to in Section 4.03, with the specific investment specified in writing and shall hold all
such amounts so distributable, and all such investments and the proceeds thereof, in trust solely
for the Indenture Trustee and/or such New Representative and for no other purpose until such time
as the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative shall request the delivery thereof by the
Collateral Agent to the Indenture Trustee or such New Representative, as applicable, for
application by it pursuant to the Note Documents or the New Documents, as applicable.

     This Article 4 is intended for the benefit of, and will be enforceable as a third party
beneficiary by, each present and future holder of Obligations, each present and future Indenture
Trustee, each present and future New Representative and the Collateral Agent as a Secured Party.

ARTICLE 5

Agreements with the Collateral Agent

     Section 5.01. Delivery of Documents. Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement
on the date hereof, the Company will deliver to the Collateral Agent a true and complete copy of
each of the Documents then in effect. The Company agrees that, promptly upon the execution
thereof, Company will, or cause the applicable Trustor to,
deliver to the Collateral Agent a true and complete copy of (a) any and all amendments,
modifications or supplements to any Document, and (b) any Documents, entered into subsequent to the
date hereof. Unless and until the Collateral Agent actually receives such copies it shall not be
deemed to have knowledge of them.

     Section 5.02. Information as to Secured Parties. The Company agrees that it shall deliver to
the Collateral Agent from time to time upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, a list
setting forth, by each Document then in effect:

     (i) the aggregate amount outstanding thereunder;

     (ii) the interest rates then in effect thereunder;

     (iii) to the extent known to the Company, the names of the holders of the Notes
outstanding thereunder and the unpaid principal amount owing to each such holder of Notes;
and

18

 

     (iv) the names of such other Secured Parties under any other Series of Obligations
and the unpaid aggregate amounts owing to each such Secured Party.

     The Company will furnish to the Collateral Agent within 30 days after the date hereof, and
periodically if notice addresses and/or addresses change, a list setting forth the name and address
of each party to whom notices must be sent under the Documents. At all times the Collateral Agent
may assume without inquiry that the most recent list it has received remains current.

     Section 5.03. Compensation and Expenses. The Trustors, jointly and severally, agree to pay
to the Collateral Agent from time to time following receipt of an invoice therefrom:

     (i) compensation (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to
compensation of a trustee of an express trust), as agreed by the Trustors and the
Collateral Agent, for Collateral Agent’s services hereunder and under the Collateral
Documents and for administering the Trust Estate; and

     (ii) all of the fees, reasonable costs and expenses of the Collateral Agent
(including, without limitation, the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of their
counsel and such special counsel, auditors, accountants, consultants or appraisers or
other professional advisors and agents as the Collateral Agent elect to retain) (A)
arising in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, modification
and termination of, or consent or waiver to, this Agreement and each Collateral Document
or the enforcement of any of the provisions hereof or thereof, or (B) incurred or required
to be advanced in connection with the administration of the Trust Estate, the sale or
other disposition of Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document and the preservation,
protection or defense of the Collateral Agent’s rights under this Agreement and in and to
the Collateral and the Trust Estate, and all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the
Collateral Agent and its agents in creating, perfecting, preserving, releasing or
enforcing the Collateral Agent’s Liens on the Collateral.

     The obligations of the Trustors under this Section 5.03 shall survive the termination of the
other provisions of this Agreement.

     Section 5.04. Stamp and Other Similar Taxes. The Trustors, jointly and severally, agree to
indemnify and hold harmless the Collateral Agent and each Secured Party (and their respective
agents) from any present or future claim for liability for any stamp or other similar tax and any
penalties or interest with respect thereto that may be assessed, levied or collected by any
jurisdiction in connection with this Agreement, any Collateral Document, the Trust Estate or any
Collateral. The obligations of the Trustors under this Section 5.04 shall survive the termination
of the other provisions of this Agreement.

     Section 5.05. Filing Fees, Excise Taxes, Etc.. The Trustors, jointly and severally, agree to
pay or to reimburse the Collateral Agent and its agents for any and all amounts

19

 

in respect of all
search, filing, recording and registration fees, taxes, excise taxes and other similar imposts that
may be payable or determined to be payable in respect of the execution, delivery, performance and
enforcement of this Agreement and each Collateral Document. The obligations of the Trustors under
this Section 5.05 shall survive the termination of the other provisions of this Agreement.

     Section 5.06. Indemnification. The Trustors, jointly and severally, agree to pay, indemnify,
and hold the Collateral Agent, the Indenture Trustee and each of its officers, directors, employees
and agents harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature
whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of
this Agreement and the Collateral Documents (including, but not limited to, actions by the
Collateral Agent to enforce its rights with respect to the Collateral), unless arising from the
gross negligence or willful misconduct (in either case, as determined by a final judgment of a
court of competent jurisdiction) of the Collateral Agent or such of the agents as are seeking
indemnification. The foregoing indemnities in this Section 5.06 shall survive the resignation or
removal of the Collateral Agent or the termination of this Agreement.

     Section 5.07. Further Assurances; Notation on Financial Statements. (a) At any time and
from time to time, upon the written request of the Collateral Agent, and, at the sole expense of
the Trustors, the Trustors will promptly execute and deliver any and all such further instruments
and documents and take such further action as the Collateral Agent reasonably deems necessary or
desirable in obtaining the full benefits of this Agreement, the Collateral Documents and the other
Documents and of the rights and powers herein and therein granted. To the extent required by law,
the Trustors shall, in all of their financial statements, indicate by footnote or otherwise that
the Obligations are secured pursuant to this Agreement and the Collateral Documents.

     (b) Pursuant to the Indenture and the Security Agreement, from time to time, additional direct
or indirect subsidiaries of the Company are required to become parties to the Security Agreement.
In connection with any such subsidiary becoming party to the Security Agreement, such subsidiary
(an “Additional Trustor”) shall execute a Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement in the form of
Exhibit A hereto and upon such execution shall become a Trustor hereunder with all applicable
rights and responsibilities.

ARTICLE 6

The Collateral Agent

     Section 6.01. Acceptance of Trust, Powers of the Collateral Agent. (a) The Collateral
Agent, for itself and its successors, hereby accepts the trusts created by this Agreement upon the
terms and conditions hereof, including those contained in this Article 6.

     (b) The Collateral Agent is authorized and empowered to enter into and perform its obligations
and protect, perfect, exercise and enforce its interests, rights, powers and remedies under this
Agreement and the Collateral Documents and applicable

20

 

law and in equity and to act as set forth in
this Agreement or as requested in any lawful directions given to it from time to time in respect of
any matter by a written notice of the Majority Holders.

     (c) Neither the Indenture Trustee nor any New Representative or any other holder of
Obligations will have any liability whatsoever for any act or omission of the Collateral Agent.

     (d) The Collateral Agent will accept, hold, administer and enforce all Liens on the Collateral
at any time transferred or delivered to it and all other interests, rights, powers and remedies at
any time granted to or enforceable by the Collateral Agent and all other property of the Trust
Estates solely and exclusively for the benefit of all present and future holders of Obligations,
and will distribute all proceeds received by it in realization thereon or from enforcement thereof
solely and exclusively pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.04.

     (e) Except as expressly provided herein, no provision of this Agreement shall require the
Collateral Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.

     Section 6.02. Exculpatory Provisions. (a) The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible in
any manner whatsoever for the correctness of any recitals, statements, representations or
warranties contained in this Agreement or in any Collateral Document, all of which are made solely
by the Trustors. The Collateral Agent makes no representations as to the value or condition of the
Trust Estate or any part thereof, or as to the title of the Trustors thereto or as to the security
afforded by any Collateral Document or this Agreement, or as to the validity, execution (except its
own execution), enforceability, legality or sufficiency of this Agreement, any Collateral Document
or the Obligations secured hereby and thereby, and the Collateral Agent shall incur no liability or
responsibility in respect of any such matters. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for
insuring the Trust Estate or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or liens upon the Trust
Estate or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Trust Estate, except that in the event the
Collateral Agent enters into possession of a part or all of the Trust Estate, the Collateral Agent
shall preserve the part in its possession.

     (b) The Collateral Agent shall not be required to ascertain or inquire as to the performance
by the Trustors of any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, in any
Collateral Document or in any other Document. Whenever it is
necessary, or in the opinion of the Collateral Agent advisable, for the Collateral Agent to
ascertain the amount of Obligations then held by a Secured Party, the Collateral Agent may
conclusively rely on a certificate of such Secured Party or its representative (including the
Indenture Trustee or any applicable New Representative) as to such amount, and if any such Secured
Party or representative shall not give such information to the Collateral Agent, such Secured Party
shall not be entitled to receive distributions hereunder (in which case such distributions shall be
held in trust for such Secured Party) until it has given such information to the Collateral Agent.

21

 

     (c) The Collateral Agent shall not be personally liable for any action taken or omitted to be
taken by it in accordance with this Agreement or any Collateral Document except for its own gross
negligence or willful misconduct.

     (d) The Collateral Agent shall have no responsibility for the preparation, filing or recording
of any instrument, document or financing statement or for the maintenance of any security interest
intended to be perfected thereby.

     Section 6.03. Delegation of Duties. The Collateral Agent may execute any of the trusts or
powers hereof and perform any duty hereunder either directly or by or through agents or
attorneys-in-fact, which may include officers and employees of the Trustors. The Collateral Agent
shall be entitled to advice of counsel, at the expense of the Trustors, concerning all matters
pertaining to such trusts, powers and duties. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for
the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it without gross
negligence or willful misconduct.

     Section 6.04. Reliance by Collateral Agent. (a) Whenever in the administration of the
trusts of this Agreement the Collateral Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be
proved or established in connection with the taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder by
the Collateral Agent, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically
prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively provided or established by an Officer’s Certificate
delivered to the Collateral Agent, and such certificate shall be full warranty to the Collateral
Agent for any action taken, suffered or omitted in reliance thereon, subject, however, to the
provisions of Section 6.05.

     (b) The Collateral Agent may consult with counsel of its selection, and any opinion of such
counsel who is not an employee of the Collateral Agent shall be full and complete authorization and
protection in respect of any action taken or suffered by it hereunder in accordance therewith. The
Collateral Agent shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the
administration of the Trust Estate from any court of competent jurisdiction.

     (c) The Collateral Agent may conclusively rely, and shall be fully protected in acting, upon
any resolution, statement, certificate, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent,
order, bond or other paper or document that it has no reason to believe to be other than genuine
and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties or, in the case of cables,
telecopies and telexes, to have been sent by the proper party or parties. In the absence of its
gross negligence or willful misconduct, the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely, as to the truth
of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or
opinions furnished to the Collateral Agent and conforming to the requirements of this Agreement or
any
Collateral Document. Without limitation to the foregoing, the Collateral Agent may rely as
provided in this Section 6.04 on any Officer’s Certificate provided by the Company pursuant to
Section 2.02 hereof, and may deem such information correct until such time as it receives any
written modification of any such certificate from Company in respect thereof.

22

 

     (d) The Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to exercise any of the rights or
powers vested in the Collateral Agent by this Agreement at the request or direction of the Majority
Holders pursuant to this Agreement or any Collateral Document, unless the Collateral Agent shall
have been provided adequate security and indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs,
expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction,
including such reasonable advances as may be requested by the Collateral Agent.

     Section 6.05. Limitations on Duties of Collateral Agent. (a) The Collateral Agent shall be
obliged to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Agreement
or in any Collateral Document, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this
Agreement or any Collateral Document against the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Agent shall
not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted by it in accordance with the direction of
the Majority Holders pursuant to Section 3.08.

     (b) Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, the Collateral Agent shall not be under any
obligation to take any action that is discretionary with the Collateral Agent under the provisions
hereof or any Collateral Document except upon the written request of the Majority Holders pursuant
to Section 3.08. The Collateral Agent shall make available for inspection and copying by the
Indenture Trustee and each New Representative, each certificate or other paper furnished to the
Collateral Agent by the Company under or in respect of this Agreement, any Collateral Document or
any of the Trust Estate.

     (c) Whenever reference is made in this Agreement to any action by, consent, designation,
specification, requirement of approval of, notice, request or other communication from, or other
direction given or action to be undertaken or to be (or not to be) suffered or omitted by the
Collateral Agent or to any election, decision, opinion, acceptance, use of judgment, expression of
satisfaction or other exercise of discretion, rights or remedies to be made (or not to be made) by
the Collateral Agent, it is understood that in all cases the Collateral Agent shall, except as
otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, be acting, giving, withholding, suffering,
omitting, taking or otherwise undertaking and exercising the same (or shall not be undertaking and
exercising the same) as directed by the Secured Parties. This provision is intended solely for the
benefit of the Collateral Agent and its successors and permitted assigns and is not intended to and
will not entitle the other parties hereto to any defense, claim or counterclaim, or confer any
rights or benefits on any party hereto.

     Section 6.06. Moneys to Be Held in Trust. All moneys received by the Collateral Agent under
or pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or any Collateral Document shall be held in trust
for the purposes for which they were paid or are held.

     Section 6.07. Resignation and Removal of the Collateral Agent. (a) The Collateral Agent may
at any time, by giving 30 days’ prior written notice to the Company, the Indenture Trustee and each
New Representative (if any), resign and be discharged of the responsibilities hereby created, such
resignation to become effective upon the earlier of: (i) 30 days from the date of such notice and
(ii) the appointment of a successor trustee or trustees by the Company, the acceptance of such
appointment by such successor

23

 

trustee or trustees, and the approval of such successor trustee or
trustees by the Majority Holders; provided that no resignation shall become effective unless and
until a successor trustee has been appointed as provided herein. The Collateral Agent may be
removed at any time and a successor trustee or trustees appointed by the affirmative vote of the
Majority Holders; provided that the Collateral Agent shall be paid its fees and reasonable expenses
to the date of removal. If no successor trustee or trustees shall be appointed and approved within
30 days from the date of the giving of the aforesaid notice of resignation, the Collateral Agent
shall, or the Indenture Trustee, any New Representative or any other Secured Party may, apply to
any court of competent jurisdiction to appoint a successor trustee or trustees (which may be an
individual or individuals) to act until such time, if any, as a successor trustee or trustees shall
have been appointed as above provided. Any successor trustee or trustees so appointed by such
court shall immediately and without further act be superseded by any successor trustee or trustees
approved by the Majority Holders as above provided.

     (b) If at any time the Collateral Agent shall resign or be removed or otherwise become
incapable of acting, or if at any time, a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Collateral Agent
for any other cause, a successor trustee or trustees may be appointed by the Majority Holders, and
the powers, duties, authority and title of the predecessor trustee or trustees terminated and
canceled without procuring the resignation of such predecessor trustee or trustees, and without any
other formality (except as may be required by applicable law) than appointment and designation of a
successor trustee or trustees in writing, duly acknowledged, delivered to the predecessor trustee
or trustees and Company, and filed for record in each public office, if any, in which this
Agreement is required to be filed.

     (c) The appointment and designation referred to in Section 6.07(b) shall, after any required
filing, be full evidence of the right and authority to make the same and of all the facts therein
recited, and this Agreement shall vest in such successor trustee or trustees, without any further
act, deed or conveyance, all of the estate and title of its predecessor, and upon such filing for
record the successor trustee or trustees shall become fully vested with all the estates,
properties, rights, powers, trusts, duties, authority and title of its predecessor; but such
predecessor shall, nevertheless, on the written request of the Majority Holders, the Company or the
successor trustee or trustees, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor or
successors all the estates, properties, rights, powers, trusts, duties, authority and title of such
predecessor or predecessors hereunder and shall deliver all Securities and moneys held by it to
such successor trustee or trustees. Should any deed, conveyance or other instrument in writing
from any Trustor be required by any successor trustee or trustees for more fully and certainly
vesting in such successor trustee or trustees the estates, properties, rights, powers, trusts,
duties, authority and title vested or intended to be vested in the predecessor trustee or trustees,
any and all such deeds, conveyances and other instruments in writing shall, on request of such
successor trustee or trustees, be executed, acknowledged and delivered by such Trustor.

     (d) Any required filing for record of the instrument appointing a successor trustee or
trustees as hereinabove provided shall be at the sole expense of the Trustors. The resignation of
any trustee or trustees and the instrument or instruments removing any trustee or trustees,
together with all other instruments, deeds and conveyances provided

24

 

for in this Article 6 shall,
if permitted by law, be forthwith recorded, registered and filed by and at the expense of the
Trustors, wherever this Agreement is recorded, registered and filed.

     Section 6.08. Status of Successors to the Collateral Agent. Except as permitted by Section
6.07, every successor to the Collateral Agent appointed pursuant to Section 6.07 shall be a bank
or trust company in good standing and having power so to act, incorporated under the laws of the
United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and having its principal corporate
trust office within the 48 contiguous States, and shall also have (together with its corporate
affiliates) capital, surplus and undivided profits of not less than $100,000,000, if there be such
an institution with such capital, surplus and undivided profits willing, qualified and able to
accept the trust upon reasonable or customary terms.

     Section 6.09. Merger of the Collateral Agent. Any corporation into which the Collateral
Agent may be merged, or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any
merger or consolidation to which the Collateral Agent shall be a party, or any corporation to which
the Collateral Agent shall transfer all or substantially all of its corporate trust business
(including the administration of this trust) shall be Collateral Agent under this Agreement without
the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto.

     Section 6.10. Co-Trustee, Separate Trustee. (a) If at any time or times it shall be
necessary or prudent in order to conform to any law of any jurisdiction in which any of the
Collateral shall be located, or the Collateral Agent shall be advised by counsel, satisfactory to
it, that it is so necessary or advisable in the interest of the Secured Parties, or the Majority
Holders shall in writing so request the Collateral Agent and the Trustors, or the Collateral Agent
shall deem it desirable for its own protection in the performance of its duties hereunder, the
Collateral Agent and the Trustors shall, at the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, execute
and deliver all instruments and agreements necessary or proper to constitute another bank or trust
company, or one or more persons approved by the Collateral Agent and the Trustors, either to act as
co-trustee or co-trustees of all or any of the Collateral, jointly with the Collateral Agent
originally named herein or any successor or successors, or to act as separate trustee or trustees
of any such property. In the event the Trustors shall not have joined in the execution of such
instruments and agreements within 30 days after the receipt of a written request from the
Collateral Agent so to do, or in case an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
the Collateral Agent may act under the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.10 without the
concurrence of the Trustors, and the Trustors hereby appoint the Collateral Agent as its agent and
attorney to act for it under the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.10 in either of such
contingencies.

     (b) Every separate trustee and every co-trustee, other than any trustee that may be appointed
as successor to the Collateral Agent, shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act
and be such, subject to the following provisions and conditions, namely:

     (i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred upon the Collateral Agent in
respect of the custody, control and management of moneys,

25

 

papers or Securities shall be
exercised solely by the Collateral Agent, or its successors hereunder;

     (ii) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the
Collateral Agent hereunder shall be conferred or imposed and exercised or performed by the
Collateral Agent and such separate trustee or separate trustees or co-trustee or
co-trustees, jointly, as shall be provided in the instrument appointing such separate
trustee or separate trustees or co-trustee or co-trustees, except to the extent that under
any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed the
Collateral Agent shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which
event such rights, powers, duties and obligations shall be exercised and performed by such
separate trustee or separate trustees or co-trustee or co-trustees;

     (iii) no power given hereby to, or that it is provided hereby may be exercised by,
any such co-trustee or co-trustees or separate trustee or separate trustees, shall be
exercised hereunder by such co-trustee or co-trustees or separate trustee or separate
trustees, except jointly with, or with the consent in writing of, the Collateral Agent,
anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding;

     (iv) no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission
of any other trustee hereunder; and

     (v) the Trustors and the Collateral Agent, at any time by an instrument in writing,
executed by them, may accept the resignation of or remove any such separate trustee or
co-trustee, and in that case, by an instrument in writing executed by the Trustors and the
Collateral Agent jointly, may appoint a successor to such separate trustee or co-trustee,
as the case may be, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding. In the
event that the Trustors shall not have joined in the execution of any such instrument
within ten days after the receipt of a written request from the Collateral Agent so to do,
or in case an Actionable Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral
Agent shall have the power to accept the resignation of or remove any such separate
trustee or co-trustee and to appoint a successor without the concurrence of the Trustors,
the Trustors hereby appointing the Collateral Agent its agent and attorney to act for it
in such connection in either of such contingencies. In the event that the Collateral
Agent shall have appointed a separate trustee or separate trustees or co-trustee or
co-trustees as above provided, it may at any time, by an instrument in writing, accept the
resignation of or remove any such separate trustee or co-trustee, the successor to any
such separate trustee or co-trustee to be appointed by the Trustors and the Collateral
Agent, or by the Collateral Agent alone, as provided in this Section 6.10.

26

 

ARTICLE 7

Release of Collateral

     Section 7.01. Conditions to Release; Release Procedure. (a) Subject to Section
7.01(c), the Collateral Agent’s Liens upon the Collateral will be released:

     (i) in whole, upon (A) payment in full and discharge of all outstanding Notes (or
upon a defeasance or discharge in accordance with the Indenture) and all outstanding
indebtedness in respect of each New Facility (if any) (or upon a defeasance or discharge
of each such New Facility in accordance with the applicable New Documents) and all other
Obligations (in each case other than any indemnification obligations for which no claim or
demand for payment, whether oral or written, has been made) and (B) termination or
expiration of all commitments to extend credit under all Documents; provided that the
Company shall have delivered an Officer’s Certificate to the Collateral Agent certifying
that the conditions described in this clause (i) have been met and that such release of
the Collateral is permitted under, and does not violate the terms of, any Document;

     (ii) as to any Collateral that is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by any
Trustor to a Person that is not (either before or after such sale, transfer or
disposition) the Company or any other Trustor in a transaction or other circumstance that
is permitted by all of the Documents, automatically at the time of such sale, transfer or
other disposition (but excluding any transaction subject to Article 5 of the Indenture
where the recipient is required to become the obligor on the Notes or a Guarantor or any
similar provision contained in any other Document) to the extent of the interest sold,
transferred or otherwise disposed of; provided that, to the extent provided in the
Collateral Documents, the Collateral Agent’s Liens will attach to the proceeds received in
respect of any such sale, transfer or other disposition, subject to the priorities set
forth in Section 4.04;

     (iii) as to a release of any portion of the Collateral (which may include all or
substantially all of the Collateral), with respect to such Collateral, if (A) consent to
the release of such Liens of the Collateral Agent on such Collateral has been given by (i)
the requisite holders of Notes (or the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the requisite
holders of Notes) and (ii) the requisite holders of indebtedness in respect of each other
Series of Obligations, in each case as permitted by, and in accordance with, the
applicable Documents and (B) the Company shall have delivered an Officer’s Certificate to
the Collateral Agent certifying that the conditions described in this clause (iii) have
been met and that such release of the Collateral is permitted under, and does not violate
the terms of, any Document; provided that the Collateral Agent’s Liens on any such
Collateral solely securing a particular Series of New Obligations shall be released with
respect to such Series if (A) consent to the release of such Liens has been given by the
requisite holders of such Series of New Obligations (determined under the New Documents
governing such Series) and (B) the Company shall have delivered an Officer’s Certificate
to the Collateral Agent certifying that the conditions described in this proviso to clause
(iii) have been met and that such

27

 

release of the Collateral is permitted under, and does
not violate the terms of, any Document; and

     (iv) if any part of the Collateral is subject to any Permitted Lien (as defined in
the Security Agreement) that is senior to the Liens securing the Collateral as a matter of
law, the Collateral Agent will execute any document reasonably requested in writing by the
Company to evidence such subordination.

     (b) Subject to Section 7.01(c), the Collateral Agent’s Liens on the Collateral securing the
Note Obligations only (and not any other Obligations) will be released upon payment in full and
discharge of all outstanding Notes (or upon a defeasance or discharge in accordance with the
Indenture) and all other Note Obligations (other than any indemnification obligations for which no
claim or demand for payment, whether oral or written, has been made), and thereafter the rights of
the holders of the Notes and the Note Obligations to the benefit and proceeds of the Collateral
Agent’s Liens on the Collateral will terminate and be discharged; provided that the Company shall
have delivered an Officer’s Certificate to the Collateral Agent certifying that the conditions
described in this clause (b) have been met and that such release of the Collateral is permitted
under, and does not violate the terms of, any Document;

     (c) All of the Collateral shall not be released pursuant to Section 7.01(a)(i),
7.01(a)(iii) or 7.01(b) unless and until all Collateral Agent’s Fees (other than any
indemnification obligations for which no claim or demand for payment, whether oral or written, has
been made) shall have been paid in full.

     (d) The Collateral of a Guarantor shall be automatically released upon the release of such
Guarantor’s obligations under its Note Guaranty as provided in Section 10.09 of the Indenture and
the comparable provision of each other Document.

     (e) Upon the release of the Collateral, or any portion thereof, in each case in accordance
with the provisions hereof (other than any Collateral that is released with respect to less than
all of the Obligations), all right, title and interest of the Collateral Agent in, to and under the
Trust Estate in respect of the Collateral or portion thereof so released, and the Collateral
Documents in respect of such Collateral, shall terminate and shall revert to the respective
Trustors, their successors and assigns, and the estate, right, title and interest of the Collateral
Agent therein shall thereupon cease, determine and become void; and in such case (including a
release with respect to less than all of the Obligations), upon the written request of the
respective Trustors, their successors or assigns, and at the cost and expense of the Trustors,
their successors or assigns, the Collateral Agent shall execute in respect of the Collateral so
released, a satisfaction of the Collateral Documents with respect to such Collateral and such
instruments as are necessary or desirable to terminate and remove of record any documents
constituting public notice of the Collateral Documents and the security interests and assignments
granted thereunder, in each case with respect to such Collateral, and shall assign and transfer, or
cause to be assigned and transferred, and shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustors,
in respect of the Collateral so released, all property, including all moneys, instruments and
Securities (if any), of the Trustors then held by the Collateral Agent. The cancellation and
satisfaction of the Collateral Documents shall be without prejudice

28

 

to the rights of the Collateral
Agent or any successor trustee to charge and be reimbursed for any expenditures that it may
thereafter incur in connection therewith.

ARTICLE 8

Miscellaneous

     Section 8.01. Amendments, Supplements and Waivers. (a) With the written consent of the
Indenture Trustee and each New Representative (if any) (in each case given in accordance with the
requirements (including the amendment provisions) of the Documents with respect to the applicable
Series of Obligations), the Collateral Agent and the Trustors may, from time to time, enter into
written supplements, amendments, restatements, waivers or other modifications to this Agreement or
any Collateral Document for the purpose of adding to, amending, waiving or otherwise modifying any
provision of this Agreement or any Collateral Document or changing the rights of the Collateral
Agent, the Secured Parties or the Trustors hereunder or thereunder; provided, however, that:

     (i) no such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification shall,
without the written consent of the Collateral Agent, (x) amend, modify or waive any
provision of Article 6 or alter the duties or obligations of the Collateral Agent
hereunder or under any Collateral Document or (y) amend or modify the definition of
“Majority Holders” set forth in Section 1.02;

     (ii) any such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification that
would only adversely affect the Obligations of a particular Series shall require only the
written consent of the Representative with respect to such Series (given in accordance
with the requirements (including the amendment provisions if applicable) of the Documents
with respect to such Series); and

     (iii) any such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification that
has the effect of releasing Collateral from the Liens granted pursuant to the Collateral
Documents other than as provided for in Section 7.01 shall be effective only if made in
accordance with the requirements of, and the amendment provisions set forth in, each of
the Documents;

provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) no Trustor shall have any right to
consent to or approve any supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification of any
provision of this Agreement that is solely and exclusively an intercreditor matter that affects the
Secured Parties and does not adversely affect the rights or obligations of any Trustor (including,
without limitation, Sections 2.03 and 4.04), but the Collateral Agent shall promptly provide a
copy of any such executed amendment, restatement, supplement, modification or waiver to the
Trustors and (y) without the consent of any Secured Party, any Collateral Document may be
supplemented, amended, restated, waived or otherwise modified (A) to the extent (and only to the
extent) required to allow for any release of Collateral that is expressly permitted by Section
7.01 and (B) in the following circumstances:

29

 

          (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in this
Agreement, the Security Agreement or any other agreement, document or
instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted securing any
Obligations or under
which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed;

          (2) to comply with (i) Article 5 of the Indenture or (ii) the
comparable provisions of any New Documents; provided, in the case of
clause (ii), that the applicable supplement, amendment, restatement,
waiver or other modification does not adversely affect the Note
Obligations;

          (3) to comply with the requirements of the Securities and
Exchange Commission in connection with the qualification under the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of (i) the Indenture or (ii) any New
Documents; provided, in the case of clause (ii), that the applicable
supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification does
not adversely affect the Note Obligations;

          (4) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment
by a successor Indenture Trustee or Collateral Agent;

          (5) to conform the text of this Agreement, the Security Agreement
or any other agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a
Lien is granted securing any Obligations or under which rights or
remedies with respect to such Liens are governed to any provision of
the “Description of Notes” section of the offering memorandum dated
November 5, 2010 relating to the offering by the Company of the Notes,
as certified in an Officer’s Certificate; or

          (6) to make any other change that does not materially and
adversely affect the rights of any Secured Party.

     Any such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or other modification shall be binding
upon the Trustors, the Secured Parties and the Collateral Agent and their respective successors.
The Collateral Agent shall not enter into any such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or
other modification unless it shall have received (x) written authorization from the Indenture
Trustee and each New Representative to enter into same, which authorization shall include a
statement to the effect that the requisite holders of the applicable Series of Obligations
(determined under the Documents governing such Series) have authorized the entry into same and (y)
an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such supplement, amendment, restatement, waiver or
other modification will not result in a breach of any provision or covenant contained in the
Indenture, any other Document or this Agreement.

30

 

     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Secured Party, the Collateral
Agent and the Trustors, at any time and from time to time, may enter into additional pledge or
Collateral Documents or one or more agreements supplemental hereto or to any Collateral Document,
in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (it being understood that any supplement in
the form of Exhibits A and B shall be deemed to be satisfactory to the Collateral Agent):

     (i) to add to the covenants of the Trustors, for the benefit of the Secured Parties,
or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Trustors;

     (ii) to pledge or grant a security interest in any property or assets that are
required to be pledged, or in which a security interest is required to be granted, to the
Collateral Agent pursuant to any Collateral Document or any other applicable Document;

     (iii) to cure any ambiguity or omission, to correct or to supplement any provision
herein or in any Collateral Document that may be defective or inconsistent with any other
provision herein or therein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or
questions arising hereunder or under any Collateral Document that shall not be
inconsistent with any provision hereof or of any Collateral Document;

     (iv) to add an Additional Trustor; and

     (v) to add New Representative.

     (c) In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any amendment, supplement or
waiver hereto or to any other Collateral Document, permitted by this Agreement or such Collateral
Document, the Collateral Agent shall receive and shall be fully protected in conclusively relying
upon, an opinion of counsel or an Officer’s Certificate stating that the execution of such
amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Agreement or such Collateral
Document. The Collateral Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any amendment,
supplement or waiver, which adversely affects the Collateral Agent’s own rights, duties or
immunities under this Agreement, such Collateral Document or otherwise.

     (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the written instruction of the Trustee, the Collateral
Agent shall execute and deliver the Spectrum Registration Rights Agreement, the Spectrum
Stockholder Agreement and other agreements with respect to equityholders’ rights to which any
Trustor is a party or becomes a party from time to time after execution of this Agreement.

     Section 8.02. Voting. (a) In connection with any matter under this Agreement requiring a
vote of holders of Obligations at any time, each Series of Obligations will cast its votes in
accordance with the Note Documents or the New Documents, as applicable, governing such Series of
Obligations and as contemplated by the definition of Majority Holders hereunder.

31

 

     (b) For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of determining at any time whether the “Majority
Holders” have given any instruction or taken any action hereunder (or consented to the taking of
any action hereunder), the following rules shall apply: (i) the Representative with respect to each
Series of Obligations shall be deemed to hold the principal amount of indebtedness constituting
Obligations then outstanding under such Series of Obligations, (ii) each Representative shall, with
respect to the principal amount of indebtedness constituting Obligations deemed held by such
Representative pursuant to the preceding clause (i), provide any such instruction to, or shall
instruct the Collateral Agent to take such action, in accordance with voting provisions set forth
in the
Documents with respect to the applicable Series of Obligations and subject to the proviso at
the end of the definition of “Majority Holders” and to the last sentence of such definition and
(iii) based on the foregoing procedures, the Collateral Agent shall determine (which determination
shall be conclusive absent manifest error), whether the Secured Parties that have given such
instruction or taken such action (or consented to the taking of such action) constitute the
“Majority Holders” as defined in the definition thereof.

     (c) Any direction in writing delivered to the Collateral Agent by or with the written consent
of the Majority Holders (a) shall set forth the aggregate amount of Obligations owed by the
Trustors to the Secured Parties represented by the Indenture Trustee and by each New Representative
under the Note Documents or the applicable New Documents, as the case may be, calculated as of the
date of determination and in accordance with the definition of Majority Holders hereunder, and (b)
shall be binding upon all of the Secured Parties, unless the matter which is the subject of the
applicable vote requires pursuant to the terms hereof the consent of all Secured Parties.

     Section 8.03. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for
or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent by mail, overnight courier or hand
delivery:

     (a) If to any Trustor, to it at the address of the Company at: Harbinger Group Inc., 450 Park
Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, NY 10022, Attention: Francis T. McCarron (facsimile: (212) 339-5801),
or at such other address as shall be designated by it in a written notice to the Collateral Agent.

     (b) If to the Collateral Agent, to it at its address at: Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, 625 Marquette Avenue, 11th Floor, MACN 9311-110 Minneapolis, MN, 55479,
Attention: Corporate Trust Services (facsimile: (612) 667-9825), or at such other address as shall
be designated by it in a written notice to the Company.

     (c) If to the Indenture Trustee, to it at its address at: Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, 625 Marquette Avenue, 11th Floor, MACN 9311-110 Minneapolis, MN, 55479,
Attention: Corporate Trust Services (facsimile: (612) 667-9825), or at such other address as shall
be designated by it in writing to the Collateral Agent.

     (d) If to any New Representative, to it at its address as designated in the Collateral Trust
Joinder to which it is a party, or at such other address as shall be designated by it in writing to
the Collateral Agent.

32

 

     All such notices, requests, demands and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given
or made, when delivered by hand, the Business Day following deposit with an overnight courier, or
five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or when telecopied or
electronically transmitted, receipt acknowledged; provided, however, that any notice, request,
demand or other communication to the Collateral Agent shall not be effective until received.

     Section 8.04. Headings. Article, Section, subsection and other headings used in this
Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.

     Section 8.05. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate the remaining provisions hereof, and any
such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

     Section 8.06. Treatment of Payee or Indorsee by Collateral Agent. (a) The Collateral Agent
may treat the registered holder of any registered note, and the payee or indorsee of any note or
debenture that is not registered, as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes hereunder and
shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary, whether such promissory note or debenture
shall be past due or not.

     (b) Any person, firm, corporation or other entity that shall be designated as the duly
authorized representative of one or more Secured Parties to act as such in connection with any
matters pertaining to this Agreement or any Collateral Document or the Collateral shall present to
the Collateral Agent such documents, including, without limitation, opinions of counsel, as the
Collateral Agent may reasonably require, in order to demonstrate to the Collateral Agent the
authority of such person, firm, corporation or other entity to act as the representative of such
Secured Parties.

     Section 8.07. Dealings with the Trustors. (a) Upon any application or demand by any Trustor
to the Collateral Agent to take or permit any action under any of the provisions of this Agreement,
such Trustor shall furnish to the Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate stating that all
conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Agreement relating to the proposed action have
been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or demand as to which the
furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Agreement relating
to such particular application or demand, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

     (b) Any opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon an
Officer’s Certificate filed with the Collateral Agent.

     Section 8.08. Claims Against the Collateral Agent. Any claims or causes of action that the
holders of any Obligations, the Indenture Trustee, any New Representative or any Trustor shall have
against the Collateral Agent shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the release of the
Collateral hereunder.

     Section 8.09. Binding Effect; Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon
and inure to the benefit of each of the Secured Parties, and their respective

33

 

successors and
assigns, and nothing herein or in any Collateral Document is intended or shall be construed to give
any other person any right, remedy or claim under, to or in respect of this Agreement, any
Collateral Document, the Collateral or the Trust Estate. All obligations of the Trustors hereunder
will inure to the sole and exclusive benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Collateral Agent, the
Indenture Trustee, each New Representative and each present and future holder of Obligations, each
of whom will be entitled to enforce this Agreement as a third-party beneficiary hereof, and all of
their respective successors and assigns.

     Section 8.10. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and
interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York and any action alleging any
breach by the Collateral Agent of its duties hereunder, whether by act
or omission or anticipatory, shall be prosecuted only in the federal or state courts of
competent jurisdiction in the State, County and City of New York.

     Section 8.11. Consent to Jurisdiction. All judicial proceedings brought against any party
hereto arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Collateral Documents may be
brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the State, County and City of
New York. By executing and delivering this Agreement, each Trustor, for itself and in connection
with its properties, irrevocably:

     (a) accepts generally and unconditionally the nonexclusive jurisdiction and venue of such
courts;

     (b) waives any defense of forum non conveniens;

     (c) agrees that service of all process in any such proceeding in any such court may be made by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to such party at its address provided in
accordance with Section 8.03;

     (d) agrees that service as provided in clause (c) above is sufficient to confer personal
jurisdiction over such party in any such proceeding in any such court and otherwise constitutes
effective and binding service in every respect; and

     (e) agrees each party hereto retains the right to serve process in any other manner permitted
by law or to bring proceedings against any party in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

     Section 8.12. Waiver of Jury Trial. Each party to this Agreement waives its rights to a jury
trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising under this Agreement or any of the
Collateral Documents or any dealings between them relating to the subject matter of this Agreement
or the intents and purposes of the Collateral Documents. The scope of this waiver is intended to
be all-encompassing of any and all disputes that may be filed in any court and that relate to the
subject matter of this Agreement or the Collateral Documents, including contract claims, tort
claims, breach of duty claims and all other common law and statutory claims. Each party to this
Agreement acknowledges that this waiver is a material inducement to enter into a business
relationship, that each party hereto has already relied on this waiver in entering into this
Agreement, and that each party hereto will continue to rely on this waiver in its

34

 

related future
dealings. Each party hereto further warrants and represents that it has reviewed this waiver with
its legal counsel and that it knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following
consultation with legal counsel. This waiver is irrevocable, meaning that it may not be modified
either orally or in writing (other than by a mutual written waiver specifically referring to this
Section 8.12 and executed by each of the parties hereto), and this waiver will apply to any
subsequent amendments, renewals, supplements or modifications of or to this Agreement or any of the
Collateral Documents or to any other documents or agreements relating thereto. In the event of
litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the court.

     Section 8.13. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Collateral Agent be responsible or liable
for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused
by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work
stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism,
civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and
interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and
hardware) services; it being understood that the Collateral Agent shall use reasonable efforts
which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon
as practicable under the circumstances.

     Section 8.14. Consequential Damages. In no event shall the Collateral Agent be responsible
or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including,
but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Collateral Agent has been advised
of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

     Section 8.15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different
parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of
which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature
page to this Agreement by facsimile or PDF transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a
manually signed counterpart of this Agreement. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by
facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

     Section 8.16. Incorporation by Reference. In connection with its execution and acting as
agent or trustee (as applicable) hereunder, each of the Collateral Agent, the Indenture Trustee and
any New Representative are entitled to all rights, privileges, protections, immunities, benefits
and indemnities provided to them under the Collateral Documents and any other applicable Documents.

     Section 8.17. USA PATRIOT Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with
Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Collateral Agent is required to obtain, verify, and record
information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an
account with the Collateral Agent. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the
Collateral Agent with such information as it may request in order for the Collateral Agent to
satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.

35

 

     Section 8.18. Rights Of Holders. No holder of any Note Obligations or holder of any New
Obligations shall have any independent rights hereunder other than those rights granted to
individual holders of Note Obligations pursuant to Section [6.07] of the Indenture or comparable
provision for holders of New Obligations under any New Document; provided that nothing in this
subsection shall limit any rights granted to the Indenture Trustee under the Notes or the Indenture
or any New Representative under any New Document.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

36

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement or caused this Agreement
to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year
first above written.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

       as Trustee under the Indenture

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

       as Collateral Agent

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	HARBINGER GROUP INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	Collateral Trust Agreement

 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 

Exhibit A to

Collateral Trust Agreement

[FORM OF] SUPPLEMENT TO COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT

     Reference is made to the Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of [DATE], 2010 (as amended,
restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Trust Agreement”),
among Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the “Company”), the Additional Trustors from
time to time party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Indenture Trustee, Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent, and each other Person party thereto from
time to time. Terms defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are
as defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement.

     This Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of __________, 20__ (this “Supplement
to Trust Agreement”), is being delivered pursuant to Section 5.07 of the Collateral Trust
Agreement.

     The undersigned, _________, a ___________ (the “Additional Trustor”) hereby agrees to become a
party to the Collateral Trust Agreement as a Trustor thereunder, for all purposes thereof on the
terms set forth therein, and to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Collateral Trust
Agreement as fully as if the Additional Trustor had executed and delivered the Collateral Trust
Agreement as of the date thereof.

     This Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts,
each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute
one contract.

     This Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Additional Trustor has caused this Supplement to Collateral Trust
Agreement to be duly executed by its authorized representative as of the day and year first above
written.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	[ADDITIONAL TRUSTOR]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 

     The Collateral Agent acknowledges receipt of this Supplement to Collateral Trust Agreement and
agrees to act as Collateral Agent with respect to the Collateral pledged by the Additional Trustor,
as of the day and year first above written.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
       as Collateral Agent

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 

Exhibit B to

Collateral Trust Agreement

[FORM OF] JOINDER TO COLLATERAL TRUST AGREEMENT

     Reference is made to the Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of [DATE], 2010 (as amended,
restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Trust Agreement”),
among Harbinger Group Inc., a New Jersey corporation (the “Company”), the Additional Trustors from
time to time party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Indenture Trustee, Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent, and each other Person party thereto from
time to time. Terms defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are
as defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement.

     This Joinder to Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of ________, 20__ (this “Collateral Trust
Joinder”), is being delivered pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Collateral Trust Agreement as a
condition precedent to the incurrence of the indebtedness for which the undersigned is acting as
agent being entitled to the benefits of being Obligations under the Collateral Trust Agreement.

     1. Joinder. The undersigned, _________________, a ___________, (the “New
Representative”) as [trustee, administrative agent] under that certain [describe New Facility] (the
“New Facility”) hereby agrees to become party as an New Representative and a Secured Party under
the Collateral Trust Agreement for all purposes thereof on the terms set forth therein, and to be
bound by the terms, conditions and provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement as fully as if the
undersigned had executed and delivered the Collateral Trust Agreement as of the date thereof.

     2. Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation. The undersigned New Representative, on
behalf of itself and each holder of obligations in respect of the New Facility (together with the
New Representative, the “New Secured Parties”), hereby agrees, for the enforceable benefit of all
existing and future New Representative, each existing and future Representative and each existing
and future Secured Party, and as a condition to being treated as Obligations under the Collateral
Trust Agreement that:

     (a) all Obligations will be and are secured equally and ratably by all Liens granted to the
Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, which are at any time granted by any
Trustor to secure any Obligations whether or not upon property otherwise constituting collateral
for such New Facility, and that all Liens granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents will be
enforceable by the Collateral Agent for the benefit of all holders of Obligations equally and
ratably as contemplated by the Collateral Trust Agreement;

     (b) the New Representative and each other New Secured Party is bound by the terms, conditions
and provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Collateral Documents, including, without
limitation, the provisions relating to the ranking of Liens and the order of application of
proceeds from the enforcement of Liens; and

 

 

     (c) the New Representative shall perform its obligations under the Collateral Trust Agreement
and the Collateral Documents.

     3. Appointment of Collateral Agent. The New Representative, on behalf of itself and
the New Secured Parties, hereby (a) irrevocably appoints [Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association]1 as Collateral Agent for purposes of the Collateral Trust Agreement and the
Collateral Documents, (b) irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such actions on its
behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Collateral Agent in the Collateral Trust
Agreement and the Collateral Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably
incidental thereto, and authorizes the Collateral Agent to execute any Collateral Documents on
behalf of all Secured Parties and to take such other actions to maintain and preserve the security
interests granted pursuant to any Collateral Documents, and (c) acknowledges that it has received
and reviewed the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Collateral Documents and agrees to be bound by
the terms thereof. The New Representative, on behalf of the New Secured Parties, and the
Collateral Agent, on behalf of the existing Secured Parties, each hereby acknowledges and agrees
that the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such shall be agent on behalf of the New
Representative and on behalf of all other Secured Parties.

     4. Consent. The New Representative, on behalf of itself and the New Secured Parties,
consents to and directs the Collateral Agent to perform its obligations under the Collateral Trust
Agreement and the Collateral Documents.

     5. Authority as Agent. The New Representative represents, warrants and acknowledges
that it has the authority to bind each of the New Secured Parties to the Collateral Trust Agreement
and such New Secured Parties are hereby bound by the terms, conditions and provisions of the
Collateral Trust Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions relating to the ranking
of Liens and the order of application of proceeds from the enforcement of Liens.

     6. New Representative. The New Representative in respect of the New Facility is [NEW
REPRESENTATIVE]. The address of the New Representative in respect of the New Facility for purposes
of all notices and other communications hereunder and under the Collateral Trust Agreement is
__________, __________, Attention of __________ (Facsimile No. __________, electronic mail address:
____________).

     7. Officer’s Certificate. Each of the Trustors hereby certifies that the Trustors
have previously delivered the Officer’s Certificate contemplated by Section 2.02(b)(i)) of the
Collateral Trust Agreement and all other information, evidence and documentation required by
Section 2.02 of the Collateral Trust Agreement, in each case in accordance with the terms of the
Collateral Trust Agreement.

 

			
	1	 	If a successor Collateral Agent has been
appointed, the name of such successor should be filled in instead.

42

 

     8. Reaffirmation of Security Interest. By acknowledging and agreeing to this
Collateral Trust Joinder, each of the Trustors hereby (a) confirms and reaffirms the security
interests pledged and granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents and grants a
security interest in all of its right, title and interest in the Collateral (as defined in the
applicable Collateral Documents), whether now owned or hereafter acquired to secure the
Obligations, and agrees that such pledges and grants of security interests shall continue to be in
full force and effect, (b) confirms and reaffirms all of its obligations under its guarantees
pursuant to the applicable Note Documents and the New Documents and agrees that such guarantees
shall continue to be in full force and effect, and (c) authorizes the filing of any financing
statements describing the Collateral (as defined in the applicable Collateral Documents) in the
same manner as described in the applicable Collateral Documents or in any other manner as the
Collateral Agent may determine is necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure the perfection of the
security interests in the Collateral (as defined in the applicable Collateral Documents) granted to
the Collateral Agent hereunder or under the applicable Collateral Documents.

     9. Counterparts. This Collateral Trust Joinder may be executed in counterparts (and
by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original
but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Collateral Trust
Joinder may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different
counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together
shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Collateral
Trust Joinder by facsimile or PDF transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually
signed counterpart of this Collateral Trust Joinder. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted
by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

     10. Governing Law. THIS COLLATERAL TRUST JOINDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

     11. Miscellaneous. The provisions of Article 8 of the Collateral Trust Agreement
shall apply with like effect to this Collateral Trust Joinder.

[Signature Pages Follow]

43

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Representative has caused this Collateral Trust Joinder to be duly
executed by its authorized representative, and each Trustor party hereto have caused the same to be
accepted by their respective authorized representatives, as of the day and year first above
written.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	[NEW REPRESENTATIVE]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Acknowledged and agreed:

       HARBINGER GROUP INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	[OTHER TRUSTORS]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 

     The Collateral Agent acknowledges receipt of this Collateral Trust Joinder and agrees to act
as Collateral Agent with respect to the New Facility in accordance with the terms of the Collateral
Trust Agreement and the Collateral Documents.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

       as Collateral Agent

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00183-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00183-of-00352.parquet"}]]